Culture

#26: From Crisis to Meaning with Shinzen Young

Welcome to our season one finale! On this episode, we talk to Shinzen Young about mindfulness within the context of the modern meaning crisis. Shinzen is a renowned meditation teacher and neuroscience research consultant. We met with him in Toronto after he had just finished leading a meditation retreat. Shinzen first became fascinated with Asian culture as a Jewish teenager growing up in Los Angeles in the 1950s. As he likes to describe himself: 

“I’m a Jewish-American Buddhist teacher who got turned on to comparative mysticism by an Irish-Catholic priest and who has developed a Burmese-Japanese fusion practice inspired by the spirit of quantified science.” 

We discuss happiness, enlightenment and his current new project which involves using brain stimulating technology that may dramatically accelerate meditation gains. He is the author of The Science of Enlightenment: How Meditation Works

Highlights:

  • Why is Mindfulness everywhere?
  • Meditation to Optimize Happiness
  • Co-evolution of Science and Mindfulness

Resources:

Listen:

Poem Inspired by This Episode

Full Transcript

Thal:

Welcome Shinzen to the show.

Shinzen Young:

Thank you.

Thal:

Thank you for agreeing to come on. Thank you.

Adrian:

I think a neat place to begin this conversation is to ask how you see your role as a meditation teacher within, what we’re calling the meaning crisis, within the context of the modern meaning crisis. How do you see your role and how that relates to the bigger scale problem that we are, you know, sort of experiencing as a collective.

Shinzen Young:

So I like to answer questions by first asking a bunch of questions and I appear on, you know, a number of podcasts and usually they have a direction or an interest. And so by finding out how the person that’s interviewing me sees the theme, the broad theme of the podcast, I apply my dimensional analytic skills to getting an idea of what they’re talking about and then I can relate it to my areas. So I’ll begin by asking you folks a question. There’s three words: modern, was it meaning?

Thal:

Meaning

Shinzen Young:

And crisis. I’m interested in how you think of what those words mean. Um, when does modern start? What is a crisis in meaning? Uh, so I’ll let you folks talk first.

Thal:

Wow.

Adrian:

Yeah, no, that’s… Yeah, I love it.

Thal:

Yeah, sure. I’m, the way I see it is, um, sort of maybe the breakdown of the old way of seeing things, thinking about the world. Old paradigms. Um, it’s very hard. It’s not that black and white, it’s not really breaking down, but there’s this energetic shift that’s happening where just the old way of doing things is no longer working. And so we’re seeing that institutions, religion, politics, it’s just no longer working, the old way of doing things. And so then all these questions are coming up and they’re, um, along with those questions, there’s this anxiety around what’s going to happen and um, and sort of being lost in a way and grasping for meaning and a worldview.

Shinzen Young:

And would this be among the younger people? A certain generation? Do you have an age demographic that tends to listen to your podcast? And be in the meaning crisis?

Adrian:

I would say yeah, to a degree. It’s relating to a generation that we belong to. Sort of that millennial generation that I would consider myself part of.

Shinzen Young:

That would be called millennials part of, yeah. How old do you have to be? What’s the range of millennials?

Adrian:

I don’t know what the hard cutoff is. I mean, I was born in the mid eighties.

Thal:

I was born in ’82. I think. I think I’m like the older side of the spectrum.

Shinzen Young:

Well, I was born a long time before that. So, I actually belong to, um, some would say Boomer, but I’m at the very earliest part of the boomer. Boomer was supposed, I believe is taken to be post World War Two when the Vets came back. But I was born while my father was off fighting the Japanese in the Pacific. I was born during World War II. Um, as I, you know, that’s, that’s a long time before Boomer. Uh, okay..

Adrian:

For me, the meaning crisis at an individual, personal level was when I, towards the mid twenties was when I started really recognizing just a lack of fulfillment in my life. You know, having success from a career perspective, but just not feeling like this is what I’m supposed to be doing. I’m not fulfilled. I don’t feel, I don’t feel happy. I, you know, and the chasing doesn’t seem to be filling that, that experience that I was expecting…

Shinzen Young:

So that’s fulfillment.

Adrian:

To me it is, yeah.

Shinzen Young:

So what I’ve got so far is old things, the old ways of working. Um, and there’s rapid change. And there’s fear and a sense of unfulfillment. So yes. And maybe particularly for the millennial type, but of course it’s a Zeitgeist or spirit of the time kind of thing that would apply to any age demographic. Yeah. Well there’s a lot of relevance. Um, so you described me as a mindfulness teacher, which is an accurate description. Although the fuller description I would say is that I am a teacher of, but also a researcher in the field of what I would call Modern Mindfulness. So I’m all about dimensional analysis and careful use of words. Um, I think you guys speak Chinese, right?

Adrian:

Cantonese.

Shinzen Young:

Not so good.. [chuckle] in Cantonese. But Confucius said this idea of “Cheng-ming”, which is translated rectified names, I’m sure it’ll be pretty similar in Cantonese. So that was an early influence. It’s like, “oh yeah, it’s important to be careful about how we say things”. So I’m all about careful definitions and axial, you know, dimensional analysis of phenomena. So for me, Modern Mindfulness is a set term. I define it in a certain way. Obviously other people may use “mindfulness” or other related words in different ways. But for me, Modern Mindfulness is what some people call “secular mindfulness” or some people call “mainstream mindfulness”. But I don’t like either of those words for various reasons, but we need a name for it. And what the “it” is, is a contemplative practice co-evolving with science. So the reason that mindfulness is found all over the world now within the therapy setting, within the corporate setting, within the medical setting, even within the military. The US trains mindfulness. When Jon Kabat-Zinn and Saki Santorelli, who are sort of the heads of the MBSR approach, when they went to Beijing, there were members of the PLA, the Chinese national army there. And Saki told me that he thought the reason that they were there taking the seminar on MBSR was that they knew that the US military was using it. And I don’t know if that’s really true or not, but I think if you pardon my French, is pretty fucking amazing right?

Adrian:

Competitive advantage.

Shinzen Young:

I mean, are we gonna have um… Yeah, I don’t mind a Mindfulness Arms Race! Okay. That’s like a cold, that’s a Cold Peace as opposed to a Hot War. [Chuckling] Uh, but anyway, why is this everywhere? Okay. How did this happen? Well, Jon was able, Jon Kabat Zinn, spelled J-O-N, was able to put this South-east Asian Buddhist practice within the framework of clinical science. And okay. You know, you have pain, we give you these techniques. It may not make the pain go away, but youy perceived suffering goes way down. And we can use different psychometrics to make that a credible claim. So modern he linked it with science. Jon was originally a molecular biologist, which is pretty hard-nose quantitative science, but he was also a long time practitioner. So doctors started to send chronic pain patients to him because that’s a huge problem in clinical medicine. It’s an intractable problem, really. I mean everyone talks about this opioid epidemic or whatever, but I mean it has various causes, but one of them is, you know, these painkillers have these bad effects. So in any event, he got results and then it took off. So if we generalize what… MBSR stands for mindfulness based stress reduction. So if we sort of generalize what he did, um, which would have come online just about the time you folks were getting born. I would say he did two things. He abstracted the attentional skill training from the cultural doctrinal, religious, philosophical matrix of Asia. So that you didn’t have to believe in reincarnation or whatever, uh, you know, in order to do these practices. And then what he also did is he validated it by the standard cannons that are used in medicine. And it worked. It performed. It outperformed. So to me, what that represents is taking the spirit of science and modifying, in this case an essentially South-east Asian contemplative practice, um, making something that’s culturally universal and logic and evidence-based. But we can generalize that further because South-east Asian Buddhist practice is a proper subset of World Buddhist practice, but World Buddhist practice, in other words, quote “Buddhist Meditation” is a proper subset of world contemplative practice. As you folks know. There’s Christian, you have a Sufi path you have a Muslim name. So I’m guessing Muslim. Yeah, there’s contemplative tradition in Islam and Judaism, Christianity. So I’d like to take an even larger view. I talk of contemplative practice worldwide. So if we take contemplative practice, we can improve it by bringing in the spirit of science. But it works the other way. The science is… yes, it’s a cultural meme, but it’s also a human experience. It’s the experience of doing science. Whether it’s high school science or whether it’s professional level you’re shooting for a Nobel prize science. There is the doing of science, which is a human experience and experience of thought and emotion. And if the scientists take on a contemplative practice, they will be much happier human beings and therefore much more effective scientists. Um, so we can imagine a positive feedback loop moving forward in time.

All we need to do is somehow get past the next century or so, I would say without a catastrophic collapse of civilization, if we could somehow squeak through. I would expect that as contemplative practice becomes improved through interaction with science and as the scientists become improved through taking on contemplative practice, which then allows them to do better science, et Cetera, that a positive feedback loop could develop where they co-evolve. It’s a notion of course, from evolutionary biology. Sometimes species co-evolve. Sometimes they co-evolve to fight each other, but sometimes they co-evolve to cooperate with each other. And I see that as a viable possibility. Now, the reason that Buddhism sort of plays a big role is that of all the contemplative traditions of the world, or of all of the religions of the world, contemplative practice is most central in Buddhism. It’s what it’s all about really. Secondly, in the Buddhist tradition, there’s been very systematic and comprehensive analysis of what meditation practice is. It’s already proto-scientific in the way that it has been described historically. So there is a reason why Buddhism is central to this, but I see it as really a broader thing. But if we think of Buddhism or meditation practice as done in Asia, to me that represents the pinnacle of Asian civilization. It’s what Asia did better than anyone. And therefore the whole world should pay attention to that in a little bit of a special way because they did it right. They did it proto-scientifically, actually. Um, so if we wanted to somehow say, well, modern science is sort of a European thing. I mean, before the renaissance, other parts of the world, including the Islamic world actually was the center of science, but in the modern period, it’s been the west that took off. So my thing was, well, what might happen if the best of the East and the best of the West cross-fertilized? There would be some hybrid vitality. Some “wunderkind”, some wonder child perhaps born from that. So to get back to how I think about myself, so I’m essentially a researcher in Modern Mindfulness. So you need to know about two things. Since it’s these two worlds. You have to have an experiential background in contemplative practice. And you have to have scientific chops. You have to be good at math and a bunch of other things that make you a good scientist. So I decided to devote my life to developing those two directions within one person so that I could be in an ideal position to help the modern mindfulness movement. So I would say that’s how I think about myself.

So you’re asking a teacher and a researcher of Modern Mindfulness what about this rapid cultural change? What about the fear of the future? What about the sense that the old things aren’t working? Uh, what about this pervasive unfulfillment? And yeah. Hell yeah!

Thal:

[Laughing]

Shinzen Young:

A modern mindfulness researcher would have a lot to say about that. Actually it’s pretty much just a couple of things that cover all of the above actually. Um, if I had to pick, of the different things, if I had to pick the first dimension that I would respond to in terms of how you define the modern existential crisis, I would say unfulfillment or not broadly, deeply and intensely happy. A lack of being broadly, deeply and intensely happy might sum it all up. In the sense that fear is a form of being unhappy. It’s an uncomfortable inner state. So it’s a form of suffering. And certainly part of happiness is reducing suffering. The sense of the difficulty managing change and particularly unpredictable change. Um, well that’s actually a form of suffering also. Um, so really that managing change is part of being happy. So I still put it under the rubric of Happy. It’s interesting when you said the first thing that Thal said was the old ways aren’t working anymore. So, you know, the first thing that came to my mind is “the old ways never worked”. That was the first sentence that came up in talk space. The old ways never worked. Ever, actually. East, west, ancient, modern, they sort of worked. And sort of worked is okay, but I think we can do a lot better in the modern era, the information era. I don’t want to say things that might offend people, but I seem to end up doing it anyway.

Adrian:

Do it anyway.

Thal:

Please, go ahead.

Shinzen Young:

A lot of the old ways, not all, but at least the old ways in terms of post Neolithic humans, maybe Paleolithic or whatever proceeded that. That may be a different conversation, but, and this isn’t all of the old ways, but a lot of the old ways were ways of being happy. So they sort of worked. I mean they sort of make you happy. Um, you’ll notice I mentioned three dimensions of happiness, for an individual. How broadly happy they are, how deeply happy they are and how intensely happy they are. There could be a fourth dimension, which is the scope of happiness. How many individuals are to what degree broad, deep and intensely happy? And that would be of course a universal metric for happiness on this planet. Without loss of generality. Well, actually maybe with some loss of generality. So we’re going to just limit the conversation to human happiness. Happiness of nonhuman species is important, but that’s complicated to say nothing of speculations about other types of sentient beings in the Verse, the multiverse, whatever, however big this thing really is, which is I’m guessing probably much bigger than we can currently imagine. But in any event that’s speculative. So just limiting to humans on this planet. Basically we’ve got four dimensions to happiness. And so I warned you I have this dimensional way of thinking about things. By the way, that’s an example of what happens when you’re thinking process is profoundly informed by the spirit of science. That’s one of the skills you learn as a scientist is how to look at a complex phenomenon. And diagonalime the Matrix, find the eigenvalues, find the basic atoms, components, primes, canonical dimensions, whatever you want. These all mean the same thing essentially in science. Well prime is in number theory, but it’s analogous. So in any event, the goal is to optimize happiness. And I would claim that Modern Mindfulness as I describe it, is key to optimizing happiness. So that means the greatest number of people with the greatest intensity, breadth and depth of happiness, that’s what we want. So I mentioned that “Cheng-ming”, I try to be very precise about names. So I have a Periodic Table of Happiness Elements. You can find it on the Internet, although I revise it from time to time. It’s not as big as a periodic table of chemical elements, but it is actually amazingly similar in some ways. So one dimension I call how broad your happiness is. And there’s five sort of basic columns and then there’s four rows and they measure what I call depth of happiness. But as with any technical term, you shouldn’t associate breadth, depth, intensity with what they may mean elsewhere. They have to be defined, you know, within the particular scientific theory.

Adrian:

Contextual.

Shinzen Young:

So easiest to understand how broad your happiness is by specific example. So my sort of five pillars of heaven are “relief from suffering”, “increase in fulfillment”, um “understanding yourself at all levels” and we’ll get into the levels in a minute. “Mastering behavior, mastering actions” that could be sort of performance skills. But in the Buddhist tradition, they have an interesting thing. They use the word “skill” to refer to a one’s character. You have skillful character skills, or you have a skillful character, unskillful character. It’s what other traditions would call good and bad. A good actions, bad actions. But another way to think of it is skillful unskillful. It’s ort of the same thing. So I riff on the Buddhist ambiguity of skill to include both things like academic skills, performance skills, artistic skills. Um, those are forms of mastery of action. And there are how you, there’s how you carry yourself in the world. What kind of person you are in your interpersonal interactions. Were you an admirable person by your own cannons or the canons of the culture that you identify with. So all of those are mastery of object of actions. You’ll notice that the first three pillars sort of represent experience, right? Uh, experiencing physical, mental, emotional pain with less suffering. Experiencing physical, mental, emotional pleasure with more fulfillment. Um, understanding yourself at all levels from the biographical to the transpersonal. These are all sort of might be described as on the sensory side of experience. But I believe that how we act in the world is also a valid dimension of happiness. I have a lot of backup on that starting with Aristotle and actually most of the religions of the world. So acting skillfully or mastery of action, that’s dimension number or that’s column number four. Column number five is “service”. Maybe not everyone thinks of that first. Uh, you know, if you’re in chronic pain, all you think about is the first aspect of happiness. It’s all you care about. That’s why people get, have problems with drugs. Problems with drugs are action in the world. Now that’s mastery of behavior. So in any event, um, service, if you’re in chronic pain, being of service to others may not be the first thing that jumps up unless you’re really an extraordinary person. And every once in a while you get that. Someone that you know, that’s how they cope with it. But as people mature, they will come to see that it’s quite natural for a human being to derive immense happiness from serving others, in various ways. I would want for myself and for anyone else that we can check off all those columns that we couldn’t give them a way of reducing suffering, elevating fulfillment, understanding themselves at all levels, and making positive behavior changes. And ultimately a happiness based on a larger identity that one serves. So that’s the dimension of how broad, it’s a kind of qualitative dimension in a sense. Um, and I believe a complete positive psychology needs to take into account all those aspects. What I call level is not what you might think. It’s not how strong. It is how obvious a certain form of happiness is. The most obvious form of relief from suffering it is get rid of the condition that’s causing the suffering. But what if you can’t do that? Well, maybe I can cover over the symptoms somehow. So without loss of generality, uh, if I have pain, it’s caused by a disease, well, cure my disease. Good. We’ve taken care of the situation. Oh, you can’t cure my disease. Okay, well then give me palliative care that covers it over. Good. Now, no problem. Still still have the object of condition, but my perception of uncomfortable body-mind experience has been removed. Oh, the drugs cause addiction and eventually don’t work. Doc, what can you do for me? I’m afraid what they’re going to say is learn to live with it. Which may not be a very satisfying answer. Try not to get addicted and learn to live with it. Um, there are deeper levels of relief that are not obvious to people and entail mindful awareness skills. You have to have mindful awareness skills to get those less obvious forms of relief.

Analogously, there are less obvious forms of fulfillment, less obvious forms of self knowledge, uh, less obvious forms of service, et cetera, et cetera. So the deepest part of my grid is the least obvious. Those also happen to be the ones for which mindfulness skills are critical. Can’t get them without mindfulness skills. And they also are the ones that work when nothing else works. It’s the heavy guns. So how intense a person’s happiness is, well if you imagine this sort of two dimensional grid, then each box, you know, as a certain height, creating a three dimension, uh, sort of a two dimensional, um, profile. Right? How happy am I? How intense is my happiness? Oh, I should back up just to make it tangible with what I mean. The deepest level of relief is the ability to escape into the pain, be it physical, emotional, mental, or all three at once. The ability to escape into it is the ability to experience it with perfect concentration, clarity, and equanimity. And we can train you to that ability. By you, I mean anyone who’s willing to put in the time and energy. We can train you to a level where, even if the discomfort is very intense, the suffering is manageable. So it’s not obvious to the general public that that’s a viable option. But Modern Mindfulness says absolutely. And it’s just a click away. Well, maybe I’m not in pain, but I’m not deeply fulfilled. Well, the obvious, uh, if I want more fulfillment, what’s the obvious? Well, more wealth, more power, reputation, sexual prowess, just you name it. Something in the object of world, um, status, the mate and rate. Now that’s a legitimate dimension of happiness. There’s nothing in my value system that says it’s wrong to passionately pursue success in the world. So these are obvious. Of course what happens? I see this all the time because being in the science field, we interact with wealthy people of the Silicon Valley ilk. And the reason they’re interested in people like me is they’re millionaires, sometimes billionaires, and it really didn’t make them that much happier. And it’s like what’s next? So there’s a next! But it’s not obvious. And mindfulness skills to it, concentration, clarity, equanimity, trainable attentional skills, turn out to be key to that deeper aspect of fulfillment. So the normal paradigm is, what I want is intensity, variety, and duration of pleasure that’s going to fulfill me. So actually that’s not entirely incorrect. It’s just not complete. What you really want is to have complete experience of pleasure. Um, I’m going to define complete experience of pleasure to be completely analogous to complete experience of pain. Just a different category of sensory phenomenology. So when you escape into the pleasure, um, you bring so much concentration, clarity and equanimity to it that it provides you with the maximum perception of fulfillment. So I sometimes talk about the Imelda Marcos phenomenon. So she was, uh do you know?

Adrian:

No.

Shinzen Young:

So interesting generation thing. She was the wife of the president of the Philippines who was a dictator that was president for a long time. Marcos. I guess set up after World War 2 by the U S. Anyway, his wife was named Imelda and she became an object of ridicule. It’s really sad, um, because it’s not just her, it’s, it’s everyone. She just was extreme and it got out and, um, therefore it became sort of a thing. But, but she had thousands of pairs of shoes. All of them of the, you know, most expensive worldwide, you know, kind of thing. Um, so if I have some nice thing, uh, maybe I’m a guy, so it’s not going to be the shoes probably, but something I really liked, uh, well let’s just say, an expensive meal. So the tastes are, the actual sensory event is putatively worth a lot of money. How much fulfillment I derive from that intensity, duration and variety of pleasure that is this banquet. How much fulfillment I derive is not just a function of the sensory experience, it’s a function of how completely present I am to that sensory experience. Well, for that you need concentration, clarity, equanimity skills. You have to distinguish things. You have to stay, keep your attention on the tastes and whatever. And you have to not grasp on moment by moment to the pleasure. Because if you grasp on microscopically, you won’t be fully present for the next moment and the next moment and the next moment. So the key to fulfillment, yes, in part it relates to circumstances. Yes, in part it relates to intensity, variety and duration of pleasure. But let’s say that you have very mild pleasures. Um, good news. With mindfulness skills, you can derive enormous fulfillment from that. Bad news, if you conspicuously lacked those skills. If one pair of expensive shoes doesn’t fulfill you. So pleasure times mindfulness. If the mindfulness is zero, fulfillment equals pleasure times mindfulness to a linear approximation. It’s a much more complicated function. No doubt. I don’t want to sound mathematically illiterate. That’s my ego, my pride. To a linear approximation. We could say that fulfillment equals pleasure times mindfulness. Unfortunately, if mindfulness is at zero, that means one pair of expensive shoes gives you zero fulfillment. 10 times zero is still zero. 2,000 times zero is still zero. So there’s a bad news thing and that’s the Imelda Marcos phenomenon, which is no one taught her how to be fulfilled systematically. So for the deeper version of fulfillment, um, mindfulness skills are critical, then there’s understanding yourself. Well what’s the self? There’s the biographical self, there’s the archetypal self. You mentioned some influence of depth psychology? Would that be Freudian and Jungian idea of depth psychology?

Thal:

Mostly Jungian.

Shinzen Young:

Jungian Depth Psychology. Yeah. Okay. So that deals with what I would call the archetypal self.

Thal:

Yes.

Shinzen Young:

Or the collective unconscious. What have you. That’s a deeper level of self than the surface biography self. But I would distinguish two more levels of self understanding that are not obvious, that critically involve mindfulness skills. One is to understand yourself as a sensory system. That’s the path to enlightenment done in Theravada practice, south-east Asian practice Then there’s understanding yourself as a kind of primordial perfection. That would be your “Soulspace” to riff on the name of the podcast. So that would be the deepest level. Now that’s the paradigm for enlightenment that you get in Chan or at least some forms of Chan. Aka Zen, Tzun, Tien, different names in East Asia. Tien is the Vietnamese pronunciation. A lot of that deals with what they call the “huo-xing”, the Buddha-nature, uh, “Gou zi yuo huo xing”. You know, “gou zi” is a dog. “Yuo”, have. “huo xing”, the Buddha nature. “Yo”, or. “Wu”, not have. Would be pretty similar in Cantonese, I’m thinking. That was a famous Koan or a Zen question. Yes or no, dog have Buddha nature? So what did the Buddha nature is the Mahayana formulation for a kind of primordial perfection that is literally our soulspace. That is the deepest and broadest sense of self. So in the Mahayana and extending from that Vajrayana like Tibet, the “mi jiong”, you know, the Esoteric Tantric Buddhism, in those traditions, enlightenment, not always, but often is formulated, not in the sense of something you achieve, but something you notice. That that nature was always there. So that’s your deepest level of understanding. So we, if you untangle yourself as a sensory experience, that leads to a liberated experience of the space of self. It becomes a place to live, not a place where you are imprisoned. So that’s a South-east Asian paradigm. And we could take a Trans-himalayan slash East-Asian paradigm of well. But below that, all along there was never any need to train, um, because of the nature, the deepest sense of self. But the problem is, although there’s no need to train, there’s still a need to train because it’s just an idea until you notice it. The “it” meaning this primordial perfection. So in any event, to summarize, if we think of Modern Mindfulness, so you asked me and I’m a Modern Mindfulness researcher slash teacher. So I guess you call it faculty. I’m part of the Modern Mindfulness faculty. I teach and I do research the research. Yeah. So in any event, um, you, you asked me as a Modern Mindfulness teacher, researcher how would I respond to the crisis of meaning, etc. And then you gave me the meaning of the crisis of meaning for you. So I would summarize it by saying, um, that the old ways sort of work and we don’t even have to get rid of the old ways, but there’s a larger way that either replaces the old ways or is in some sort of detente with the old ways or maybe even a complementarity, depending. So the new way… Well we’ll contrast with the old way. The old way is, here’s a list of beliefs. Here is a list of social customs. Here’s a list and in some cases and amazingly elaborate list of what’s right and wrong. Now keep your nose clean. Follow this list. And depending on the tradition, it will be general guidelines or it could control literally every moment of your life. My background is Jewish.

Thal:

Same.

Shinzen Young:

You’re Islamic, you know.

Thal:

Yeah.

Shinzen Young:

You know what that is. So here’s the rules, here’s the customs, here’s the beliefs, join up and you’ll be happy. And it actually sort of works. Some people are freaked out by fundamentalist religion. I’m not freaked out by it. I think I understand it. To be honest, I may not like it, but I do think I understand it. Um, it sort of works. And it probably works better than the angst of the modern crisis in meaning. Okay. Relative to that, those people are happy, but it’s happiness at a price to be honest. Um, first of all, they’re not as happy as they could be. Secondly, the way they found to be happy in some cases precludes them being happier in a broader way. In some cases, not always, but the worst is, the list of rules don’t agree. The list of customers don’t agree. The list of beliefs don’t agree. So I trot out my Tanakh, the Old Testament, you trot out your Quran. The Mormons trot out the book of Mormon, which is later than both and in their claim. Therefore, the final revelation. [Chuckle] On the other hand Nichiren Shōshū will trot out the Lotus Sutra. And Pure Land Buddhism will translate and we’ll trot out the Maha-Saccaka. What is it called? Maha-Saccaka sutra anyway. It’s not just the Abrahamic religions that have scripturally based fundamentalism. You can find it in certain forms of Buddhism and it pervades Hinduism. Um, anyway, be that as it may, that sort of works. But the biggest problem is, besides the problems I mentioned, is it sometimes doesn’t agree with science and it caught, it causes an us versus them mentality. Um, that then leads to say, jihads what have you. And a lot of other problems. So it’s sorta worked and we have to respect it for working in the way that it works. But to be honest, I see a broader paradigm of happiness that number one, works better, and number two, does not necessarily preclude the old ways. Uh, I have born again, Christians. I certainly have a lot of Catholics. I have practicing Orthodox Jews that come to my retreats. I do retreats in Israel. And we have a lot of orthodox Jews that come. And no one has any problem with anything. Because it’s Modern Mindfulness, it’s not “Stealth Buddhism”. Um, so in any event, if you want to follow the old way’s fine, but if they really don’t work for you, well we’ve got a larger broader paradigm.

So the new paradigm or perhaps the extended paradigm, if we want to include the old ways, uh, it’s so cool because if the old ways really don’t work for you, then okay, well there’s another dimension and it’s consonant with science. In fact, it can coevolve with science. Um, but it doesn’t involve these lists of norms. It has some conceptual baggage, but minimum. The minimum conceptual baggag is there’s an attentional skill, or you could call it a “mind power” if you want. But that’s mind is a very ambiguous word. When I present this stuff in Chinese though, one of the…I see you have my book, the Science of Enlightenment. So we’re translating it into Chinese now. By we, I mean me and a couple people born in China. So it’s a very interesting conversation because how do you say mindfulness in Chinese? Okay. Um, for modern China, right? Uh, anyway, one of the words, we were thinking, one of the terms that we were thinking of using his “Shin Li”, which is like “Shin”, “Sum” luck? I’m guessing Cantonese here, something like that, right?

Adrian:

Yeah.

Shinzen Young:

Like consciousness strength, right? You could think of it that way, but we call them attentional skills. So there are these attentional skills and they are cultivatable. We do ask you to believe that, but that’s not a big stretch because just try and you’ll see you get better and better. And it’s just like any other strength. You do exercise, your muscles get big. You concentrate and your concentration power elevates. So there are these attentional skills: concentration, sensory clarity, equanimity. The’re cultivatable and in fact, eminently cultivatable you can, you can only get maybe twice as strong, I don’t know. But you can get 10 times as mindful. So there are these cultivatable skills and they are relevant to all types and depths of happiness. Everything on my happiness grid is impacted positively. In other words, happiness is optimized at all levels, not just the deepest level, but the mindfulness skills are related to the surface level of happiness. Also because if being a success in the world in some way is on your happiness checklist, we can show you how systematically cultivating and applying mindfulness skills will make it probable that you will be successful. So the main message here is, in a sense what might be called a bigger way to be happy or if the old ways really don’t work for you, then you would think of it as an alternative way to be happy. And what we ask is that you allocate a certain amount of time and energy to developing these attentional skills and that you also apply those skills in daily life to achieving your happiness goals. If a person does that, we can’t guarantee, but we could be like a doctor. We can say, if you establish the structure of practice, retreat, practice life, practice, you get support, you give support those are sort of my four pillars of practice. If you establish that structure in your life, it’s like a health, it’s like a fitness regimen except it’s a psycho-spiritual fitness regimen. But it’s no more demanding than a fitness regimen. That’s why you can be hopeful because there was a time when no one worked out. No one jogged. I remember the transition. I can remember buying my first pair of running shoes because as people say, everyone’s jogging now, what the hell is jogging? Well, you just run. Well, what’s the point? And then well, turns out there’s a big point to it. And no one was doing it, but then people were talking about it and so it’s like, oh, okay. I got some running shoes and I can remember running around the block and getting winded instantly. It’s like, this sucks. I don’t want to do that. But then no, you just keep doing it. You get better at it. And sure enough, in a month I was running a couple miles. Now I was in my twenties. And you can do the math on that one when that would have been, um, so there was a time when no one had systematic fitness training. Now a lot of people do. Um, it’s not unreasonable to think that there’ll be a time in the future when a lot of people have systematic mind strength training or a “mindfulness training”. Uh, so, um, the hopeful news is that if you’re willing to establish a sort of psycho spiritual fitness regimen and I would say that the single most important factor for that is to have a competent personal mindfulness coach.

Um, if you want one, just go to unifiedmindfulness.com. Go to support. Send an email to my main trainer, Julianna Raye, and she’ll get you set up. Um, now of course, that’s not the only game in town. There’s many, many, many mindfulness programs. But as I say, I, one of my great sources of joy is that I can say, if you want to have a personal mindfulness coach, now you may have to pay for that. You pay for a therapist, you pay for a competent workout coach. Now her people do a lot of pro bono work because this isn’t a for-profit industry, but the most important pillar is a competent personal coach. You give them your happiness list. Here’s my checklist. Here’s my sources of suffering. Here’s where I want to be more fulfilled. Do I want to understand myself psychologically? Okay, do I want to go a little, a little deeper? Okay. Um, here are the behavior changes I want, et cetera. You give them your laundry list for happiness. And then they guide you in the process of achieving that goal. Now, just as a personal health regimen, you have to keep it up your whole life. I just came from the gym. I’m 75 years old. I mean my body is very deteriorating, you know, relative to when I was 25 years old. But you keep it up for your whole life as, as best as you can. Now, the thing about physical health though is it deteriorates with time. It’s an up an uphill battle, right? That eventually you lose. You get injured, you get sick, you die. But the psycho spiritual dimension of growth works exactly the opposite. The older you get, and the more feeble your mind and body become, the more powerful your underlying spiritual vitality. Thank God because if it didn’t work that way, I’d be up Shit Creek without a paddle. So the good news is that if you’re willing to do that, and as I mentioned, you know, if I had to say one thing is get a coach because the coach knows the model, knows the turf and if they’ve been, at least, if they’ve been certified by my organization, they’re certified to a certain level. And if they can handle the levels of happiness you want, then they refer you to a coach that can. Let’s say you want classical enlightenment as per the path of purification described in Sri Lanka in the sixth century. It’s like, that’s my happiness. I want stream entry. Well, I’m not saying every, every unified mindfulness coach has the confidence to lead you there, but plenty of them do.

But that’s probably not on your happiness list. It’s probably “I just want to have less mental turmoil and less emotional distress” or “I want to do better in school” or “improve my tennis game”. So that’s where we start. We start there. But the paradigm, the perspective that we give you and the attentional skills that we impart and the focusing strategies that you can apply as you go about daily life. All of that is the same essentially, regardless of what your goals are. So you can, the incredible thing about modern mindfulness is it is a upaya for the modern age. Upaya is a Buddhist concept. How do you reach people? Most people don’t care about enlightenment. Actually, a lot of people may not even care about being a good person.

Thal:

That’s true.

Shinzen Young:

I’ve actually had students that were criminals. Professional criminals. Now I can’t, um, you know, I couldn’t affirm their lifestyle, but I taught them. I will teach them and because I’m setting the stage for possible lifestyle changes, I’m, I’m, I’m fine with that. Um, not everyone even wants to be a good person, but everyone has something they want. And whatever it is, a competent mindfulness coach… we can’t guarantee that they’ll deliver it. But we can say with time, if you keep up the regimen for the duration, it’s likely at some point in your life, likely that in fact, yeah, you’ll sort of get that. But as if that weren’t powerful enough, the same attentional skills and the same focus strategies that you would use to deconstruct your back pain, you can also use that to deconstruct your anxiety or your confusion. And so a Modern Mindfulness teacher is a kind of a device that transforms the world’s small concept of happiness as a goal to this huge concept of happiness. But the same skills and techniques are applied for all types and levels of happiness. So by the aesthetic canons of science, it is an extremely powerful and elegant system.

Adrian:

Shinzen, we’d love to hear some of the latest research that you’re involved in. You mentioned the research side. So how that blends into your current work and also just, I mean it’s the name of your book, the Science of Enlightenment. We want to hear about the path of Enlightenment. Is it for everybody? And how is that connected to the work that you’re currently doing?

Shinzen Young:

Well, enlightenment means different things to different people. I mean, if you just go to Wikipedia disambiguation page, you’ll see how many things have been called enlightenment. I mean, there’s a period in European history that’s called the enlightenment. But this is a different meaning. Um, so if we take enlightenment to mean understanding yourself at the deepest level, then I’m going to say that it’s probably relevant for most people. In the sense that if understanding yourself at all is relevant than understanding yourself at the deepest level would be relevant, I would think as a natural consequence. Because most people want to understand themselves, at least at some level, I’m just extrapolating from that. Then if we take enlightenment to simply mean the deepest level, then that’s relevant to most people because that’s just the next step after the next step of understanding yourself. It’s also relevant because sooner or later everyone dies. And you might die quickly. Like, you know, just die in bed or you know, something, an accident just takes you out. But a lot of people aren’t going to die quickly. They’re gonna go through a dying process and all the structures that they use to cope will eventually be broken down and stripped away by that dying process or at least a lot of them. In other words, a lot of the surface stuff that constitutes our identity, the surface self that’s getting ripped away in the dying process, I mean like hour by hour, day by day, minute by minute. So a lot of people are going to go through that and there’s a natural.. In all the humans that don’t die quickly really quickly. Anyone that dies consciously is going to have to go through all of the surface levels of self being majorly fucked up and stripped away. So if you have some sense of the part of you that is so deep that it is immune to that. If you have some sense of that before the dying process, then your mortality, the mortality of everyone you care about has a different context. Furthermore, of course, once you understand yourself at that level, you’re able to fully participate in life for the first time as nothing blocking. The doingness of the personality, the somethingness of the self is gone. But the underlying doingness, the verb, the dynamics space, that is the soul that is deeper than an individual’s life and death. So if you are able to have that way before you physically die, well, that’s really the deepest and most central dimension of human happiness. So I would say, yeah, it’s relevant and it’s feasible. So it’s important to realize, I repeat, enlightenment is used in different ways by different people. So here what I’m talking about is what in the Southeast Asian tradition is called stream entry. And what in East Asia is called seeing your nature “jian shin”. Could the average householder, average might not be the word, but, uh, generally a householder, someone that has family that had that has a career, job, is it feasible that in their lifetime, that level of enlightenment, uh, could be achieved? Yeah, it’s feasible. But you have to establish and maintain the psycho-spiritual health regimen that I mentioned. See as I mentioned, for physical health. It’s a losing battle. But for psycho spiritual health that older you get that the more experience you have, the closer you get to this liberation. And you can call it liberation or enlightenment. They call it enlightenment because there’s a kind of intuitive understanding that arises. But you can call it liberation because there’s a freedom from the limited identity. So first levels of liberation enlightenment are feasible and relevant for most people, I would say. Now, full enlightenment, full liberation, that’s actually a very different critter. So I expect that a significant proportion of people that participate in my version of this training and keep it up for their whole life will get at least that initial level, but maybe not quickly and maybe not suddenly, but with time, gradually it’s probable. So that gives you a little bit of a reality check. Now, there’s full liberation. That means the full braking of the identity with the mind body process. That is a different critter. So stream entry, it’s all over the place. Uh, you’ve met, all of you have met or interacted with people, whether you knew it or not, that were stream enterers by my criteria in any way. The problem is different teachers have different criteria, right. Arhat, I mean, I spent my life in this field and I lived where it came from. Asia. Yeah. I met a few Asian masters that I think we’re in that ballpark. But that’s in 50 years and it was just a few. If you’re interested, I can give you the names, you can look up. Look them up and so forth. But complete liberation, that’s a whole other thing. But an initial taste that satisfies you for the duration, that’s feasible. Problem is, uh, you remember, I only said it’s probable and I said it might take quite a while. Um, so most people’s experience, initial experience of meditating is “I can’t do this, my mind wanders, I can’t concentrate”. Um, and very quickly they just give it up because there’s not a quick reward, in many cases. So it takes a lot of maturity to stay with it until it all starts to make sense. And you start to get some tangible… I mean, people obviously get some benefits or no one would stay with it. So we were talking about like the opioid epidemic. It’s on my mind because some of our research is probably going to be directed towards that clinical population. We’re at the University of Arizona. But we’re partnering with the major addiction recovery center in the state of Arizona. So it’s on my mind. So, heroin, man, I mean, try it two times…you know, two, three times, I guess you’re hooked, right? That’s instantly addictive. And it changes your whole life for the truly horrible in a truly horrible way. So the idea would be, well, what’s the diametric opposite of that? Something that very quickly gives you fulfillment, independent of conditions. And now, oh, I want more of that, but this isn’t an addiction. This is actually a freedom from addiction. It’s equanimity. It’s a non-grasping around pleasure. So the idea is that if we could enhance the training protocol that currently exists, which is, as I mentioned, retreat practice, life practice, get support, give support. If people want details on that, they can go to my web resources. What I mean by those things.

But if in addition to those components, people often when we start to talk about technology enhanced, whatever, they think, “oh you guys think that you can just zap people into enlightenment?” No… Not exactly. Um, but what we think is it may be possible with technology to enhance the training so that people start to get more dramatic results quicker. A lot quicker so that anyone that has an interest in this tries it a few times and it actually works. It works the way. Maybe not the way it works after 50 years. Because I’ve got 50 years. That’s, that’s a bittersweet experience. The sweet part is this shit works and yeah, everything they said would happen happened. The bitter part is you look out at the world and how many people put in 50 years of that kind of training. So if in five months, five weeks, people could get a taste of what this can really deliver, that would change the course of history precipitously for the better everywhere. Particularly if what I’m describing is folded into standard medicine. So my plot, so to speak, what is a good plot. Okay. in other words is my strategy is, uh, to um, use neuromodulation technology to not zap people into mindfulness but to induce a state of neuroplasticity where in the mindfulness training becomes more efficient and therefore the rewards are more immediate. And then it’s a global viral meme and you get it just because you visited a doctor at a hospital stay. Or you got addicted to opiates and now you’re in a recovery program. But the recovery program after we’ve detoxed you, provides you with a techno boosted mindfulness training regimen and then you maintain that to maintain sobriety. That would be one example. So what we want to do is take all of the, any major area of clinical medicine, create a techno boosted training program. Not, not some zap that we claim is going to take you into some state, but something that creates an environment wherein you can train more effectively. Um, and you get that by contact with medicine. In other words, science. Wherever you are in the world. And since medicine is medicine everywhere, it doesn’t matter whether it’s in the People’s Republic of China or under the Ayatollahs in Tehran, medicine is still medicine. And since these interventions don’t have any religious component to them, there shouldn’t be any pushback. So the idea would be to weave…to sort of enlarge what medicine does from relieving suffering by curing diseases or relieve suffering by palliating symptoms. That’s what medicine now does. So a larger view of medicine is medicine cures suffering. Or medicine allows you to be happy at the deepest and broadest formulation. Uh, and that’s what medicine delivers. So this would then make optimal happiness part of all human cultures. So that’s the dream. That’s the holy grail. Now, the trick is, are there neuromodulations that can do this? A lot of people claim that they have that. To which I say bullshit. And here’s why. If we really had that or if we have had that for a while, see, one of the things about sciences is that causes have consequences. So the kind of technology of enlightenment that I’m envisaging would dramatically change the world for the better. Look around at everything that people are offering that says, hey, this is it. I’m going to microdose you with the psilocybin. But we’re gonna do this new expensive neurofeedback. We’re going to blah, blah, blah. Okay, fine. Is it a reasonable hypothesis that knowledge of this intervention will in the next century, fundamentally change the name of the game on this planet from competition for limited resources to… Well, yeah, there’s that, but there’s also how much fulfillment you get from what you got and turns out that’s even more important. Will these technologies end war, more or less. Will they end social injustice, more or less? Will they end violence? Well I said wars, crime. Okay. Is that, it’s this super neurofeedback or this microdosing of psilocybin. Is this all we need? This plus a hundred years essentially this planet is now Heavan on earth? Extrapolate. I don’t think so! Not even remotely. I don’t know. But maybe, that plus mindfulness plus a hundred years, but maybe we don’t have a hundred years. Um, so I’m asking for something more dramatic. A lot more dramatic. We don’t know if it exists, but it’s certainly worth looking for. And if you were to ask me to make my best candidate and best candidate doesn’t mean I think this is gonna work. It’s just the best out of everything I’ve seen so far. But I’m not claiming it will work. And I’m also not claiming it’s safe, by the way. So very careful about claims because people make claims. Irresponsible claims. It really frosts my buns. But my best guess for where to start is ultrasonic neuromodulation. Low intensity focused ultrasound directed to ego hubs, grasping hubs that could perhaps relax that a little bit and create the situation where people can get dramatic results fairly quickly. That would be my best candidate. But that’s not saying Shinzen Young thinks it’s a good candidate. It’s just the most promising I’ve seen so far. We have a lab called SEMA lab at the University of Arizona that stands for Sonication Enhanced Mindful Awareness training lab. Um, and that’s what we’re looking into at this time.

Adrian:

Thank you for sharing that.

Thal:

Wow.

Shinzen Young:

Uh, you guys should have Jay on too. He’s my PI. He’s the director of the lab. I’m in charge of a protocol development.

Adrian:

It feels tangible too because you’ve also identified a timeframe, right? Like the goal of within the next century, you know, would be ideal. Um, and then also the imminent like needing to accelerate this too. There’s a sense of urgency of finding that technology to speed up what has a proven track record, the methodologies and, but then to augment it with the modern…[chuckling] We started this conversation with what modern means. But it sounds like it’s, you know, yet to be discovered. So there’s an excitement to this type of work.

Shinzen Young:

Yeah, yeah, yeah. So, yeah, if people are interested, they can go to youtube and find Jay Sanguinetti. And he talks about the, what the work that we’re doing.

Thal:

Um, I’m still thinking about the word enlightenment. An, is it for everyone? And is it a goal that we should all aspire to? Um, I think it’s just, I don’t have a specific question around enlightenment, but maybe how is it relevant for our generation? Uh, I really don’t have a specific question. What I’m thinking about is thinking about some friends who would listen to the word enlightened and be like, “pfff” like really? I mean, do I have to sit… Yeah.

Shinzen Young:

Hence, you don’t have to call it enlightenment and maybe we shouldn’t call it enlightenment. I called it enlightenment because that’s just what I called it. Right. But, um, when I go to the People’s Republic of China, probably this year, I’m going to just call it understanding yourself at the deepest level.

Thal:

Yes. I think that answers my question. Yeah. Understanding ourselves is part of the meaning crisis really.

Shinzen Young:

Sure.

Thal:

Absolutely. Yeah.

Shinzen Young:

So there’s your answer, right. And this word is used to translate certain Asian terms, but we can get you there without calling it enlightenment.

Thal:

Right.

Shinzen Young:

Um, I would just call it understanding yourself at the deepest level and that makes, that makes it normal. That normalizes it. So you’re right. Uh, enlightenment, even though it’s on my book is actually not a good word moving forward.

Thal:

Anything else you want to ask?

Shinzen Young:

Well you got a lot more than 70 minutes. But use it as you wish, you know, chop it up. Parcel it out.

Thal:

Yeah. The way I see it. This is an opportunity. So anything you say is our gems really. So thank you. Thank you.

Adrian:

Are there, are there any teachers like currently that you have a relationship with? Dead or alive? I was actually curious because, you know, I see you…

Shinzen Young:

Do you mean that they function as a teacher.

Adrian:

Yeah, you’re a student to them. Yeah having that relation.

Shinzen Young:

Not at this time, no. But we’re sort of co-teacher’s to each other. So in that sense, I would think the dialoguing that I do with other teachers, we’re all sort of teaching each other at this point. Um, but I don’t have a formal relationship with anyone. Neither do I think of the people that utilize my programs as being my disciples or, I mean we call them students, but, um, it’s really more of a, yeah. I don’t, I don’t have that, uh, Asian lineage thing. That is very important for cultural reasons in that part of the world. But you know, I’m not going to have successors and I encourage people to just utilize any resources that are available that are competent in this area. So I guess because I don’t look upon myself as a teacher in the sense of, you know, um, do what I say because you know, you have to sorta in some way surrender to me as your teacher. I don’t think of my students in that relationship. So I guess I don’t think I need that relationship with someone else at this point.

Thal:

Actually I have, The Science of Enlightenment in an audio book and I’ve like been listening to it on and off. And there was a story that you mentioned speaking again of, and I love the word enlightenment. You, uh, one of your teachers, you asked him to, um, I hope I’m getting this right. You asked him to teach you an advanced form of meditation. I really loved that story and maybe you can share that and, um, like the experience of like enlightenment moment.

Shinzen Young:

Um, can you, uh, refresh me on the details of the story?

Thal:

I think you were in, I don’t know, I think you were probably in Japan, I’m not sure. And and it was a zen teacher and you ask them to give you an advanced…

Shinzen Young:

Is this like I was doing breath than I wanted…

Thal:

Yes! And you wanted something more advanced and he’s like, really? There are people who have done breath for years.

Shinzen Young:

Well, there’s several parts to that story, but yeah, I was doing the breath and I was going to be leaving Japan. So oh wait, no, I’m conflating the past. Hold it just second. That’s what happens. Um, okay. No, it was not when I was about to leave. I’ve been… Yes. I’d been practicing for several months. Uh, the standard Chan breath counting. And then yeah, I went to him and I asked for a more advanced practice and because he was in, you know, there’s sort of, some of the Zen masters are ferocious. It sounds, uh, sort of, I don’t know, um, romantic or somehow interesting culturally that there would be masters who are ferocious, but I can tell you it gets old really quick, right. Really quick. But that’s a whole other thing. So anyway, yeah, he was like “there have been people who have done 40 years of zen practice…” Yes. In Japanese so it’s even more macho.

Thal:

[laughing]

Shinzen Young:

Yeah. Try to remember the original Japanese. But anyway, it was like, “who do you think you are kid? You just begun to begun to begun”. And it’s true. Now I’ve met people that spent 40 years at the tip of their nose and it worked that, that, that, you know, that did it. Um, but did you want me to say what would the more advanced practice was?

Thal:

Yes.

Shinzen Young:

Well, it wasn’t really a more advanced practice. That’s sort of the whole point. It was a different practice.

Thal:

Yes.

Shinzen Young:

It was self inquiry in the Buddhist form. Answer this question: who are you? Which is of courses, you’re being asked to understand yourself at the deepest level. So it all comes full circle, right?

Thal:

Absolutely. Yeah. It’s, um, it’s interesting because when you said it, there’s this romantic idea and it gets old really fast. I just went to a 10-day Vipassana and going through the practice everyday, they today is not romantic at all. It’s painful. So I admire your dedication and those years that you spent, I mean…

Shinzen Young:

Yeah, but I hope that you continue with formal practice or with systematic practice. You may or may not want to work in that tradition.

Thal:

Right.

Shinzen Young:

I actually lived at Mr. Goenka’s Center in India and it’s a wonderful, powerful way of working.

Thal:

Yeah.

Shinzen Young:

Okay.

Adrian:

It’s a real pleasure.

Shinzen Young:

It’s a wrap.

Thal:

Thank you.

Adrian:

Thank you.

#25: Raising Consciousness Through Sound with Alexandre Tannous

So many elements of our human experience affect our consciousness, including sound. Classical music, indigenous forms of drumming, African desert blues, or the mere sound of silence produce different feelings and thoughts. It can shape our inner life in significant ways — in fact, awareness around how we consume sound shapes the way we create meaning and how we live our life.

Alexandre Tannous has been active as a musician, educator, composer, and an ethnomusicologist. For the past 13 years he has been researching the therapeutic and esoteric properties of sound. He has developed a protocol he calls “Sound Meditation” which uses specific sounds to help people tap into the self-healing capacities that we all possess. We discuss Gnosticism, the physics of sound, and how music is weaponized and used to hijack consciousness for religious and capitalistic agendas. Alexandre holds a Bachelor of Music in Theory and Composition, a Master of Arts degree in Music Education as well as a Master of Arts and a Master of Philosophy degrees in Ethnomusicology from Columbia University. His works are frequently performed in the United States, Europe, and in Asia. He currently works as a sound therapist, researcher and educator. 

Highlights:

  • How Sound Hijacks Consciousness
  • Therapeutic Properties of Sound
  • How to Incorporate Sound into Your Spiritual Practice

Resources:

Listen:

Poem Inspired by This Episode

Full Transcript

Adrian:

Welcome to the show.

Alexandre :

Thank you. Very good to be here.

Adrian:

Yeah, maybe a good place to start… just give us a bit of a background of how you first fell in love with all these subjects that you’re so passionate about. Sound and consciousness. And all the things that you’re involved in.

Alexandre:

Yeah. Well, ever since I was a teenager I was attracted to esoteric knowledge, occult knowledge. And I have to define occult here because most people think automatically of evil and dark staff. No, not necessarily. Occult is simply the hidden that which is around but hidden in a way because people don’t have the right tools to perceive and understand it. And interested in meditation and eastern philosophies and the psyche and why the human experience is going on and so on and so forth. And one thing will always lead to another. And, but the most important element here is curiosity. I’ve always had the curiosity to know things. I didn’t know that they’re there to be known. Uh, of course it’s a long and tricky journey, treacherous sometimes. It’s part of the learning process. Uh, making mistakes is important that these mistakes should be perceived as a stepping stone toward betterment and deeper understanding, realizations and, seeking the truth. Yeah. And this grew over the years and still growing. I’m still a student of variety of different things that most people don’t give attention to. The things that informed me a lot and have been really fascinating for me are certain fields such as hermeticism, the knowledge of Hermes Trismegistus. Gnosticism, the body of knowledge that the Gnostics, those who sought Gnosis experiential knowledge. Nonintellectual knowledge. Embodied knowledge. Knowledge that come out of experience. That’s really important because, um, it also appears in other cultures, ancient cultures and systems. The Gnostics were the people who lived around the time of Christ, um, and sought knowledge. The prototype Gnostics were the scenes. But it’s also something talked about in Kabbalah, Da’ath, is intuitive knowledge as opposed to Yeda, learned intellectual knowledge. And Jnana in Hinduism and Rigpa in Tibetan Buddhism and so on. Other subjects I was interested in and still interested, theosophy the school of Madame Blavatsky. Anthroposophy, the school of Rudolph Steiner, even though he started as an Anthroposophist. Eastern philosophies as well especially specific schools, for example, the Vedanta schools in Hinduism and Dzogchen in Tibetan Buddhism and other esoteric and called philosophies and practices. And Rosicrucianism as well and certain secret societies. Although these have been, or it seems for the most part that they’d been hijacked by other entities and derailed because the fight at the end is about knowledge. Knowledge is the ultimate power. And then absence of knowledge is the absence of power. And as humans wake up, they realize the level of deception and trickery and corruption that’s going on on all levels, especially political and religious, just the usual hypocrisy that’s part of the human condition. And they’re waking up because they’re gaining this knowledge and this knowledge belongs to people and the knowledge went underground, it was preserved in a lot of these fields that I mentioned, but it was preserved up into a point where consciousness is ready to handle this knowledge and people are aware. And I think this is the time where this knowledge is coming back little by little but you need people to be less distracted and to pay attention to it instead of pop culture and stupid media that’s trying to frighten people and to create the inner instability because the manipulation is through entrainment. We can talk about entrainment later on. Yeah. So the search is still going. I love what I explore and it’s now became part of my life’s work. Um, I quit the things I used to do. I’m trained in music. Four degrees over 12 years. I wore different hats when it came to music. Making I studied composition and conducting performance music, education, ethnomusicology. But now I focus all my efforts to do sound research and scientific studies and fieldwork. And I work as a sound therapist, bringing this knowledge to people where one is being awakened from within. One experiences different non ordinary states of consciousness to understand the self. And meditation, contemplation, mindfulness also go hand and hand with working with sound. Yeah.

Thal:

You know, of course, it’s amazing. Your interests are so varied. But kind of two questions come to mind as you were talking. First, you know, when you’re talking about the esoteric knowledge, sort of the experiential knowledge, it’s like hidden in plain sight and as you said, there are a lot of distractions, I guess. I don’t know if we can answer it or I’m just thinking about like what holds us back? Sort of peeling away the layers of the veil. What is it essentially that’s holding back people, you know? Like I know I’m thinking about fear, but I would like to hear your thoughts around that. That’s one question. And the other one is, um, you know, the fact that you are so multifaceted and interested in all these different types of knowledge. What early experiences in your life, was there a certain moment or like an insight that came to you at a young age or an experience that you’d like to share that sort of initiated you in a way?

Alexandre :

Yeah. Um, so yes, fear is the number one element that holds people back. Um, but also fear manifests in various ways. There’s some reticence and some holding back in us realizing who we are ever since the quote unquote fall out of Eden, whatever that story is really about. Where humanity, the human being lost the God, the connection to God, God within, not God outside. I completely disagree with the Abrahamic understanding of the divine. There is no divine outside. It’s a trick. So there’s something within us that does not want us to realize who we are. There is a fear. There is hesitation, but there’s also attachment to the material world. Um, in Hinduism and Buddhism, they talk about Maya, which is the state of infatuation with the material world, with the changing world. And um, we lost who we are in the dream. It’s very important to start to create an analogy here. A dream is like this reality when we fall asleep, for the first few moments we are aware that we are falling asleep and we starting to dream. And some people can control that by doing lucid dreaming on demand. It happens to every person let’s say the person wakes up in the middle of the night, then they go to the bathroom and if they stay latched on that dream, they can hop back on it and continue it. But in the first few moments, few seconds or a minute or two, they’re aware that they’re dreaming. But then as they go on, they lose the self in the dream. They lose who’s having the dream. They lose the fact that this is a dream and it’s not consensual reality and they’re not aware of to what extent and how this dream replaces completely consensual reality up until they wake up again. Whether to go to the bathroom again or to wake up in the morning. And then they realize, oh, that was a dream. This is consensual reality. This reality seems to be working in a similar way where, um, we don’t really understand what reality is. We don’t understand how the psyche, the mind, can create reality, that is, uh, similar to the stream and sometimes could be even more powerful than the dream itself. And, um, when people do Shamanic experiences and take psychedelics, exactly the same process happens, is that they live through a dream, the visionary state that is, that can have an aspect that makes it seem more real than reality itself. So this requires some attention. How can this happen? What is reality? So we become deeply engaged in the dream and invested in, especially when we take our emotions, feelings, and thoughts seriously. And this is where the suffering comes from, is that we’re taking things too seriously. People who are experiencing depression or severe anxiety or PTSD, there’s a different flow of chemicals that happen in their body and that becomes the new trip. And there will be great attachment to the new trip, if we can call it, which is, well I should preface here that feelings, emotions and thoughts and sensations all are induced by chemicals and endogenous chemicals that are secreted in the body. And we run on chemicals. It’s really the human experiences is a human trip and all we do is change it. So we can become addicted to certain things. And that’s why you find a lot of people who are angry all the time. They don’t enjoy being in group and they’re attached to being angry or being sad or feeling self-loathing and so on because of the attachment to the chemicals that their bodies secreted. So the chemicals in the way we invest our energy and we pursue them, that ends up by creating form of reality. And uh, we become attached to that. And that’s the only thing we know and we tend to shy away from that which we don’t know. So if you consider all of these things, then uh, you realize to what extent it’s easy to perpetuate this sense of loss of the connection to the divine that’s within and carry on with life as it’s being fabricated through form of entrainment. Entrainment is when we’re playing music and music starts to affect us and we start to move and sync with it even when we’re not dancing. Entrainment is when people watch a film. And the music in the film is affecting people’s reception to the visuals and the dialogue. It’s very, very important. I wrote for film music and I know how important that is. And also in commercials. Why? Because it changes the inner processes, the brainwave cycles, the heart rate variability, the subtle energy and every aspect of being. Sound, music is immensely powerful when it comes to entrainment because you’re dealing with physics. And the universe is ruled by the laws of physics. We don’t give so much attention to the extent in which consciousness is ruled by the laws of acoustics, a specific branch in physics that deals with the study of sound and vibration. And that’s why within sound and music and all sorts of ceremonies, whether they’re religious, Shamanic, traditional, spiritual, mystical fields and so on and so forth. So we can be kept in this dimension and not have to follow to what we came here to do, which is to unravel the nature of being and to understand who we are. That’s something that people used to do in matriarchy. Um, and they understood this complexity that’s within nature. And there was no science back then. There was natural philosophy. Schools of natural philosophy, which science came out from that. Science suffered a huge setback, became reductionist, materialistic. And then we lost this connection to understanding the value of the mathematical systems that we use to understand the nature of being Fibonacci Series, fractal geometry, the relevance and the importance of Phi. And the most important one is the harmonic overtones series that has always been associated with the creation of the universe. With the tool which gets you to find what God is and where God is. We can talk about this later. So when you consider all of these things, then we can on a deeper level why we’re so attached to being in this dimension to being in this reality. And especially that’s being perpetuated. There is media and everyone’s trying to sell us something and trying to get us to buy things that we don’t need. Consumerism is big and you know, it’s easy to become addicted to these things. Why? Because of the literal dopamine reward when people buy something and you know. Shopaholics do exists and there’s a reason why they exist. Um, mostly because of altering this human experience. Our actions, feelings and thoughts alter the way the body runs on chemicals and that’s what constitutes reality. So, um, we are afraid of realizing the self. There is a sense of fear, hesitation, but also there’s a sense of manipulation and loss and that’s contributing to this. Now what’s changing in people is that they’re getting more and more clues and there’s something growing within us that is creating this more serious than ever a paradigm shift, I believe. And it’s, uh, coinciding with things falling apart on political level, religious level. People are losing faith in book religions. People are resorting to archaic revival, you know, Shamanism and traditions and uh, eastern philosophies, meditation, Yoga or working with sound, taking psychedelics and so on and so forth. Uh, I have to say that not all the time is being used in an efficient, thorough and sensible way, but that’s the human condition. You know, it’s not always optimal and, and uh, we can still be manipulated even though we have serious endeavor to achieve these things. Nonetheless, consciousness has the power to circumvent all of that and still gain a higher and higher ground. But one needs thorough attention to the energy that’s being used to the attention to will awareness to curiosity. The totality of the mindset, what we bring to every experience and to pay attention to the phenomenological aspect of the experience.

Because that is at the end what is needed. The individual’s faculty, resources being invested in something that’s going to make a difference. There is cognitive dissonance though that can hold the person back. And for the people listening, if they don’t know what cognitive dissonance they should look at it, which is basically, if someone tells me something that’s so far outside of what I believe in, what I’ve known, uh, even though that’s a more accurate truth or an upgraded version of the truth, I may reject it because it makes me few so threatened. So that’s serious. And these techniques that are used in a weaponized psychology, weaponize anthropology, weaponized sociology, weaponized music, weaponize faith, and all these things that people tend to become interested in are being used against them because of cognitive dissonance and other faculties that are based on ignorance. And what is the ultimate point here? Well, we’ve derailed because we started prioritizing profit over consciousness and that caused us to become attached to money. Money is a symbol of power, a symbol of survival and safety. And when you have cultures that are promoting reptilian brain interaction, that is, they do that because that makes money. And keeping the, keeping people on the couch, watching the news and the reptilian brain, which is the inner most part of the brain that’s responsible for fight or flight and running the body as a machine without the person having to have the awareness to do that. Then the body becomes a slave to the reptilian brain that wants to protect the person and they become addicted to news because they think that the more they watch, the more they’re being informed in keeping themselves safe and money sings well to that. So at the end we ended up by having completely different relationship with the hardware in the body, pardon me for using these terms, but I do that on purpose. So the computer is now not using the entire parts, but focused on specific parts were mostly left hemisphere these days. We rely so much on education and intelligence and less so the imagination, which is what the right hemisphere deal with, um, imagination and inspiration, the feminine side of the brain versus the left brain being the masculine. So we’re mostly running on left brain with a lot of reptilian brain action. And that creates different reality. And this is what’s causing the big fork on the road now where humanity is starting to become split in two halves. And it will become more and more so. In one part, humanity is waking up and resorting to things that really reveal the true nature of the self, of reality, of the divine within. The archaic methods to seek holistic experience, integral discovery, um, and um, you know, pro-organic farming, permaculture and no GMOs and all of the stuff. And then the other part, the other part of the fork in the road is people are going on with the status quo and think that, oh, things are improving because now we have technology and AI is gonna make things much easier and cheaper. And not thinking of the consequences of how much the dehumanization is going to happen in the Trans-humanistic agenda behind all of that. And, um, the, the danger of having AI that you cannot control and it’s going to upgrade itself and design itself. So it’s a very, very, uh, critical time in humanity. Um, and we can go deeper into this if you want at a later point.

The second question, what made me become interested in all of this? Well I grew up in war in Beirut and parents who immigrated to the states. So I lived through a lot of violence and terror and that made me ask questions that you know, a young person would not usually ask from an early age. And to demystify and the nature of suffering and the madness that can, um, affect people and people start to kill each other over either who’s God is more merciful or which way is best to worship that same God. That’s basically why book religions and the denominations and sect within them, whether Protestant and Catholic, Sunni and Shiites and so on and so forth, kill each other. Basically they’re killing each other over who has the better method to worship Jehovah. And the level of fingers go so far that they think that Christians or Muslims like, oh, these Muslims, I mean Christians or Jews think that, uh, let’s say, Allah, the name of God in Islam is a different God. No, it’s not a different God. It’s the same Jehovah God. So there’s a very deep level of ignorance. Basically what’s what I see happening here is that the same old methods is being used but on steroids and rocket boosters because finding God, understanding what God is, where God is is something that we are encoded. Then we need to find that. We came here to understand that. Well that is being used against people and their emotions are involved. And of course then if we have a person who is ignorant enough and passionate enough, of course this person is capable of killing him or herself, uh, blowing up themselves to kill a few people, few innocent people, uh, they come from a good place, but it’s causing terror. So who’s at fault? It’s not the person’s ignorance. I mean ignorance is ignorance. Uh, it’s those who are manipulating these people and fuelling divide because that’s how you bring humanity to it’s knees. Divide and conquer.

Thal:

Yes.

Alexandre:

In any method, whether religious, socio-cultural racial, and sports teams and you know, people kill each other over at the end of certain football games in England for example. Right? Being trampled and hitting and beating each other. So, obsession!

Thal:

It’s such a, like as you’re talking, I’m just, the word paradox keeps coming up. It’s such a paradox. Our human condition. Um, and just, you know, speaking about like your background and I’m just thinking about the Quran. Like there is a verse in the Quran that talks about “Al-‘Ilm Al-Ladunni” which is the experiential knowledge and that that knowledge you can, it’s something that you just is that is just placed in the heart. It’s not an intellectual, quantitative thing. And it’s funny because that same book is used for other interpretations and the more dogmatic like fear based interpretations or whatever. Um, I’m also thinking about like music and sound and the therapeutic aspects of sound, which is, you know, the main part of your work. And similarly, you know, it’s, you know, I’m just going to share this like a lot of the dogmatic interpretations of Islam, some of them have actually said that music is just not allowed at all. Like just avoid music completely, which is insane considering even historically within the Islamic culture, um, you know, there’s someone like Al-Farabi. And there’s the hospitals in Andalusia where the mental health institutions where they were playing music as a, as a form of therapy. So yes, please dig in, go deeper, whatever you’re saying, I’m enjoying it.

Adrian:

And maybe at the same time, if you can share with listeners how, how is sound therapeutic? Like how if someone’s just hearing this for the first time, can you share what’s happening to consciousness and what is sound? Are we talking about instruments and singing? Like there’s, I’m sure there’s a lot of difference in between, you know, within that category.

Alexandre :

Yes. Yeah. Well, this is all stuff I can talk about for the next 10 hours.

Adrian:

Amazing.

Alexandre:

So I’m going to make it succinct and but yet packed with info. So yeah Islam uses music, but it does not call it music. That’s the curious part. And Adhan, the call to prayer, is not considered to be music. Um, and um, well what’s music again? So, um, I can’t tell you why it’s not called music, why it’s considered to be blasphemous to call it music. But, book religions did use music tremendously. And if I may say, this may sound blasphemous to a lot of people, especially religious ones. I don’t mean any offense to anyone. I respect people’s faith but I also know that in this faith they’re being tricked to believe that they’re on the right track where actually not completely so. Well Abrahamic religions Judaism, Christianity and Islam and all the denominations, they do offer wonderful teaching and things that can help humanity. But at the same time, at the end, it’s about hijacking consciousness and misleading people. Whether this came to be out of ignorance, out of deliberate action or both combined, I can’t tell you. There’s evidence of all the above. So music is used to unravel consciousness when you go inside any church, especially Greek Orthodox Church because in Christians, the Greek Orthodox Church use music the best. Why? Byzantine chants that are used in Greek Orthodox church are a mixture of classical Arabic and classical Turkish music. It’s when Constantine invaded Istanbul and became Costantinople book, um, he used the music that was going on around which was Arabic and Turkish and they’re both very similar on the classical level at least. And used as part of the church. When you listen to this music in a secular environment, it gives you an altered state. Why? Because… This is a lot better. I’m going to say it shortly… Because the notes that are being used in the modes, modes are like scales, succession of different notes, have different mathematical ratios between them. They have different frequencies and these frequencies are closer to the tuning of the notes in the harmonic series. We’ll talk about that later. Harmonic series is the blueprint for sound production. Um, and it’s responsible for the tone color or timbre. All harmonic systems come from the harmonic series, the place from where the concept of harmony came up from, which is mathematics at the end. Tt’s considered to be the most sophisticated of all of these intelligences, uh, that, that we measure using mathematics. Pythagoreans told us that it’s not mathematics that created the universe, mathematics is what we use to measure that intelligence. What’s there is fields and phenomena systems and patterns. So talking about Pythagorean knowledge here, the knowledge that Pythagoras brought to Europe and Plato and Aristotle and Socrates were his followers, a little over a hundred years later. In Byzantine chants, and the notes that I use. And similarly also in Quranic chants, adhan, call for prayer, you’re using frequencies that are closer to the tuning of the harmonic series notes, which is the place where harmony came from. And harmony is a concept that exists in mathematics at the end when we listen to music or the harmonic series, when you listen to a gong being played or singing bowls, you’re listening to the audible side of mathematical ratios. The mathematical ratio lays between two notes in the musical interval. If you take C and G, for example, that’s an interval of a fifth because it’s C, D, E, F, G, one, two, three, four, five. It’s a three to two ratio. C to D is a nine to eight ratio and so on, so forth. So harmony is audible mathematics, audible mathematical ratios to be precise. When you create a musical system or a chant that is based on these pure tones, uh, it’s going to alter consciousness, just like a normal sound bath or a sound healing… two terms, I avoid using because they’re gimmicky and they don’t give justice to what is being done here. I like to call it Sound Meditation or some therapy sound journey, whatever it is. Something that would indicate that the individual is doing something. Healing is not happening just like that. So, um, they create transcendental, introspective, euphoric state psychedelic states sometimes. So they alter consciousness. These are the same notes that are being used in church, in Judaism, in Cathedral, in mosques. And if you take this out of context, you have a very powerful use of music that is being used in a specific place along with incense and church bell, which has all overtones and golden mean, golden ratio in iconography, in fractal geometry in the ceiling in the mosque and all of these things that lure people deeper into the faith thinking that God is here. Well these are things that humans looked for and understood in matriarchal period. Matriarchy to me, is not that women were more dominant than men. That’s a caricaturesque understanding of it. It’s basically where people, men and women lived in harmony, in equilibrium with nature, with all living things and they understood the power that nature has to ultimately understand who they are to nature, what is nature to humans and where God is and what God is. This was appropriated by Patriarchy and by book religions. And they were expropriated. We know that the early Christians, which is the Roman Empire really continuing to exist under the guise of Christianity. Again, no blasphemy here to the good believers but this is what it is. Seems like it’s a business that hijacks consciousness by using very powerful tools to lure people into deeper faith thinking that God is here. It’s just the labeling that’s wrong. When you expose someone to these things in a church or any other Holy House on these big book religions, you’re going to get the same thing that you do as if you’re doing it in the cave or out in nature or in any other context because everyone does this except here it’s being done in a specific set and setting and the label is different. So people leave the church, the cathedral, the mosque, the temple, feeling elated. The problem is that someone put it as “this is God here. God is here. Come back again.” You get a repeat customer because we’re programmed to understand who we are through music and unravel the nature of being because of what sound, harmony and music does to every aspect of being. It alters your consciousness. It puts you in elated states through entrainment basically. So there is a trickery here. Is that something that happened through ignorance or deliberate action or both? Again, there’s clear evidence to me that all the above are true and it’s not just ignorance. Um, so, um, so sound is often used in a very particular way to get a specific result. That’s what you do when you create music for commercials or when you go inside a store and you hear a specific music that put this type of the prototype clientele to spend money to be in a good mood, to spend money. If you go to teenage clothing store, you’re going to hear different music, then you go to Jewellery store or so on. That’s functional music. It’s used all the time in commercials, to put people at ease through what? Through form of entrainment so that there can be more in the mood to spend money and to spend more time to feel in the mood, uh, as opposed to when you leave. They leave the store and there’s the hubbub of the city and the noise. And so there’s a level of deception here that’s being used without people knowing that you can go very, very far with this because that’s what a Shamanic experience is about. To give you an example, if you do an experience with a Shaman in any tradition, they’ll give you a plant, usually psychedelic that knocks you off of baseline reality. And with you surrendering, allowing, trusting, accepting, you believe that this Shaman who is a professional who’s job is to hear you using plants, spirit, quote unquote. And using their ancestors and they’re guiding spirits and the power animals. This is all stuff that we in the west talk about and we call the subconscious mind, the collective unconscious, the psyche, you know, and the unconscious, the conscious, all of these things. In the East, they call the Shiva, the Shakti, the Atman, the Brahman. It’s the same thing. So you see how ignorance manifests to a level where it creates different reality to the individual without the person knowing that. Now as the person is going through the Shamanic experience, experiencing that sacrament, whether it’s Ayahuasca or San Pedro or you know, Iboga or mushrooms or Peyote and so on, whatever grows around in the region, um, they receive visions and sound is being played to guide them in the process and the olfactory stimuli is used. Um, so could be Palo Santo or sage or kopa and other, you know, olfactory agents to help the person surrender and let go so that they, they allow the work to happen. But what it is causing here is an unfolding of the nature of consciousness in the visionary state. So a similar version of that happens in church when the priest gives you a wafer or sacrament, it’s like handing you the Ayahuasca cup, the Shaman, and sound is played in a church to put you in the mood, the congregation, electromagnetics between people. The music played in a perfectly acoustical space because there’s connection between the architecture of the space and sound. Because sound reverberates on walls and ceilings, and so the space has to be, has to be optimal for the acoustics to be great. That’s a known thing in concert halls and so on. So and there is a iconography. There’s dazzling visuals that communicate the mathematics of uh, of God. If I can see the math of God is divine mathematics that we’re attracted to. We’re interested in. It communicates something defined, something sacred because of where it takes us. To me, that’s where sacred is. It’s not the sacred outside of us. It’s what that sacred thing, whether it’s a mushroom or sound, where it takes us, that’s really what’s sacred. And now people are being so flippant with saying sacred, this sacred that, and then the next thing, they lose the true definition of what sacred is. At the end, everything is sacred. But when people are distracted, they’re lacking the knowledge, then they’re not going to have the deep understanding what is really, truly sacred? Why is it sacred? What’s in it that is sacred? So people don’t have the time, the energy or the skill to really investigate these things by being scrutinizing and being persnickety about the meaning of a word. The power of word, which is sound. Again, language creates reality. So I hope I covered your questions Thal did I? And Adrian.

Adrian:

I just wanted to mention just speaking of acoustics, so there’s a little bit of, um, I don’t know if there’s another mic that’s rubbing on a shirt. It, we’re just getting a lot of, um, friction as you’re speaking.

Alexandre:

Oh really?

Adrian:

Yeah. Yeah. So I don’t know where it’s coming from.

Alexandre:

The mic is not touching anything. Maybe the cord? Is this, maybe it’s the cord perhaps?

Adrian:

Yeah, maybe the cord is also picking up. Is there a mic in the cord as well or?

Alexandre :

No.

Adrian:

Oh, okay. Okay. It sounds better right now. Yeah, it was just while you were speaking.

Alexandre:

I’ll be immobile then.

Thal:

[Laughing] No. Because you are so, um, uh, connected with what you were saying and I think your hands was moving and the cord was moving into the microphone is very strong and it was picking up. Yeah. But um, yeah, we’re enjoying the depth of the conversation. I mean, um, what an honor. Like I, yeah, I I want to know more like about the Fibonacci, about the like all of it, really.

Alexandre :

Yes. It’s very important and that’s, this is something that’s surfacing more and more again, this interest in sacred geometry. Um, uh, the way intelligence manifests in mathematics. We measure intelligence by measuring the value of this mathematical systems. Phi or the golden mean or the golden ratio, Fibonacci series or numbers, fractal geometry. The harmonic overtones is the one that has been considered to be the most important and often associated with creation with God. Now you asked another question, Adrian, it was about sound what is sound?

Adrian:

I was just also curious the difference between like instruments that produce those harmonic overtones versus singing. If someone’s chanting, I imagine there’s another way of producing the sound through vocal cords. Is there a difference on consciousness when it’s listening through the instrument or, or is produced through yeah. Through, through singing or chanting or mantras or…

Alexandre:

Yes, certainly. So I’m going to move around to get some instruments to demonstrate a concept. But, uh, so the overtone system is one that is so important, as I said earlier, because that’s the system that gives us, um, the tone color or a timbre, which is the difference between our voices. Um, the difference between various notes also is caused by various notes played on different instruments caused by overtones. So when you listen to a note, that note is not just one thing, it’s predominantly one thing, one note, one frequency. We call that the fundamental tone or fundamental frequency. In it, there are tiny auditory pixels that they’re not always audible, but their job is to color the tone. If the three of us sing one note the same note “ahhhh” and it’s going to sound different because every person has different overtones. So the overtone series, harmonic series is one that goes on to infinity and has specific intervals and it builds on the fundamental frequency. So “ahhh” is a fundamental tone. If you were to use specific software to analyze the spectrum of my voice, you will find various horizontal lines. Um, the lowest one, the fundamental tone would be the thickest most pronounced that within it there’s the overtones they’re so faint that they may seem to be completely inexistent, but they actually are there except the fundamental tone is greater and it overshadows these overtones. And, um, the value here is that when we use instruments such as gong, singing bowls, discs, bells, overtone singing, I’ll demonstrate in a bit to bring out this overtones to level where they’re clearly audible. And that changes everything. Why? Because the individual now is hearing this magic that’s in sound, although they’re listening to notes, but they’re being exposed to pure mathematical ratios. What binds the notes and the harmonic series together is an infinite series of harmonic, mathematical ratios. So, uh, to bring out the overtones in my voice from this note “ahhh”, I would have to sing it out, but creating a different conditions of physics inside the buccal cavity. The buccal cavity is the area that starts right above the vocal cords up into my lips. And this is a specific size and we have different tone colors because we all have different variables. Let’s say Thal your vocal cords are smaller than mine and Adrian and for sure they will be smaller. This is why women have higher pitched voice. You know, women can sing in soprano, mezzo soprano, alto and men have tenor, baritone and base, sometimes counter tenor, which is made out to song in falsetto, because the vocal cords are thicker or thinner, bigger or smaller. But the throat might be wider, um, the uvular is more protruded than usual. The soft palate is bigger than usual than someone else. If the tongue is bigger and the teeth, all of these create different conditions that eventually give the individual his or her specific tone color.

Right? And um, now I’m going to sing that same note, but I’m going to move my tongue inside the buccal cavity to open and close this space so that I can naturally amplify the overtones that are in my voice. By doing that, I’m creating different conditions of physics called Helmholtz resonance and then I can amplify naturally these overtones that are in my voice but one cannot hear them because the fundamental tone is so loud, it overshadows them. And when I do that, you will hear the fundamental tone, which tend to be most pronounced and upper notes that would be changing one at a time based on what I do with my tongue to open or close it more. And that’s what people do when they play Didgeridoo. They play brass instruments, trombones, trumpets, flugelhorns, and tubas and French horns and also wind instruments. It’s the movement of the tongue also embouchure which is the totality of that. How wide or small the opening of the lips are, the velocity of the air and the position of the tongue inside the mouth. That’s very important for music playing. And people use that as well when they’re doing any form of overtone singing, throat singing. It’s done in a variety of different ways. The Tibetan Buddhist monks do it in a more guttural way. Tuvans do it different ways and Mongolians and so on and so forth. So it sound like this: “hmmmmmm”.

Adrian:

Wow.

Alexandre:

This is what I believe the primordial Om or Aum is trying to communicate. Om is not “om” even though it’s often chanted and written like that, it’s “aum”. But it’s not aum either. It’s what “aum” is referring to. “Aum” is referring to the opening and closing of the buccal cavity. “Aaauum”. You start with open and you close the mouth. By doing that you’re going through all the vowels. And the shades between them and these change the formants, that’s concept in physics. People can look it up. It’s too long to explicate here. Basically when we speak, we speak in vowels and then consonants come and add another layer, another action to the vowel. An example of that is Eee. E. And if you say “D” Dee. There’s the tongue is being involved now touching the back of the upper teeth. And the little bit the gum. And “T” tee would be slightly different interaction. Pee, now “P” is involving involving lips. So all of these are variations with slight addition to what “E” is. So what you’re doing here, you’re creating various packages of overtones, very specific dimension of the package of the overtones that’s coming out. The vocal cords are buzzing and the buzzing is being amplified in the buccal cavity and it’s coming out as language, but it’s at the end overtones. So “Aum” is pointing the finger, “Aum” the primordial “Aum” that created the universe is pointing the finger toward sound once again. But that’s not anything new. We’ve heard that from a variety of different places. You know, aborigines in Australia tell you that the universe was created with two songs. And Ancient Egypt will tell you the universe was sung into being. The word that created, you know, in the first sentence of Gospel of John and the word was God.

The word here is a mistranslation of the concept of Logos. Logos is what the word was when the Bible was brought to Ancient Greece. Logos is a ratio, is reason. So Genesis is not telling you how God created everything a day at a time and rested on the Shabbat, the seventh day. On the first day, God said, let there be light and there was light. What I interpret this now is that you become God when you learn how to create with your words. That’s really what the message is. So this comes from variety of different angles. Sound creates reality. Sound is the creator of the universe. Sound therefore is God. Or you can use sound to understand where the God is within. And that’s why music is used in all Shamanic traditions and all mystical sects, in eastern philosophies and religions book religion, ceremonies. Why? I’m going to demonstrate the concept here. So I’m going to play chimes, two different times with different tuning. These are called Koshi wind chimes, which is fire, but the notes and the harmonies involved have nothing to do with these elements that are just arbitrarily named like that. So when I play the chimes, you’re going to hear different notes. The chime itself is the logos. The logos is the unknowable. The logos is um, the metadata that language expresses. The logos is the feelings, emotions and thoughts that are within us that are in sensations and visuals. Whatever we communicate via language. First it’s in an abstract form. And then when you speak about it using words, in this case, when I played the chimes, you’re going to hear notes. The notes become… and that is the harmony in the logos become the ethos. Ethos is the distinguishing quality, the personality, the character, the beingness, the allure, all of these things of an instrument or person of the company or whatever entity we’re talking about. When we listen to the ethos of this chime or any speech, it creates reality within us. And that is Pathos. Now keep in mind that this is not how these words are defined in, you know, various traditions. I’m defining them with a twist here based on my own research and own understanding, because you can read the whole, the entire book about ethos and logos and still not know what ethos and logos are about. We’re talking about big words that are part of the fundamental structure of reality along with pathos, I mean along with mythos. But we’re not going to address mythos now. We’re just going to concentrate on logos, ethos and pathos. So words creates reality in the ears of the listener. It creates reality inside of you. Just like now I’m talking about things, and the listeners are fathoming internalizing, visualizing, but they’re communicating information. It’s a form of reality. So I’m going to play this logos and ethos coming out of the logo is going to create specific sounds. And then we’re going to talk about this later. And these sounds that people feel inside of them best is to listen to it with eyes closed to focus on the auditory aspect. That would be the pathos.

[Koshi Wind Chimes] So many people describe the sound as being lighthearted. There’s a sense of awe, curiosity, happy, um, whimsical, looking outward, it’s joyful and so on and so forth. So that’s, that’s the pathos that was created in people. It’s pretty universal. People, various traditions, people with musical experience or not all tend to use these words. Compare it to the second chimes, which is a different logos. And when it speaks, it has a different ethos. And when people listen to it, it creates a different reality. A different pathos.

[Second Koshi Wind Chime] So this has more of pensiveness, of introspection, the sense of yearning and nostalgia. Um, gentle but healing, sadness.

Adrian:

Mystery for me.

Alexandre:

Mystery, contemplative, and we can add more and more words or visuals and sensations. It doesn’t have to be just words, but you see what creates reality. You see how sound can create reality. If the person is very attentive and getting their mind out of the way and not quickly labeling things. But wait, wait, wait, feel it, feel it. And then choose carefully the words. And this is where miscommunication happens. That people are not always careful with how they speak to really bring their ethos out. And, and we’re becoming more and more sloppy now with words. And there’s a lot of speech disfluency um, and inaccurate words. And even people using the wrong inflections, we sing the words differently now. A lot of redundancy, repetition or even, um, talking in an ascending tone, like that and repeating it over and over. And you know, this is so common these days. It’s not really singing the words correctly. We don’t just speak words, we sing words all the time and this is the most important part. And that is something we’re losing because of the high reliance on texting and emailing. So you see how technology, when it’s mishandled. I’m not against technology. I’m against technology being used in a way that can jeopardize the existence of a human being and modify humanity and take away the humane elements that are within us. We sing language, the inflections, the changes in the tempo, the articulation, the emphasis on words, syllables, the changes of the tempo of the speech, the dynamics, how loud or soft, the silence between the words, how gestures and grimaces and body language in general aligns with this. All of this is adding to the context and emojis are not going to replace that at all, at all. We’re losing a very important part of speech that creates reality. And the speech disfluencies especially “like”, and of course when I mentioned these things, I have no judgment to people who use it, but it’s indicating a lack of self awareness. There’s really no need for 10 or 20 “likes” a minute. We’re making great effort in doing something, saying something that has absolutely no value. On the contrary, it’s causing the person listening to sift out all the likes that are not needed for meaning to come to place. So we should take this stuff very seriously because that can change the human being. This is trans-humanism, which has a very old agenda is didn’t just start now. There’s clear evidence that it started in the forties. So, um, so sound is very, very important and what human beings are resorting to is sound as we know, you know, sound therapy or sound gong bath and sound healings, vibrational healing, whatever people choose terms.

I highly encourage people not to use any gimmicky terms, but use something that indicates that the individual is doing something. That’s why I use Sound Meditation, which is not term that I coined. Yes my website is soundmeditation.com. That was gifted to me because I had soundmeditation.us and anyway, uh, but I’m not promoting it. No, because it’s indicating that, well, if we don’t talk about anything, uh, you know that you’re doing something if you come to Sound Meditation. And, but we should say some things, we should give people the tools and create a protocol so that people are tapping into the self healing capacity within us. It’s about that. It’s about using sound and other stimuli to create the conditions for healing to happen. That’s also entrainment. Except here we’re doing it in a positive way.

Thal:

Yeah. Um, you know, as you’re talking, I’m thinking about a few things. Um, so I’m thinking about noise pollution.

Alexandre:

Oh yeah.

Thal:

And I’m thinking about the distraction of… In fact, we have so many sounds right now, like you said, and um, you know, like pop music, you know, and I’m trying hard, like this is not to be judgemental. I’m just really, um, trying to, um, uh, connect to what you’re saying. Like I’ve, I went to a 10 day silent meditation, the one time I went in my life and it was so amazing to be able to sort of, um, go on a fasting from the noise pollution.

Alexandre:

Yes.

Thal:

And I remember when they would, they would beat the Gong for lunch time, the sound of that Gong was everything. It was, um, sorry, something happened to Skype. Okay. Yeah. The sound of the Gong was so delicious and it was so like, it was, it tasted like honey and

Alexandre:

[Chuckle]

Thal:

Yes. And then at that point I was like, wow. Like we do need discernment when we’re choosing who even to listen to.

Alexandre :

Yes,

Thal:

And the artists that we’re connecting with, like the music that we’re listening to. The state and the condition of the artists that singing will transfer through what they’re producing. I mean, what, what are your thoughts around that?

Alexandre :

Yeah, that’s very important. So this is called synesthesia. When you hear something and another sense becomes involved in what you’re listening to. The senses are bleeding into each other. Some people are natural synesthete. They see hues and colors when they listen to pieces in particular keys. D minor versus g major and B flat minor and so on. Some people see shapes when they hear numbers. Um, some people smell things when they hear specific words or see colors and so on and so forth. And when people take psychedelics, uh, this happens where the psychedelic that they’re taking causes them to see visuals in their mind’s eye with eyes closed, uh, upon hearing specific sounds. And that’s what triggers the visionary state. Why? Because the brain that does a variety of different things involved in reality. The brain is a transducer of consciousness. It receives consciousnesses. Transduction is when you change the state of something. For example, when you turn on a radio and you hear music, clearly the musicians, I’m not in the radio. The radio, the transceiver is transforming a transducing frequency to audio. A TV set gives you audio and video. So the brain transducers consciousness consciousness is not all made in the brain. It’s non-local. That is from locality, Bell’s nonlocality. Um, and uh, the brain also filters reality because there’s so much information out there. It needs to be confined to specific things so it filters a lot of things out. And also indoctrination and conditioning has a lot to do with what is being filtered out. And this is how a lot of nascent capacity within us becomes dormant or inexistent. Uh, the brain also, um, uh, tweaks reality, judges it. So sound affects the brain, the entire body that is involved in the creation of reality. That’s what really is at the end. That’s what music does to us. And that’s how entrainment can be effective. Human being is not a completely autonomous person. It’s always imbued by external sources. So that’s why people must always pay attention to their diet. The diet to me is not what people eat, it’s what they listen to. Music or speech or news is what the films that they watch, documentaries, they watched the commercials they watch or they become exposed to even just, um, commercials in the street, the noise pollution, all of that becomes part of who we are. And it wreaks havoc on our awareness and especially when you deal with noise pollution. It’s so detrimental. Noise ,sound is also used in military application. We’re not going to cover that because it’s a whole thing by itself. So, um, people think that they’re sovereign, that they can decide. No. It’s always, we are product of who’s around us, friends, acquaintances, colleagues. Other people’s electromagnetics. Um,EMF’s and all of this stuff becomes part of the human consciousness because of how it secretly, inconspicuously impacts the individual. And we are being changed by these things more and more. So we’re losing sovereignty. We’re losing, uh, so many things because of entrainment. So we need to be extremely careful. Inform ourselves of these things and not to dismiss them as woo woo and conspiracy stuff. No, no, no. There’s a lot of stuff that’s really valid and impactful.

Adrian:

Yeah. There’s so much I want to ask, but I’m also realizing that we don’t have all the time in the world. So, um, at this point though, I’m considering just for people who want to start intentionally incorporating sound into their practice, if they’re regular meditators or they have other forms of spiritual practice, where do they begin? If sound is a new element to their practice, where would you direct them?

Alexandre :

Yeah, various things. First, the voice. Just toning with lips closed to experience the vibration. And when we, when we speak or tone, we experience a lot of our voice through bone and tissue conduction and not only the auditory part. An example of that is when people close their ears and they speak, that is bone and tissue conduction. Uh, so experience sound in two different ways. So toning vocalization is very powerful because gets the body to vibrate. Um, if they want to go deeper into it, they can learn overtone singing. Uh, there are many youtube videos now that can teach people can take lessons with some of these experts on youtube. Um, and to sing. Singing is for everyone, not only singers, but if they don’t want to deal with the voice, then… Well even if they want to deal with it, I highly encourage them to get some instruments that would be great. Singing bowl or two. Small handheld gong, tuning forks, any of these instruments. And I have a list of them on my website soundmeditation.com they can get a few things and these are very easy to play instruments. They don’t need to practice for years. Like people practice, you know, playing guitar or a piano. No, it’s, it’s easy to handle them and to make them part of their practice or listening to recordings of singing bowls, gongs or the above. I’ve made six albums. Uh, some tracks are available on my soundcloud that if you are interested, they can contact me to purchase them directly from me, um, at some point soon and they’re going to be released along with eight other albums that I recorded recently, uh, sounds for meditation. They’re very, very effective. They’re not the same as listening to these instruments in person and acoustically, but they’re very powerful. Why? Because acoustically you feeling sound, you’re not just listening to it. There’s a lot of information that cannot be captured using microphones. So to receive more of the sound therapy sessions that are happening more and more and realize that there’s certain knowledge required to how to still the mind. I always talk for at least half an hour before I facilitate the sound meditation to give people the tools of understanding why these instruments are powerful, how to listen in a very particular way, judicious, attentional, intentional. Um, and how to get the mind out of the way. How to use a contemplate of state versus a mindful state versus a meditative state. How to work with discursive thinking and how to disengage from that instead of trying to fight it. But to involve sound in their life. And also to keep ear plugs on them when they’re walking in the streets and there’s noise pollution or uh, in subway stations or whatever to really at least block their ears. Because the ringing in the ear and people losing hearing. Just very, very delicate. We have 20,000 Cilia hearing cells in each ear that they start dying, the day we’re born. They die more when people are exposed to loud sound and they don’t grow back. This is a really tiny number compared to the over 120 millions photoreceptors we have in each eye. So hearing is so important on a variety of different levels. So it’s very important to protect the hearing. And also when people are listening to music, using headphones or airpods to not blast the volume loud to heighten the mood to get the body to secrete more of you know, chemicals, endogenous chemicals that can heighten the mood or to raise the volume so loud to drown out the external noise pollution. In this case it’s not the noise pollution that’s causing the hearing loss. It’s the music that they’re listening to and they love. So there’s a great level of unawareness. So protecting the hearing and using sound in a correct way to affect the vagus nerve, the autonomic nervous system to switch from sympathetic to parasympathetic. The parasympathetic state is not state that we often go to, which is when the body is not doing anything based on the fact that there’s nothing happening outside of us around us to do something. Sympathetic is when we are concentrating, we’re doing something and that can cause fatigue. And these days that’s also becoming epidemic. People work for many hours and they go home and they need to do more things, answer emails or do domestic work, cook or watch TV. There’s not enough of a state of relaxation to get the body to be in a parasympathetic state. And that’s why people start to have problems sleeping or taking pills to sleep or having to smoke weed or having to take alcohol to fall asleep. That’s forcing the body to shut down. So the people need to learn about the sympathetic state in the parasympathetic state and how the autonomic nervous system runs the body as a machine. And deeper research that’s coming out now on the vagus nerve, the central nerve that runs the body house, slow, deep breathing exercises, toning, vocalization, working with sound are great ways to massage and tone down the vagus nerve. Vagus, spelled V-A-G-U-S which in Latin means vagrant meandering. So the, the body is full of various elements. These are the hardware. And if we start to misuse the hardware, then there’s a different operating system that’s gonna be happening. And different software and reality becomes different. And that’s what we’re going through right now. The reality that we going through, this awkward point in the history of humanity is the result of what’s going on in people’s hearts. It’s a consciousness crisis. It’s all projected out. So to change that, we need to go inward and change the way we’re feeling because the inner world is the same as the outer world. That’s what the hermetic principle is really about. As above, so below. As within, so without. It’s the biocentric nature of reality that we’re now starting to hear about from coming from science. That consciousness is not a product of the universe. The universe is a product of our consciousness. Great book to read about this is called Biocentrism by Robert Lanza.

Thal:

Amazing.

Adrian:

Alexandre, I know you’ve gotta go in like one minute, so yeah, I just want to thank you for that really rich conversation. Um, maybe we’ll do a part two. And that was really beautiful. We covered a lot of ground.

Thal:

Yeah. I feel that this is an introduction. Definitely would love to have you back. Thank you so much for sharing all that knowledge. Thank you.

Alexandre :

Great pleasure. Happy to be here. Thank you.

#23: What Is It Like to Be a Vampire with L.A. Paul

“Two roads diverged in a wood, and I—  I took the one less traveled by,  And that has made all the difference.”

Robert Frost, “The Road Not Taken”

Indeed, you may, one day, find yourself at a crossroad in your life. You are, possibly, once again, faced with a big decision, whether it is at work, or in a relationship, or shifting your ideological orientation. You play out different scenarios. What-ifs and maybes. Deep down you know that your choice will inform your experience, and based on the value of your experience, you may learn something new, grow, and transform.  

L.A. Paul is a professor of philosophy and cognitive science at Yale University. Her main research interests are in metaphysics, cognitive science, and the philosophy of mind. In this conversation, we look at how certain types of life decisions that involve transformative experiences, like having a baby or becoming a vampire, cannot be made based on evidence and rational thought. We discuss the value of exploring these philosophical questions and the wisdom that can come from embracing uncertainty. Laurie is the author of Transformative Experience, Causation: a user’s guide, and Causation and Counterfactuals

Highlights:

  • Metaphysics and Cognitive Science
  • Transformative Experiences
  • Limits of Rationality

Resources:

Listen:

Poem Inspired by This Episode

Full Transcript

 

Thal:                

 Welcome Laurie to the show.

Laurie:              

Thanks for having me.

Thal:                 

Thank you.

Adrian:             

Laurie, we wanted to ask you, let’s say you were at a dinner party with a bunch of non-academics and they asked you to describe what you do for work. What would you say to them?

Laurie:              

I would tell them about the notion of transformative experience, which is something that I’m working on. Transformative experiences are big life experiences, in other words, they are experiences that change us, how we think it makes us make sense of the world and who we are personally. I’m super interested in these kinds of experiences because I think first they teach us a lot about the world, but they also teach us about ourselves. I also think that we can use them to construct ourselves in particular when we’re making certain kinds of decisions involving transformative experiences, what I would call transformative decision. They’re actually really important to us and they form us, inform our preferences and all kinds of interesting ways. Now I’m gonna use an example, one of my favorite examples is choosing to have a child because that’s an example where I think it’s a big life experience. It’s actually something that you have to undergo to really understand how it’s going to change you and that it does often change you, and it changes you in a very kind of permanent way. That’s an ordinary example of a transformative experience that a lot of people will contemplate. Some people undergo it. This sort of gives people a grip on the sort of ideas I want to explore.

Adrian:            

 When we were looking through some of the research you’ve done, I noticed there was an interesting convergence that it seems to overlap between, on the one hand there’s metaphysics that you’re interested in, and on the other hand there’s cognitive science. I’d love to hear how you describe, first of all, what is metaphysics?

Laurie:              

Yeah, I do not know what metaphysics is but I’ll give it a stab. I mean this is something that’s probably been debated well for a long time, but very roughly. I would think of it as an attempt to understand the way we think about what there is, which includes how we think about the (inaudible) and the internal world. And it’s a way of doing it that sometimes goes beyond the science, both the physical and natural science as well as a science of mind. When I say it goes beyond, I just mean that some of the questions that metaphysicians explore just aren’t things that admit of empirical assessment or maybe they’re more foundational. There are decisions or things you have to think even to undertake empirical assessment. There’s not just some answers your find in the lab or whatever and figure out what the answer is. You know, sometimes you have to think about, what do I take causation to be? Or what is a self? Or you know, what’s the nature of rationality? And you have to lay down some foundational answers to those kinds of questions before you can even kind of formulate an experiment.

Thal:                

 I mean these are very important questions that you’re exploring in an academic setting and it’s the same kind of questions that we also explore in depth psychotherapy and depth psychology. I’m just thinking about words that can be problematic like spirituality and soul. These are all slippery words. How can we talk about metaphysics without slipping into dogma on one side or words that don’t have a firm footing. Does that make sense?

Laurie:              

Yeah. I don’t think it’s easy to do that. I mean, the way that I approach it is by partly trying to proceed clearly and carefully and then anchoring a lot of what I’m interested in it too in empirical work. So when I think about causation, what is causation? I might say causation, maybe very basically, something that happens between events, when one of it brings about another event and we can measure it to some extent when we think about dependence relations. In other words, while if something hadn’t happened, if this person that hadn’t happened in the second one wouldn’t have happened and we seem to experience causation in our life so we can point to it in ordinary context and say, oh look, when the bat hit the ball and the ball was hit out of the park, well that the bat hitting the ball caused it to go out of the park.

When you play pool, like if you sink the eighth ball in the corner pocket, it was hitting the cue ball into the eighth ball at the right angle that caused it to sink into the corner pocket. When we start trying to use specific examples and also talk about things in ways that are related to measurement that that can help.The other thing, I think, that can help is just to sort of anchor some of these discussions to history of philosophical discussion. Especially over maybe from me over the last hundred years or so, but there’s a much longer history, you know what I mean? Contemporary Western philosophy at least 2,500 years, and so kind of embedding, embedding these discussions in a richer context also helps to define them. Just using the words like, especially the way they get thrown around in ordinary conversation or in a metaphysical way or in a metaphorical way. I think can be, unhelpful.

Thal:                 

Absolutely.

Adrian:             

On a more personal level, I’m curious, where this interest came from for you. How did you end up in philosophy and particularly these these domains?

Laurie:              

I mean I always wanted to think more about how we understood ourselves in the world and about the process of discovery. What I think of as epistemic or mental conceptual revelation, like how we respond to new things in the world and discover new kinds of properties or new ways of being or, and make ourselves in various ways. Like, I think this rushed in on me when I was in high school. I grew up in a, you know, pretty vanilla upper middle class suburban environment and didn’t have a lot of experiences. Then what happened was when I was sort of, you know, 18 and escaped that environment, I moved to the city and then I started discovering culture and I went to, to university and I discovered, all kinds of ideas that I had never really had access to in different kinds of people.

It was so incredibly exciting and amazing that I think having those experience and starting to have more and more of those experiences like over the years that followed made me feel that this is something that I need to spend my life understanding better. There’s a way in which I see a lot of people sort of have a grip on these ideas in the ordinary sense, but that they don’t get studied too much in the academy I want to study it in the academy because I think that’s the way to deepen our, our grasp on the meaningfulness of these mental changes and understand how to use them, as I said, in the decision making context and how to under the world of rationality and discovery and learning in a precise way as possible.

Thal:                

That’s something I struggled with, my background is in English literature and one of the things that I was struggling with at the time was, okay, so here we are studying English literature and it’s, but it’s also about the soul. Instead here we are just drowning in critical theory and all of that. It sounds to me that you are reconciling between the world of cognitive science and the metaphysical, which is a hard thing to do and you’re doing it in an academic setting. When you’re talking, I’m already seeing the connections between cognitive science, transpersonal psychology and metaphysics. It’s just exciting. I don’t even know what the question is, but I don’t know if you have more to say about that.

Laurie:              

So something that’s going on. One thing that I have really been doing, and I think I’m not the only one, but not that many people have been doing is bringing together in particular metaphysics and contemporary, so called analytic metaphysics, like the study of causation, the nature of time. What we take the self to be constituted by, right, and also a formal epistemology together with cognitive science. I’m doing that here at Yale. I’m doing it both by collaborating with people who work in kind of congnitive vision science, social psychology, and behavioral economics. I’m also doing it in the classroom. Next year I’m going to be teaching a Grad level seminar with a vision scientist on basically temporal and causal perception where we explore the metaphysics along with contemporary cog-sci in a very kind of robust empirical, but also theoretical kind of way.

No one’s ever actually taught a class like that at Yale, especially not at the graduate level. I don’t know if anyone’s taught it anywhere in, to be honest, in the world. It’s exciting to do it here because there are a lot of psychologists and lot of philosophers and others who do a lot of research in related areas. I think it is a pretty exciting new cross-divisional graduate level course, and it also fits in, we’re building actually a quite special dual Phd program in the same areas. I think it’s in philosophy, it’s opening up to be sort of a new area of research and philosophy and psychology. Yale, is opening up, I think, new areas of graduate study to do the research. We’re doing all of that kind of at once together. There’s more, there is sort of conferences plans, and that kind of thing. It’s a new and opening up area of search is the way to put it.

Thal:                 

Yeah, I mean, just one of the things that we struggle with in the transpersonal psychology field is…okay…we’re always arguing against the mainstream psychology. Transpersonal psychology is not quote unquote recognized by mainstream psychology. There is a shift right now that’s going on and the fact that it’s happening at Yale is so exciting for me to hear.

Laurie:             

I think you’re right, the challenge is to try to be clear about the topics and the terms.

Thal:                 

That’s true, the terms.

Laurie:              

I view it as the philosophers teaching the psychologist and the psychologist teaching the philosophers at the same time, and as we’re doing this, we’re trying to kind of establish, communicate like new kinds of communication and new ways of understanding each other’s work.

Thal:                 

I’m just thinking like at the root of it and if we’re going to think about sort of ancient knowledge, philosophy and psychology have always intersected and it’s really, psychology was born out of philosophy. Going further back, I’m thinking about mystics and sages of different traditions, have talked about the law of causation. I’m specifically thinking about a Sufi philosopher from the Andalusian times, Gazzali, he talked about causation and how sometimes it’s not linear and sometimes a cause doesn’t produce an effect, so then what do we do? This is showing up in quantum physics.

Laurie:             

I think especially before the 20th century, most philosophy eastern and western basically was tied to if not mysticism, various kinds of faith-based orientations. That was important, actually, because it was important to allow the mind to kind of range as freely as possible and explore lots of different avenues. There are many ways in which you can allow the mind to explore freely. (Inaudible) limits on what you have to constrain yourself to like what you can test in the actual world. You know, what you can kind of materially put your hands on. Although now I think, if we blend those more historical perspectives with the kind of contemporary focus on the empirical, you get a really interesting way to take bits from the earlier work, and from the earlier ways of thinking and then follow like the follow a line of thought, but then develop it maybe in an empirical way. So it’s a new way to explore the older ideas that we find in some of the history.

Adrian:             

Laurie, I would love to go into the weeds a little bit with regards to transformative experiences and maybe for listeners to lay a little bit of groundwork. I’d love to hear you explain the vampire thought experiment as a way to kind of frame these big life decisions. I know, I’ve heard you speak about these before.

Thal:                 

To go back to the empirical

Laurie:              

So one of my favorite thought experiments to illustrate first the idea of transformative experience and then second, the way that that can be important for big life decisions is to think of a fictional case because it’s like idealization in physics, you sketch an ideal situation, think about how to make sense of that and then you move to the more real life case and take the structure that you isolated in the fictional case and see if you can apply it in practical ways. I like to imagine that you were somewhere in Eastern Europe exploring a castle, and you’re down in the dungeons kind of checking out all these kinds of cool interesting rather scary bits at the dungeon.

Suddenly Dracula comes to you and he says, okay, I’m going to offer you a one time chance to become a vampire, and then he says, you know, it’s going to be irreversible. You have to make a decision. You’ve got until midnight tonight to make your decision to go back to your hotel room and think about it. If you want to become a vampire, I will come to you at midnight, leave your window open. Okay? This is obviously very exciting. No matter what you think, you will probably go to back your hotel room and think about it. So you go back to your hotel room and you start texting your friends, you call your mom, and say, look, you tell them about this opportunity. You say, what should I do, and as you start asking them questions, it turns out that they’ve already all become vampires.

This is surprising. I think it’s right to say, mom, why didn’t you tell me? Right? Then there’s some surprise there, but then you start asking the questions. What does it like for you to be a vampire? How am I supposed to make this decision? As you ask these questions, they start telling you things like, it’s incredible, it’s amazing. You get these amazing new sensory powers, strength and you know, fluidity and you look fabulous in fashion clothing. You can even make ugly clothing look fabulous, but there are some negatives. You have to live in a coffin. You can’t roam aound by daylight without kind of special thick sunscreen, that’s really awful to put on. You have to drink blood or at least artificial blood, and you keep asking questions to try to find out more about like what it’s going to be like because if you want to do it, right, the way that you would make this decision very naturally, think about what is it like to be a vampire and do I prefer or what I prefer to be a vampire to be human. You then ask more about it and say what should I do? They start to say things like, well, actually I don’t think I can really explain it to you. I can’t really explain it. There’s a lot of things that are there to explain. I couldn’t explain to you what it’s like to see the color blue if you’ve never seen the color blue and being a vampire is like that, but don’t worry, it’s amazing. It is something that you can’t understand until you have become one. But once you do become one, you will realize that only now does your life have true meaning. It’s just nothing like being a vampire. What are you going to do with that, right? You’re basically told, it’s going to be fabulous, but it’s not something you can understand in the relevant sense. You don’t know what it’s going to be like until you actually become one. So should you just do it?

I think there are, that’s the way, in other words, what’s going on is that the empire experience is as I would put epistemically transformative. It’s a kind of experience that you have to have in order to fully grasp that the nature of that experience, and it’s also going to change you profoundly, right? It’s going to change you so much that in some sense you’re going to be a new kind of being. A new kind of person. You want to say [inaudible] people, but it’s going to change some of your kind of core preferences, like what you really care about, how you want to live your life.

Okay? So that’s a transformative experience, and the problem is that if you’re going to make this decision, right, you have to make it in the absence of a certain kind of information, and in particular, you don’t know what it’s going to be like to be a vampire. All you have is a bunch of testimony from other people, and the it’s the way I described it, everybody thought it was fabulous, but if there were any naysayers, let’s say some people who you talk to [inaudible] I actually didn’t work out for me, but I’m trapped in this, then things got even harder. Right? So if you have diverse testimony, then you can be in an even more difficult position. There’s something else too, and that is when thinking about whether or not to become a vampire, if you just wanted to listen to the testimony or just to rely on what your mother said, there’s another factor to take into account and we can describe that as the endogeniety of the preferences involved.

In other words, what if there’s something about becoming a vampire that makes you want to be a vampire. What if, in fact, there’s a kind of Stockholm Syndrome that occurs, right? So that of course once you become a vampire, that biological process converts your preferences into wanting to become a vampire. But if that’s the case and it doesn’t seem like this incredibly unlikely to be honest, from what we know about vampires, then, the way that you evaluate their testimony is also is going to be corrupted. It’s going to be affected in some sense. If you want a real life example, let’s say that you were thinking about having children, but you’ve actually decided you didn’t really want to become a parent, but all of your friends told you, oh no. You might not want it now, but once you become a parent, it’s going to be amazing.

Right? So there’s a question there, right? Well maybe they’re right. Maybe they’re right. Maybe you wouldn’t really be happy, but what’s the ground truth for what makes you happy? Is it because right now you want to become a parent? Or is it just because there’s something about becoming a parent? It’s kind of Stockholm like so that you know, the process of becoming a parent makes you also really happy to have produced the child that you produce. I guess what I’m saying is the vampire thought experiment describes a certain kind of situation. It involves undergoing a transformative life experience, but it is a particularly difficult kind of decision because you don’t know what you need to know or to make the decision in a way that you ordinarily would if you were making an informed choice. So there’s a decision problem or how do you decide, and it isn’t as simple as just evaluating the testimony because there’s this endogenous element that makes even the testimony sort of mysterious.

So if you can’t look within yourself and know what kind of process it is that you are, how you’re going to change in certain kinds of ways from the inside, and if the testimony is also complicated by that fact, how are you supposed to make the decision in an informed way? How are you supposed to do it rationally, right? I mean like choosing how it’s going to maximize your expense value. As I hinted, maybe even more than intent, I think there are other life decisions like this and choosing to have a child in some sense can be really like this. I mean, maybe you don’t really, you’re not going to make it up. Maybe you just want to have a kid because your parents did, or you, anyone participating in this. But if you want to think about it in the way that I was describing, do I want this kind of life is this the kind of person I want to become, there’s a certain sense in which…there’s all kind of variables that you can’t pull aside.

Adrian:             

It sounds like you’re pointing at the limits of reason and logic, like we cannot rely purely on those faculties to make a decision like this so like changing jobs or other identity changes that are dramatic. So how do you suggest people approach these decisions if that’s not a reliable way?

Laurie:              

I guess what I want to say is I think we need to look at evidence. We need to look at testimony. It’s very important to do everything that we ordinarily do. The problem is that we shouldn’t think that that’s going to give us the answer. It doesn’t give us the answer, not because we haven’t thought hard enough. It’s not like, well, just think a little harder, try a little bit more, read more information, then you’ll finally find that missing piece. I don’t think it works that way. So I think instead you have to recognize that there are some things that language and testimony and other people can’t teach us. There are some things you just have to experience in order to know how they’re going to affect you. It turns out maybe some of the most important things in our lives are like this.

I’m not giving you an answer. I mean, it may be that there’s a kind of humility and a kind of wisdom that we gain by recognizing, using rationale, you using logic and assessment and maybe empirical information to discover that that’s the situation we find ourselves in, and then there’s a kind of acceptance and understanding that I think should come next. With that understanding other people and the decisions that they, when they have to make those decisions as well. I think this also ties to thinking about responsibility and blame and basically not blaming people in certain contexts when they make decisions when they couldn’t possibly have known. Somebody tells that they discovered after that experience.

Thal:                 

What you’re describing seems like a struggle for our modern mindset, to have to make a decision, despite the plethora of information that we have. I mean every time, I know personally, every time I want to make a change in my life, the first thing I do is I hit the bookstore. I’ve been in situations where the more I’ve read, I’ve, I was more confused and that I had to just take that quote unquote leap of faith and just make that decision. Then going through the experience was the learning and then whatever information that I collected was either confirmed or some of it was not. So…

Laurie:              

Yes. In some ways it’s a distinctively modern problem. So first we’re encouraged to think that various kinds of science are going to give us the answers. And again, I’m a big fan of both natural, social, and psychological science. It gives us lots of information, but there’s this assumption that, well, we’re going to actually get all the answers that way. Well then if we just go out there, so much information available to us. Right. And the Internet. And also just because now so much has been kind of recorded and written down and you know, several hundred years ago, obviously many people, you know, they didn’t have any access to the information even if they have the ability to maybe write and whether they need to. And so now we have so much available to us. There’s this thought that well this is, we have everything that we need somehow and that we’re only limited by our own laziness or our own inability to search everywhere that we should. And I think that’s a mistake and it comes from misunderstanding the way that we work as humans. You know it’s, there are some ways we get information that come from experiences and experiences alone, and understanding that I think really changes the way that we should think about certain constraints. A leap of faith. Well, sometimes I do think because experiences, they only answer, you either leap into the experience to buy the ticket or you don’t.

That’s the choice, the choice is to discover what that experience is like or not. Let me draw a parallel that I find interesting. So there’s a way in which you know, we can understand at a deep level that we can’t understand another person’s first person perspective. We can to some extent, I can learn, you can talk to me about your life. I can think about it. We can empathize and various kinds of ways. But there’s another sense in which, I don’t know, I can’t know really what it’s like to be you, either of you and you can’t know in a deep way what it’s really like to be me. There’s a lot you can do, but you can’t know everything. Okay. Once we understand that it’s, I think then we can take that and apply that insight into thinking about who we might have been, our other possible (inaudible) of ours.

The problem of other minds and there was really understanding someone else’s mind can come into play when you think about understanding your own mind, if it were changed in certain important ways, like through these experiences. So, you know, the, I have two children, the possible self who never had children. My children are 11 and 15. It’s been a while. I really don’t have, I can’t jump into the mind of the possible person, Laurie, who never had children. She’s just too different from me now. She’s like another person. I think recognizing that, that this person, this thing we know about other people’s minds can also apply to ourselves. Kind of helps put this other discussion to context about how it looks. Sometimes there’s just some things that we can’t know and the wise response is to understand that and work with it. I’m not trying to pretend otherwise.

Thal:                 

It sounds like, in some ways, understanding ourselves deeply helps us then understand other people’s minds too to a degree and inform our decisions that are transformative. As you had mentioned…

Laurie:              

I guess I would emphasize like understanding what we can know, what we can’t know, helps us to understand both ourselves better and also, that’s right, other people. Going back to parenting, which is a really useful example, it helps me to realize that there are things about my children that I can’t know and at this isn’t a failure. I mean it would be nice to know, I suppose when I have to make decisions for them about their lives. As they get older this is not important, but when they’re small, there’s a that you cannot know and you have to take chances, and sometimes you make mistakes.

Adrian:             

It just reminded me of a very sort of zen thing, like the don’t know mind. It’s sort of cultivating, being okay with not knowing, which is hard, you know, and the uncertainty that people have to learn to sit with.

Laurie:              

Yes. Well, epistemic humility. So a kind of humility in like what we expect ourselves and others to know and then becoming comfortable with uncertainty and not just uncertainty but unknowablility. So it’s one thing when I walk out of a room to be uncertain about what scene I might see, well, is it going to be, am I going to face a scene with some books in it or with a computer or with some trees? I could be uncertain which of those I’m going to face, but know that those are my three options. It’s a different kind of thing when I say if I open the door, I don’t know what’s going to be out there. So that’s an unknowability like let’s say I could be opening a portal to another world, right? Let’s go with that term, like that to kind of a radical kind of unknowability. Some of what I’m most interested in involves basically, if not as radical as like opening a portal to another world, a certain kind of unknowability like when you’ve never seen color, and all of a sudden you see colors and before you’ve seen the color, you just don’t know what it’s like to see color. It’s not about uncertainty in that case, and then you have to be comfortable even with unknowability.

Thal:                 

I was just thinking as you’re talking about that that there are aspects to that like opening the door and looking at the unknown. There are aspects that are hard to quantify from our human experience, like fear, guilt, shame, and these things can be associated with a decision, and there are also gut feelings. Sometimes you want to buy a house, everything looks good, but there’s a gut feeling that’s telling you not to buy the house. What can you say about that?

Laurie:              

I think what I would say is feelings and emotions matter, I think as much as the kind of facts about something. So I assigned value to the nature of an experience. Right? Part of what I’m saying is that what it’s like to live one’s life after the fact, the value that one assigns, which should actually incorporate this kind of subjective character. The other thing I would say is that part of what what you’re talking involves for me stuff about motivation. It’s one thing to know various kinds of outcomes like you might know how to map out all the different outcomes and what weights to attached to how likely those outcomes might be. Yet you might not be motivated but you might be afraid or you might have other kinds of emotions that come into play that would affect the way that you make a decision. I think that’s a place where rationality straws.

Adrian:             

What are your thoughts on using visualization? Is that sort of reliable to imagine with your mind using images or scenarios to imagine the home that you’re contemplating to buy in and sort of watching maybe perhaps how your body’s responding as information. How does that fit into your model?

Laurie:              

Good. Yeah. I think there are lots of different ways we make decisions. In one way we’d like to make decisions involves some kind of visualization that you imagine yourself in a situation. Sometimes what you’re doing is putting yourself in that situation messily and then trying to figure out what should I do, like what are my preferences. Sometimes though in virtue of imagining yourself in a situation you form your preferences, right? You might not even have had preferences until you actually are in that situation. The way this comes back to a transformative experience is that part of what I’m saying is that we use that tool often when we’re trying to figure out what to do, but if you don’t have the information you need, if you say, well, I want to decide, do I want to like put them on enchroma glasses and be able to see colors in the world or don’t I, maybe I will find it overwhelming and frightening and in disruptive or maybe I’ll think it’s fabulous.

Well, if you’ve never seen color, you don’t have the ability to imagine in an accurate way what that’s going to be like. So you can’t discover your prefrences. I think the same thing happens. Take somebody who’s been in prison for 25 years who’s never used the internet, who’s never used a cell phone. They’re up for parole. They have to go and face the parole board and describe how they’re gonna respond to and preparing themselves for various kinds of difficult situations to convince the parole board to let them out. There’s a way in which we’re asking you to do something impossible. It’s just, they can say things. I think people do say things, you get prepared and hopefully obviously they’re there and prepared enough to answer the questions, but I think often we’re actually putting a quite an unfair burden on this person because the (inaudible) changes so much in ways that they’ve had no experience. They can’t possibly perform from the kinds of visualizations that they would need to be able to assess what they’re going to face in the outside world and make the right decisions.

Adrian:             

Yeah. For some reason, I am thinking about Elon Musk and the mission to Mars, it’s like, if that was an option, would you like to move to Mars? That’s one of those scenarios where you just have no reference.

Laurie:              

Exactly. I think parallel cases are, say someone is thinking about emigrating, right, and there might be political reasons forced you to leave, and so maybe you don’t have a choice, but even then it’s a kind of opening a door to like another world. People will go because maybe they have to, but if you’re making the decision, maybe you have to make a choice between moving to one country that’s very different from the one that you’re in. Again, you faced this sort of problem, like it’s an unknown really how all the things you’re going to experience and how you’re going respond to how you’re going to change. What do I want to discover, what it’s going to be like or do I want to pass up that chance because even though there are opportunities there, it’s also going to change me and I value who I am now, and I think it can be totally rational to pass up the chance like that.

Thal:                 

One of the main reasons we started this podcast was to sort of address or walk around the issue of the meaning crisis that we’re going through right now. We feel like your work around transformative experiences can offer an answer or a prespective to that crisis. Is there anything you’d like to speak to about that?

Laurie:             

I’ve said a few things about revelation and what I think of as wisdom rather than truth. In other words, I think that first recognizing that experience is something where we, that we can use to learn about ourselves in the world in virtue of having the experience. There’s a way in which something is revealed to you. What’s revealed to you is in a sense how you respond to the world, right? So when you go out into the world and see color for the first time, what you really discovering is how you respond to various kinds of (inaudible) things like that. The way that you’ll experience beauty and so what beauty is then for you. I think parenting is like that as well. I don’t think there’s a right choice or wrong choice with respect to parenting. I think, often, becoming a parent carries as much suffering with it as joy. In fact, it probably carries more suffering with it, than it carries joy and the decision to undergo these kinds of experiences aren’t simple calculations and I don’t think they’re specially informed calculations when it comes to thinking about like pluses and minuses or how much joy or satisfaction or sadness you experienced.

It’s just rather, look, this is what it is to live it is to undergo some of these experiences. It’s not wrong to try to control them as much as you can because you want to have a say over them even if you don’t know what’s going to happen even if there’s both unknowability and uncertainty. So what you’re seeking is a kind of discovery and revelation and opportunity, not necessarily knowing what the truths are and then judiciously choosing the ones that are right for you and rejecting the ones that are wrong for you. That sometimes is what we do, but in many other kinds of context, that’s just the wrong way to think about the trick does that we’re making in the way that we’re understanding things, and all that then goes back to like philosophy and going back to what we said in the beginning about natural, like empirical sciences, like often empirical sciences are about uncovering truths, uncovering like what the road is like in, in various ways and getting answers to questions. Philosophy isn’t about that. Philosophy is about asking questions, discovering questions, and then sometimes recognizing that there are things that … that we can’t know or understanding like how we’re supposed to kind of face and understand the place of a person in the world, and that’s kind of what wisdom involves. There’s a contrast there and that’s fine.

Adrian:             

I’m reminded of our conversation with John Vervaeke and he mentioned the term existential inertia. There are these moments in our lives where there’s this stuckness because it feels like you just, you just can’t get going or can’t move. It sounds to me just hearing you speak, there’s a wisdom in continuing to just keep treading, like to not reach a point of stillness where you’re just not moving, and it could be because it’ll be really hard to get going again.

Laurie:              

I think that’s right. This goes back again and accepting unknowablitiy and uncertainty and not feeling like you have to act in order to eliminate in order to create certainty because sometimes maybe you do, but sometimes that’s the wrong impulse. Instead of thinking that you must eliminate all the unknowns, you must eliminate all the uncertainty, you can just allow it to be. Even when you do make choices, you don’t have to think about your self as always making the right choice as much as I’m just discovering basically a way that the world’s going to reveal itself to be more evolved in various kinds of ways and not thinking that we have to be in control in all respects of our life.

Thal:                 

What you’re saying too is like, it really just goes in line with a lot of the mystical language that I’ve explored in my life and just you saying that just allowing and surrendering and these are very important concepts. Sometimes we don’t, we can’t just tread along. Sometimes we just have to sit with the unknown, with the paradox and just allow things to unfold.

Laurie:              

I’m going to say it’s not giving up either. I think people feel anxiety when they feel that they have to try to create certainties and just kind of being and not controlling is actually a way of a kind of establishing a kind of control at a higher level. Being at ease with the way that things change is a response that shows kind of stability and a kind of understanding. In some ways the right way to approach the kind of anxiety of like all the different ways. It seems like we’re supposed to construct and control things.

Thal:                 

Yes, I mean it’s so easy to talk about, but really anxiety is like, we’re all struggling with it and I’m just thinking like someone listening to this and like, okay, I will sit with it but it really is about that and you know, trusting and allowing.

Laurie:              It’s incredibly hard and it can be really unpleasant. It is not like, “oh, I’ll just be uncertain. Let it all sit and everything will feel wonderful.” No, I think usually it often, I mean maybe things feel wonderful after awhile or maybe you get a reduction of anxiety in some ways, but that doesn’t mean that there are no unpleasant things to the endure.

Thal:                 

That’s part of the experience. I mean, it comes with the positive and it comes with a negative and it’s experiential work essentially.

Adrian:             

What can you tell us about, we noticed the book that you’re currently working on is called Becoming, I feel like this is a good time to bring that word. What do you mean by Becoming?

Laurie:              

I don’t actually know if that’s going to be the title. I hate to say this expression because apparently Michelle Obama wrote a book that has that title. I can’t compete with Michelle. Another title that I have sort of played around with is, “Who will I become?” What I’m trying to get at there is again, how we construct ourselves sometimes how we construct ourselves through making decisions to have experiences and sometimes we’re just constructed by experiences. I want to explore that in the book. I talk about transformative experience but I also talk about how, actually I talk a good bit about how embracing various ways in which we dispense with old selves and parts of ourselves and new selves can surface sometimes unexpectedly, through choices that we make or life experiences that we have to undergo. Sort of understanding that kind of ebb and flow of one’s own kind of first personal perspective, especially oer the span of a lifetime, and the other thing that I spend some time talking about is how we often I think make judgments about, whether we think it would be better or worse to be a certain kind of person. I think when we make those judgments, sometimes they’re good judgments, but sometimes they’re born out of ignorance and a failure to remember that kind of self can really be impenetrable and we have to respect again, we can’t know about other people and about who we could become after various kinds of experiences.

Thal:                 

And with that judgment, really, is rigidity and the black and white thinking and it’s not a good place to go to.

Laurie:              

We can uncover certain kinds of truths, but there’s a kind of humility that’s really important to recall and to say, well, look, I can think I know some things, but to assume that I know all the information that’s necessary, in these kinds of context when we’re talking especially about knowing other human minds and knowing other ways our own line could be, I think is just naive. There’s a kind of self-change that can be so dramatic that you simply can’t put yourself in the shoes of another version of you. If you think about yourself 15 years ago, for example, when I think about myself, there’s, I remember things about what it was like to be me then, but there is way where I can’t put myself back in those shoes 15 years ago, I had just changed too much. When I think about myself 15 years from now, or myself, 35 years from now, descending into dementia. Right? I mean, maybe not even 25 years, but let’s, let’s not go there.

Thal:                 

That’s black and white thinking right there.

(Laughter)

Laurie:              

I think it’s like reasonable to say there’s a way in which I can’t both put myself in those shoes as that future self and still be who I am now. There’s a kind of incommensurability in our mental lives that has to be recognized. So just assuming, oh yeah, I know enough about what I’ll be like then to make choices for that future self with full knowledge and full certainty is just wrong. We shouldn’t try to put that burden on ourselves because that’s the wrong way to approach the changes in the ways that life bring us and the ways that we teach our own lives.

Thal:                 

I have to say, I mean, I find your work fascinating, which takes me to the question I’m thinking about, what philosopher inspired you or continues to inspire you or what kind book that you’ve read that sort of transformed your life or changed your perspective and is there anything you specifically would recommend?

Laurie:              

Edna Ullmann Margalit is a political philosopher who wrote about various kinds of life changes and she talked about opting, drifting, and converting. There’s a paper that I would recommend. I’m also a fan of some of Cass Sunstein’s work on nudging and self change. Those are useful things to read. The philosopher that motivated me the most was someone David Lewis. He w,as a technical philosopher. He wrote hard to read and hard to understand books, so you really have to be committed if you want to read David Lewis, and his work, in particular, he wrote a paper called “What Experiences Teaches” and he’s written other work on decision-making and the metaphysics of selves that I love. You could read Thomas Nagel’s paper, what it’s like to be a bat, and you could read. I think I’ll stick with that. Yeah. A lot of my work, even though I’ve been talking about it in ways that I hope are accessible to non-philosophers. A lot of the work really is based on academic work in metaphysics and epistemology. My own book, transformative experience was written for philosophers, although lots of non philosophers have read it, and that makes me really happy. The book that I’m writing now is actually written for non-philosophers. So my hope is that people would read that book, to get a kind of a glimpse onto some of the philosophical issues, and then if they were really interested, they could read like my philosophical books or other works of other philosophers that I cite.

Thal:                 

When you mentioned that title, is how to be a bat? (inaudible) I’m reminded of Kafka’s Metamorphosis, and waking up as a beetle. That’s my literature mind, but I’m like, to make those connections between the different fields is fascinating.

Laurie:              

Great and actually in my new book, I talk about a number of different works of art in literature and connections. Another thing that you could read, philosophical discussions of Plato’s cave and how…which is an old dialogue where you have Socrates talking with Glaucon about people who are in a cave who are just looking at shadows on the wall and they think they’re seeing reality because they have never been allowed to kind of escape the cave, but actually there’s the way in which everything you’re seeing is an illusion. I don’t want to say that the external world is an illusion or anything like that. What I think is great about that example is that it’s a way of understanding how…what we see and experience is a reflection in some sense of how the outside world is affecting us. I think it is a really good mental exercise to engage.

Adrian:             

One final question, Laurie. If you could say one thing to your future selves, what would you like to say?

Thal:                

 I like that.

Laurie:              

I would say that I need to pay attention to what I’ve learned from my past selves to not forget about epistemic humility.

Thal:                 

Awesome.

Adrian:             

It was a real treat. Thank you very much, Laurie.

Laurie:              

Yeah. Nice to talk with you guys. Thank you.

#22: Technologies That Serve Humanity with Andrew Dunn

“The real problem of humanity is the following: we have paleolithic emotions; medieval institutions; and god-like technology. And it is terrifically dangerous, and it is now approaching a point of crisis overall.”

E.O. Wilson

The notion of digital wellness might sound like a contradiction to some people. However, many tech activists are consciously working on redefining our relationship with technology. We have all figured out by now that we cannot do away with our digital life, but we may be able to revivify the use of technology as a tool to serve humanity rather than the other way around. 

On this episode, we explore the intersection of technology and wellness with tech entrepreneur Andrew Dunn (@aandrewdunn). Andrew is part of a growing community of tech leaders who are on a mission to reverse human downgrading by redesigning technology to support our wellbeing. Andrew is the CEO of Siempo, the first healthy smartphone interface. In 2018, he accidentally started three conscious communities: Digital Wellness Warriors for professionals in the burgeoning industry, Conscious Angels to connect visionary investors with transformative people and projects, and Wharton Wisdom to bring together alumni interested in personal growth and integrating that with their work in the world.

Highlights:

  • Technology and Mental Health
  • Metamodernism
  • Plugging In to Team Humanity

Resources:

Listen:

Poem Inspired by This Episode

Full Transcript

Adrian

Andrew, welcome to the show.

Andrew Dunn

Thank you. I’m thrilled to be here.

Thal

Nice. Thank you for agreeing to come on. I think a place to start from is, um, we’d actually like to hear about your own personal spiritual journey.

Andrew Dunn

Yeah, absolutely. What’s great is that it’s only 11:00 AM and this is not the first time I’ve shared that this morning.

Thal

Wow.

Andrew Dunn

Um, I like to start just locating myself. Growing up in affluent suburban New York in the 90s. A lot of pressure of expectation, lot of abundance and opportunities and also scarcity and molding towards a certain definition of success. So studied business in Undergrad was kind of in the fast life. Having some existential questions like what’s this all about? Gravitate towards a little bit towards stuff about like UFOs and aliens and philosophy, but never, never diving into seriously. And then when I was 23, kind of burnt out working at a startup in New York, a friend invited me to work with him on a business in India and I had no spiritual motivations. I just kind of needed to get out of New York City. And so I moved to India and a few weeks in I took some time to travel by myself and that was my first solo travel experience and I’ll never forget the Friday night I was by myself in a hostel room with nothing but a notebook and this book I bought at the airport and no Wifi maybe for the first time in a decade. And it was just this cosmic pause where everything stopped and I looked at my hands and I’m just like, who am I? Like what have I been doing? All that go, go, go, jumping through hoops, trying to be someone else. It just came to a stop and I finally had space and time to really reflect and think about how I was showing up and open to new ideas and experiences and I was high on life like that for a few days. It was, it was really magical. And the main thing that coming back to was this relationship with technology, with my phone, with social media. I, I guess I got my first phone in middle school, Facebook in high school dating apps in late college. And I was really hooked on smart phones and social media in a way that was getting in the way of all aspects of my life. And like watering down my potential and no one was really talking about it at the time. I would get made fun of by people in my fraternity. Cause you know, that’s what you do when you’re in a fraternity and people aren’t really nice. But um, yeah, I just didn’t really know like how I would improve my habits around tech. There weren’t many tools, if any. And so after that experience in India, I really started thinking critically and from an entrepreneurship lens, like how can I help other people with this massive problem that I’m seeing all over the developing world in addition to the developed world seems like one of the things that is causing a lot of societal level challenges in addition to individual challenges. And that is really dovetailed nicely with my personal journey because being in this wellness, wisdom, transformative tech consciousness tech space, has given me permission to really focus on inner work and on improving how I show up in the world. And so I’ve just gravitated towards the bay area towards mindfulness and body work and energy healing and festivals and you know, all those different consciousness expanding communities and technologies that we’re so lucky to have access to. And that really feeds my professional work, which feeds my personal work and this beautiful way. So I’m really grateful to live in a time and a place where, where I can be exposed to these different ways of knowing and I can integrate them into the thing I’m working on, which is trying to help people really with the same thing I went through and my kind of my grand hope is that digital wellness can be this incredible on ramp into that wellness wisdom world for, for billions of people in the same way that a lot of the meditation apps are trying to, you know, hook people with meditation and then help them with sleep and habits and mental health and all these other psychological support and growth activities, which really I think are like the defining challenges in industries of our century.

Adrian

That’s really cool. I, so I’m really curious like the trip in India, it sounded like there was a, um, a pretty significant awakening that was happening if, you know, if you would go as far as, you know, sort of describing it that way. Um, what were some experiences following that that helped you integrate those steps back into the bay area and getting into technology where there’s some, um, I guess some stages in between?

Thal

Encounters or stories?

Andrew Dunn

I kind of went right back into it. I joined one of these fast growing unicorn startups and I spent a lot of time in nature during my free time, a lot of time exploring. Um, I was exploring sexuality and eventually gender, um, during those years in the bay area. And so coming into a lot of interactions with people whose stories were very different from mine. And yeah, everything just kind of compounded. At some point I was like investing in myself is probably the best thing I can do. So I’m going to keep doing it. I’m going to keep opening to these new experiences and new people. I recently moved into a community living house. It’s a justice oriented Jewish, queer friendly community living house in Oakland. Like all of those things are new experiences for me and we don’t really talk about tech in the house at all. Um, so yeah, just such a diversity of experience. I think that’s, that’s a core part of what I’m trusting right now with that opening myself to diverse experiences will allow me to weave the right connections to decide what goes into this organization and product that I’m working on.

Thal

And that’s such a contrast, you know, to embrace the experiences outside of the, you know, like technologies and experience but human experiences outside of like tech world and the screen and is a whole different ballgame.

Andrew Dunn

Yeah. It never ceases to amaze me that when I step away from the screens doing the work, that’s when the clarity and creativity and joy emerges every time, whether it’s five minutes or five days.

Thal

Hmm. Yeah.

Adrian

Can you, can you share with us the inspiration to start Siempo, sort of the origin story and perhaps maybe take us through the evolution to where you’re at today and what the vision that you currently have with some of these projects that you’re involved with.

Andrew Dunn

Yes. I didn’t start Siempo. It was started by some incredible folks in Chicago about four years ago now. And they had this vision of creating a mindful phone, a device, hardware and software that aligns with our humanity and helps us be more intentional and less distracted. And I left that Unicorn Tech Company about three years ago and I was kind of like, that’s it. I’m not working for another company that’s not nourishing my soul or serving the whole in some form. What matters to me? And I kept coming back to this relationship with tech thing and I’ve been kicking around this idea for a better way to get down little nuggets of wisdom that I would pick up as I was doing all the things that weren’t screens or work or doing right? Like if I was in nature or meditating or at a festival or um, you know, just like those places where the creativity and clarity comes through. I wanted an easy way to get those notes down cause I had this mental model of if by, if I take it down as a note, I’ll come back to it. I’ll organize it and eventually it’ll manifest or the dots will connect in some way. So I was trying to create a transcription ring so I could easily do that without having my phone on me, taking out my phone and unlocking it. It’s going to the notes APP, Yada Yada, getting sidetracked from the way on the way out and like completely getting out of the moments. And so I pitched that idea at the hardware meetup almost three years ago and one of the original Siempo founders was also pitching Siempo. And our stories sounded so similar and at the time there were very few people talking about this. Tristan Harris was maybe the only other person I had really seen chirping about it. And so me and Andreas kind of looked at each other and it was this love at first sight thing. So we started talking and wound up doing some contract work for them because I was still focused on, um, the ring. And then eventually I was more inspired by what they were doing. So I joined fall of 2016 and spring of 2017 we launched the Kickstarter campaign for the hardware project and we got a lot of buzz. Um, but we didn’t meet our goal and we learned a lot. Learned that the switching costs are super high for people to try the first version of something that doesn’t exist and no one’s tried. Learned that everyone’s preferences are so unique when it comes to their phone. And so we were trying to make some decisions about what would and would not be allowed on the phone. And that was, it was perfect for some, but it was too much or too little for a lot of other people. And it was overwhelming feedback that hey, I’m not gonna buy this new thing, but I will pay for a software version of this. Can I just do that? It looks like you sort of built it already. And so that was kind of a clear pivot for us. Okay. Yeah. Software we can reach a lot, a lot more people a lot faster and iterate faster. And so we pivoted to this Android launcher products. Android allows developers, so many degrees of freedom to get creative. We can mess with the notification tray, we can paint pixels over apps. We can just change the entire look and feel of the phone and it’s really bonkers that no one has done this before. Obviously the smart phone is such a problem. How has no one redesigned it for self care and mental health and wellbeing? And I think the only reason that we were the ones to be the first to do that was because we started from a, “hey, let’s let’s reimagine this whole thing, like a whole phone operating system” versus a lot of what has been out there and he’s a really good products, but many are focused on these smaller point solutions like tracking time or helping you set boundaries from apps like Facebook. So with with this software path, we were able to create a complete solution that meets people where they’re at and doesn’t require all these micro decisions throughout the day to get value out of this. It’s kind of like you download it once and it’s this like digital medicine where all of a sudden your whole digital world is reoriented towards intention and focus and connection. And then, um, I mean like some of the feedback saying like, people thank us for saving their life. You’re giving them their life back for more hours a day with their kids and the product’s got a lot. It’s got a lot of room to improve. We basically built all just new to the world step and did it on a budget and did it in a, uh, you know, it’s a very emerging market category. So it’s been challenging to find people to finance this and to um, to help us move forward. But one of the big things we did in the fall was we transitioned to an open source project because we sensed that there are so many heart-centered developers, designers, people who are just done working for some, you know, B2B 5% user experience improvement, um, that you know, raises a ton of money and burns people out in the process. Like they want to do something that’s actually helping the world. And, and also that there’s lots of people who are interested in this humane tech movement, but there aren’t really products the plugin to. So with the open source projects, we have been recruiting some volunteers from these big tech companies to help us explore what, what does a smart phone interface that supports mental health and wellbeing look like? What should the home screen of the planet say? How can we honor our Paleolithic emotions and bring out our human brilliance? And so yeah, it’s a, it’s a cool opportunity, cool time for us right now. I think the timing is better than it was a couple of years ago. Um, people are starting to wake up to this and look for solutions and I think we’re a pretty good one.

Thal

Hmm. Awesome.

Adrian

That’s amazing. Yeah. I just, uh, I just watched the presentation earlier this week, um, for today, Humane Tech Center for Technology. I forget the actual title and it was really cool to kind of see that this is happening, you know, and also a reminder that some of the toxicity from these devices were not intentional. Like I think it was a really good reminder that it wasn’t created by just bad people or bad humans. It was just a byproduct of, you know, goals that were not aligned with, with human wellness. And, and certainly we can, you know, correct course. And I think that was, that was sort of the sense I got was that very sort of optimistic. There’s, you know, solution oriented discussions happening. Um, yeah. At a personal level, I’m curious your personal thoughts on that and how, you know, what’s sort of the next big things that we can expect to see happening within the design world, the tech world. What do you think is coming in the horizon?

Andrew Dunn

Yeah. The Center for Humane Technology is really doing incredible work. And I’m reminded of this Paul Virilio quote that “when you invent the ship, you also invent the shipwreck” and another quote that there’s lots of decent people upholding indecent systems. And I think the reality is that, uh, like this is just one giant learning experience. I don’t think many people have the foresight to consider the longterm consequences to things that we’re creating and to really develop a strong sense of, of human nature and integrate that into the design process because we hadn’t had a ship wreck before, frankly, and now we have a big one. And so we’re collectively learning and it’s an opportunity for us to take one of two routes. We can unconsciously go business as usual, extractive attention economy, um, or we can bring awareness to what’s happening and adjust. And so that’s really what, what the Center of Humane Technology is doing. They’re pulling all the different levers. Whether it’s policy or galvanizing this decision makers at these companies are supporting companies like Siempo that are, um, building the future. There’s also, I was at the talk and, um, uh, Tristan came back to this E.O. Wilson quote a couple of times that the real problem of humanity is the following. The real problem of humanity is that we have paleolithic emotions, medieval institutions and godlike technology. So Tristan says we need to embrace those Paleolithic emotions, upgrade our medieval institutions, and cultivate the wisdom to wield that God-like technology. And so it’s such a cool civilizational moment where we got to work on this too, to reverse what he calls human downgrading and, uh, design ergonomically to wrap around our human needs. And Yeah, I think I’m still still sitting with the experience from, um, from Tuesday. There were so many amazing people in that room. And we’ve always looked to Tristan and center pretty main tech for, for inspiration because frankly they, they think about this most deeply and they have been doing it for the longest and they’re really bright and they have really wonderful intentions and experts in their orbit. So when we’re creating products or making decisions, we, you know, we draw inspiration from a lot of places, but we definitely, we definitely, um, prioritize what’s coming from Tristan and now we’re exploring this relationship together because I mentioned they have a lot of interests from professionals and, um, we are a platform that people can start prototyping some of these solutions on.

Thal

Okay. So a question that comes up for me is, um, you know, someone that’s from the older generation like listening to us speak, what would like, you know, they come in, they’re like, can we really align technology with our humanity? How would you answer that question? Or like what are your thoughts around that?

Adrian

Maybe it’s like, around any sort of skepticisms. Anybody with a sort of pessimistic attitude towards technology as inherently evil or it’s like, yeah, it’s not humane. How do you normally interact with that?

Andrew Dunn

Yeah. I think the point that Tristan wanting to drive is that we need to cultivate a stronger understanding about how individuals and social groups work. And so he proposed this full stack, socio-ergonomic model of human nature. Everything from the individual level, our physiology, like are we breathing when we check our email and the emotions and attention and cognition sensemaking all the way up to the decision making, social reasoning, group dynamics, social environments. And if we have that model, then we can better diagnose problems. And if we’re cohering a lot of the experts and all these different disciplines to set standards that then a product or design team at Youtube can reference and can, um, connect with, uh, those domain experts on when deciding, hey, how should we design this new thing that 2 billion people are going to be using? And it’s going to be shaping their consciousness. Like every one of these companies for the most part, agrees that yeah, things need to improve. And it’s really cool to talk to people at companies like Facebook where Facebook had it rougher than some of the other ones last couple of years. What I’m sensing is a strong sense of camaraderie. Like it’s not, it’s not so much shame or embarrassment, it’s, it’s like, wow, like what an incredible challenge and we’re in an interesting time to be here. Like, I’m in it. I’m really excited about how we can learn from what has happened and integrate that to make something better and, and learn from the processes that we try to do that so that we can just keep getting smarter about learning and growing and learning and growing. So I have, I have reason to be hopeful. I think the money question is always the biggest question mark and would have been cool to hear a bit more about that during the presentation. Because that’s one of our questions since the dawn of time. It’s how do you shift these business models from extractive, all about optimizing for engagement and attention to what’s most life giving and like instead of a race to the bottom of the brainstem, what’s the race to the top where all these companies are starting to compete on who can add the most value to someone’s life? Who can improve someone’s mood the most? Who can be the most trusted? And I think it’s a process. It’s not going to happen overnight. It’s easier for a new entrant like us to learn from those pitfalls and draw a line in the sand and say, we’re all about this and really show it. And I think that’s something that’s going to serve us well as we go. It already has, like we’ve built a reputation as a high integrity Silicon Valley Tech Company, which is rare. Uh, but yeah, you know, things take time. I think that’s one big lesson I take away from the last few years because I have these bursts of insight and vision and I raced to make it happen in the world and time and again, I realized that these things take time and that’s okay. And I don’t have to act on every idea I have. And I mean that’s one of the things I reckon with because I feel such a call to step up as a leader in this movement and really step into the biggest expression of who I can be and what Siempo can be. And then I also, I’m trying to cultivate a self care lifestyle where I’m finding rest and joy and doing things that bring me connection and peace. And so yeah, how does one do that if they’re a silicon valley entrepreneur trying to work on a very urgent problem because we have eight to 12 years left of stable society and if only we can just shift people from, you know, games and dating towards plugging into climate activism then like everything would be perfect. [laughing]. So it’s all, it all comes back to balance for me and that’s, that’s the thing I get to wake up everyday and work on what’s what’s balance today?

Adrian

Yeah. I’m being inspired by actually one of the articles I read that you wrote on medium about humane business and there was a quote in there I think by the Dalai Lama and he says, the planet does not need any more successful people. The planet desperately needs more peacemakers, healers, restorers, storytellers and lovers of all kinds. Can you, can you share a little bit about what you mean by “humane business” and how you’re practicing it through, um, through your projects?

Andrew Dunn

Yeah. Thanks for reminding me about that piece. So much has happened since I’ve published that about a year ago, but it was an attempt to shine a light on all the things that have been inspiring to me. All the business model movements and cultural movements and people and acts that were giving me, they were helping me feel supported and creating in the ways that I want to and sustainable regenerative ways and I think a lot of my, my sense of purpose comes back to what communities and I connected with, what experiences have I had and so like where, where are the, the trim tabs, the acupuncture points that I can have the most impact with the smallest effort. So an example of that is two weeks ago I organized a alternative career panel for my alma mater because there’s all these business school kids who really struggle with the cutthroat environment and investment banks coming to recruit on campus in their sophomore year when these kids are 19 years old. And you know, that’s the, that’s the shiny candy and everyone wants it. And a lot of people’s self worth is tied to do if they got that internship. And um, I’m so inspired by that. There’s now organizations on campus wellness clubs, mental health clubs, there are fraternities at Dartmouth that have mindfulness chairs. How cool is that? It’s just like so simple and helps with so many problems, whether it’s sexual violence or, uh, stress and depression and toxic masculinity. It’s just like so simple. And, and so what does humane business mean? I think it’s something around serving the whole over just the needs of self. Something around [inaudible] because everything we create is an expression of our fears and biases. And I think it means coming back to, to human connection and building deep relationships with people that aren’t so transactional. I mean, that’s, that’s what’s so cool. Like I think one of my skills is networking or being a connector depending on how you want to call it. And it’s so cool that I love Facebook. Facebook allows me to connect with such interesting people around the world who can help me and I can help them. It’s like I think there’s a lot of people who are missing out on the amazing parts of Facebook. Like we can’t reduce anything to just good or evil. Facebook has some parts that are deleterious to the human experience and it has some parts that are completely amplifying to the human experience. And one of those is the ability to like ask a question or put your intention out there and get what you’re looking for and to connect with that person who has an identical vision with you halfway across the planet and it’s gonna make your day because they are, you know, they thought about this or they have that resource that they can share with you. So, yeah. Yeah. What’s your main business? I don’t know. I think it’s something I’m still exploring. I think it was also just an attempt like, uh, like ride the coattails of Center for Humane Technology and try to do some thought leadership.

Adrian

Yeah, no, I really appreciate that. I mean, you look at our project just even with this podcast is, um, largely is possible because of platforms like Facebook, right? That we can actually share this out there, um, at no cost and it can be, you know, duplicated and people like, you know, in some of the stats that we’re looking at, like people from like nations at can’t even imagine, never envisioned as part of the audience. Like they’re a part of it because it’s, you know, it’s hard to kind of bring that into my sort of local linear thinking brain to, to think in a global, large connected system. It’s just not intuitive. And so when we begin to start seeing the reach..

Thal

The potential.

Adrian

..and the possibility, it just, it gets really exciting.

Andrew Dunn

That’s so cool.

Thal

Speaking of which, um, are there any projects or people you’re particularly inspired by today?

Andrew Dunn

Yeah. Oh yeah. I think the biggest threat I’ve been following since I published that blog post was this, where did it start? Uh, maybe listening to this philosopher and neuroscientists, Daniel Schmachtenberger, systems thinker. Um, he’s part of this organization Neurohacker Collective, which makes this nootropic called Qualia. And there’s, there’s a great podcast attached to it and that led me to this new political party called One Nation that is grounded in this metamodernism philosophy, which I’ll talk about in a sec. And yeah, it’s all about win-win paradigm and healing and um, yeah, transcending the bipartisan gridlock that we have in this country and really creating a party that sees and hears people. And considers all perspectives and works towards planetary peace and rebirthing civilization, which sounds all really good. And I cried tears of joy watching their stuff. Um, that’s One Nation Party USA. And yeah, this meta-modernism in philosophy, ideology. There’s a great book called The Listening Society and it kind of highlights …. We have this modern world, postmodernism deconstructs everything that’s wrong with this world, but it doesn’t really offer a reconstruction. So what is that reconstruction where we get going? Like what’s the logical progression of, of this civilization that we have. And so it looks to the Nordic countries where they are doing lots of things to, um, care about the sick and children and environments. And they’re not saying screw capitalism. They’re kind of like integrating the best of postmodern and modern pre-modern, not excluding anybody and really trying to around psychological support and growth. Um, cause that’s not even being talked about in politics. And so even if like whatever side of the aisle you’re on, even if you get everything you want, we’re still gonna have millions, billions of people who are lonely, depressed without meaning. So Emma and I have been talking about that. So what is the society we really need to, um, to meet the demands of our century in this civilizational moment that we’re in. And I really appreciate there’s one little line about how the meta-modern aristocracy are hippies, hackers and hipsters, which I imagine might be a bunch of your audience or a bunch of your networks and, and how whereas financial capital has been, and the marker of success, it’s losing a lot of it’s or well, maybe other types of capital are becoming more relevant, like social capital, emotional capital, sexual capital, et cetera. And yeah, I mean that’s, that feels really confirming to me because I’ve instinctively gravitate towards some of the more, um, spiritual, esoteric, uh, subcultures. And that’s because I find a lot of meaning there, I find a lot of real connection and inspiration health and there’s like, not everyone in my world agrees with that. Uh, so, so hearing, hearing from an authority figure that that is not just some like deep trust hippie thing, but like, actually, no, this is hugely important. This is a huge industry. This is, this is critical to the surviving and thriving of our civilization. That just gives me so much meaning for what I get to wake up everyday and do. And even if it’s not Siempo, I mentioned before we recorded this that I wrote down like kind of a draft of a purpose statement because I’ve worked on a lot of different side projects over the last few years as I’ve been involved with Siempo. Not because I’m bored, but just because I’m, I don’t know, I, I can’t help it. Like these ideas come and I really like to initiate things. And so I was trying to reflect on how they all weave together. And so I attempted to do that a few months ago and it’s changed since then. But here it goes and I’ll put emphasis on some of the words that have either turned into projects or a significant explorations. So my purpose is to wake people up from the hypnosis of technology and privilege. To help them connect to their true nature and higher purpose so they can enlist in team humanity. For the benefit of all beings everywhere. So Siempo is about freeing up time and attention. Conscious Angels and waking up with family is about freeing up resources so that more people can take the leap to begin their personal journey towards their purpose. And then something about growing the world of services around human development and community that I’m tapped into such as a metamodern Grad school. Um, a couple other things that our friends projects, a Wharton Wisdom, that alumni thing I mentioned to do it anyway so that more people can plug into the team humanity so that we can create the beautiful world our hearts know as possible.

Adrian

Yeah, I love that. It’s, I just got chills because no joke this morning as I was journaling, one of the things I was kind of floating around this idea that it seems like a lot of my training currently in sort of the psychotherapeutic realms and my past, I’m thinking about my previous training in physical therapy and fitness. One thing and now starting to see a connection is it has something to do with freeing up energy so that other people can do more meaningful work. And so literally freeing up energy was like a major thing I was sort of thinking about this this morning and as you’re saying that, I just like my whole body just got a reaction there.

Andrew Dunn

Woah, let’s talk about that.

Adrian

Yeah, yeah. That’s kind of trippy. Yeah. But I mean there’s something about recognizing, yeah, that this modern meaning crisis is to a degree of privilege. There’s a degree of privilege that comes with enabling someone to actually experience the meaning crisis to be at a point in their life where they get to question oh is this occupation or career meaningful for me.

Thal

Because you’re no longer stuck at that survival level of consciousness.

Adrian

Exactly. Yeah. So I think that’s an important thing to highlight to a highlight is to remember, yeah, there’s an element of being privileged and as millennials, that’s another thing that was sort of a theme that was kind of coming up in the journaling was recognized we’re a unique generation and these are things that are, you know, sort of speeding up. But like you, like you mentioned earlier, there’s an opportunity too. This is a really cool time to be part of the change.

Thal

Post-modern thought kind of started to paved the way for us by deconstructing everything and breaking away all the hierarchies. It’s like, okay, let’s do it again. But, you know, consciousness and intentionality.

Andrew Dunn

Yeah, absolutely. Yes. All that. Yeah. Oh Man. So a bunch of things. Um, one of my friends, he’s a coach of mine, so something I spoke recently that like, like don’t be afraid of your privilege. Use it to help others who don’t have it or something like that. That really struck a chord with me. Unstuck energy. Yeah. I was thinking about something similar this morning too. Um, because I recently came into some abundance and I, you know, there’s the conventional wisdom to save and put that in mutual funds that invested in the whole basket of random stuff and you know, maybe you find some better socially conscious and you know, not drilling for oil but um, I also heard things over the last few years, I think I heard something and I, I forgive me if this is not so accurate but that um, in in the Islamic world and like 16th century, it was illegal to hoard money like if you had lots of resources that you had to keep moving them. And I think that might be still a component of Sharia law to some extent. I’ve also heard about communities that experiment with negative interest rates where like, you, you want to keep, like, you want to keep money moving because if you like, if you can hold that money as a form of energy, um, if it gets stuck then that’s when problems might arise. So like I came into some resources recently and I guess there’s like a whole bunch of questions on how I want to relate with that. And I haven’t really been doing anything super proactively. It’s kind of just spin as I’m moving through life if there’s an opportunity where a little bit can go a long way, uh, as, as a gift, as a donation or even like, there’s these crowd platforms where you can invest as little as a hundred dollars in the for profit companies. And it’s like, wow. Like, yeah, I want a, I want to send a vote of confidence that way. I think the resources that I have will, um, will be helpful and, and maybe I will make money in return. Maybe I’ll feel good in return. Maybe I’ll get connections in return. But it’s really not expecting anything. It’s just like the reasons why I had, you know, however many hundreds of thousands of dollars invested into me as a human being and someone else had zero or somewhere in between or more is kind of arbitrary. And we, you know, we have huge inequality problems that we need to address and I wonder if it’s going to take a critical mass of people with privilege, with, with, um, class privilege to start thinking differently about capital. And that was one of the things I mentioned in that purpose statement. I was having these hits of this Conscious Angels idea that was, I was so, I was like, maybe we can start an angel group, like a group of investors who want to fund transformative projects and people, but it was kind of more of like, Hey, I just want to, I just want to help. I guess I want to tell stories about how there’s all these different ways that we can support the people in our community and around us that are not just a donation or a for-profit investment, which is only really, um, if it’s exclusive to people with a certain income level. So yeah, I don’t know, just trying to figure out how can I serve because I have a lot to give and whether it’s time or money or skills or connections, it feels good to do that and it’s actually helping, so I want to keep doing it.

Thal

Amazing. Um, on that note, um, do you, I don’t know if you want to share with us what kind of spiritual practices that sort of sustain you on a daily basis so that you can come more and more from that abundant place.

Andrew Dunn

Yeah, I, well one spiritual practices as many days as I can. Um, during my morning routine, I’ll just take out a piece of paper and brainstorm or heart-storm on something. And so about a month ago I wrote that down…

Thal

Heart storm, I love that!

Andrew Dunn

Yeah. My friend Matthew Lazarus coined that and he’s actually visiting me right now, another conscious entrepreneur. Um, so I wrote down Spring Self Care and uh, like, I don’t know, I’m worried about it being perceived as just a whole list of things cause I don’t do all of these every day, but I usually do a handful that just intuitively feel right for me to do in that first hour of the day after waking up or throughout the day. Um, so journaling, dancing, playing music, drawing, watching the sunrise or sunset incense. There’s a garden right near my house. Gratitude, Metta, Yoga. I got these fun little things. I got the Leaf, it’s a wearable that tracks your heart rate and breathing and get us biofeedback when you’re like, when your stress levels are higher. I got this whistle, a whistle up. Okay. I should know the name of this brand, but what I’m wearing is a, it looks like a whistle and it’s a Japanese ritual around expanding your exhale to 10 seconds. So you breathe in and then you breathe out into this whistle for 10 seconds and do that a few times. And so it activates the parasympathetic nervous system.

Thal

What kind of sound does it make?

Andrew Dunn

It actually doesn’t make a sound.

Thal

Oh, okay.

Andrew Dunn

But it just looks like a whistle.

Thal

Oh, interesting.

Andrew Dunn

Yeah. I got posted notes all over my room that prompts me to think about what I’m grateful for. Siempo has an intention on the home screen, so I’m reminded of that a hundred times a day. And I dunno, I just, I try not to over schedule so that I have space to do whatever feels like the most important thing to do. I try to say yes to connection to adventure. I try to educate myself. Oh, I was gonna mention this because when we’re talking about not everyone has the privilege to think about some of these things or you know, focus on inner work, there’s a, there’s a great coffee table book that’s showed up at her house a couple of weeks ago just called like Psychology. That’s, it’s a coffee table book, the hundred most important psychologists through history. And first of all, most are men. Second of all in the bio’s, it feels like 9 out of 10 that I’ve read so far were like, “so and so was the son of Duke, whoever”, or like a wealthy so and so and like had a storied career before they turned to academia. I’ve been reminded of that by, by others too. Um, so I guess there’s like two ways to look at it. Like you can, you can be shy about that or you can really embrace it and use it to share it with others.

Thal

Yeah. It also feels like technology kind of amplified the meaning crisis where even people who are, you know, whatever in survival state or, you know, worrying about just covering mortgage are also going through the big questions. It’s like there’s this, it’s just, it feels, it’s more amplified in a way. So yes, privilege, but also it’s a global phenomenon now. Um, you know, this meaning crisis or, you know, the big questions. Like it’s like a post postmodern state or whatever.

Andrew Dunn

Yeah. It’s so fascinating. The track how automobiles, suburbanization social media polarization, like all these technologies and phenomenon have a further separate us from each other, from the land, from spirit, from, yeah. Just from everything and in that, in stories of assimilation and stories of, um, I guess rapid change where it’s harder for the previous generation to really communicate to the next generation these, these wisdom teachings. A lot of people have lost that the important connection. Sorry. Yeah. I don’t think it’s unique to just people with class privilege. I think it’s definitely something that a lot of people are asking.

Adrian

I want to ask you about, um, just along the lines of the spiritual journey, any recent struggles? How it might not have interfaced well with your day to day activities. Anything you can share on that front? Challenges?

Andrew Dunn

Hmm. I think there’s something around knowing my audience and meeting people where they’re at. I think I, I stumbled a little bit earlier on and still do sometimes with coming into contact with folks who don’t have the same awarenesses or who knew me as like a very different person and it’s really tempting to want to share all the exciting things that are happening in my life and some of that maybe projection, some of it maybe like my need to be seen. Um, and that can break connection with, with those folks. And so, I mean, this is something I’m learning as a person in the business world too like, you know, there’s a way to walk into an investor meeting dressed like I’m going to burning man or to trust, like, you know, I’m walking into an investor meeting and even if there’s investors go to burning man, that’s a funny thing. So yeah, it’s, and I think, so I’m, I’m reconnecting with Judaism more after about 20 years of really being disconnected from it. And this whole, uh, like struggle balancing worldliness and holiness is seemingly core to, uh, the Jewish tradition. And maybe we have different words for it, but actually I think that the meaning that is most resonant for me about the word Siempo, it was originally a Spanish play on siempre, “always” and tiempo, “time”. And always being mindful of the time we spend on things. And then last year I was just thinking about it and I was like, what does it mean today for me? And it was just like so clear that tiempo is time, technology, the mechanical, logical and masculine and siempre, always, that’s the intuitive, infinite, feminine. And where it’s about balancing those two energies, Yin and Yang, Shakti and Shiva, worldliness and holiness, heaven and heart, whatever you want to call it. And I’m embodying that and our organization and our product is all about helping people balance you know, being spiritual beings in the material world or however you want to phrase it.

Thal

Beautiful.

Adrian

Amazing. Thank you so much for your time today, Andrew.

Andrew Dunn

Oh, thank you both. It’s really fun to talk about these topics and yeah, I’d love to, um, be available to anyone who wants to learn more about any of the things I talked about. Is it okay if I share some resources?

Adrian

Yes, totally.

Andrew Dunn

Cool. Thanks. So yeah, email me at Andrew at Siempo dot CO. I’m on Twitter, Andrew Dunn, but with two A’s: @AANDREWDUNN. I hang out a lot on Facebook because it’s so good for my life. I spend a lot of time in New York and yeah, Siempo is on Android. You can search it in the play store. We’ll be on iOS at some point. And yeah, we have an open source project. So if you’re a designer, developer, data scientists, marketer, we’d love your support. We’re also hiring for a tech lead. Like, I think I’ve maxed out my requests.

Thal

We’re gonna. Yeah, we’re going to put those links too in the shownotes for sure.

Andrew Dunn

Yeah. Awesome.

Adrian

Yeah. It’s great to have you part of a team human.

Andrew Dunn

Cheers. Likewise. Thank you. We got this.

Thal

Thank you. Oh yeah, for sure.

#20: Sexual Kung Fu with Yanshuf Kadesh

The purpose of Taoist teachings is to help us develop balance and harmony with the source, pattern, and substance of everything that exists. Our sexual energy is a powerful expression of that life force. And yes it can be trained consciously in a way that brings about healing and vitality.

Yanshuf Kadesh is an accredited instructor of Neidan, the closely guarded ’Inner Alchemy’ practices of Chi Gong, which were first brought to the West by Dr. Mantak Chia. Yanshuf had a former career as a Clinical Psychologist with an interest in transpersonal psychology. He also has extensive Kabbalistic training in Israel. We discuss how cultivating sexual life energy through Tantric and Taoist practices can lead to deeper healing, higher consciousness, and evolutionary change. As we move towards possible dystopian futures with artificial intelligence, Yanshuf believes that we desperately need to reground ourselves in our basic sexual nature and to reconnect with our wholeness.

Highlights:

  • Cultivating Sexual Life Energy with Taoist Chi Gong
  • Sacred Sexuality in the Modern Age of Technology
  • Evolution of Consciousness

Resources:

Listen:

Poem Inspired by This Episode

Full Transcript

Thal:

Welcome Yaacov to the show.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Good to be here.

Thal:

Thank you.

Adrian:

We’ve been asking our guests recently to share with us their spiritual orientation as they were growing up. I think that’s a nice place for us to get a sense of what it was like around from the home front, whether there was any orientation at all and how that possibly put you on a trajectory to being here today.

Yanshuf Kadesh

Well, to be honest, I would have to say classic rock, you know. Enhanced with cannabis. That would basically be my first shamanic practice, I would say. Like Big Stadium Rock and Psychedelic Rock, Progressive Rock and becoming a bass player and being very immersive with the music. Um, I grew up in a Jewish family, but non practicing essentially, really quite assimilated and um, yeah, that sort of became important to me later. But, um, growing up it was really the music that, to me, I later understood to be my way of reaching for, uh, that sort of whatever you want to call it, transpersonal or, and there’s something in the, I think that there’s, um, there’s intimations of infinity within the… when you have the overdrive of the guitars. So if you listen to the guitar, like Jimi Hendrix and also if you also, um, Robert Fripp who uses the sky saw sound, which is a compression on the sound. And so that you play the note business and just, it will go infinitely. As long as there’s a power source, the, the note will continue on forever, uh, using, you know, using compression. And, um, so I think that when you’re listening to that music, there is that sort of, there’s a, there’s a certain feeling of the infinite that comes that I’m sure other people gained from classical music or other things. But for me it was, uh, was the Rock and Roll. For sure.

Thal:

Certainly music is a powerful tool into the transpersonal realm. Were there any specific moments, um, that you’ve had that kind of experience while playing music that you remembered?

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Well, yeah, I mean, I definitely have had times in different, uh, band situations, even more in an open jamming situations where you sort of dropped into the groove and just everything’s happening. And, uh, it’s really an amazing thing with other people to be sort of seemingly moving into some kind of a space where nothing wrong can happen. Everybody’s in the zone. And, um, and I did begin to think of it as a, that there’s a muse, you know, there’s some sort of a being or an energy or something that is desiring to come down and it’s, that is the muse of this moment or in this people in this situation. And it’s a question of to what extent do we sort of merit to be a channel for what’s coming through.

Thal:

To allow it.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Yeah. And, um, you know, if you allow yourself to inquire with those types of things then uh, yeah, I can open things up.

Thal:

How old were you? And where were you brought up again?

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Um, born in Montreal.

Thal:

Okay.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

And moved there out of there when I was I think three or four and grew up in London, Ontario.

Adrian:

I think I read somewhere in one of your bio’s, um, you having an interest in hockey as well?

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Yeah, I grew up playing competitive hockey. Uh, it wasn’t, I don’t know, say it was really an interest, it was just sort of what one did. If there was a religion, you know, a local religion, it would have been more probably hockey. Uh, an I did that till I was I think 13, 14, and then it got my bass and that was it. I was no longer …and just sort of waking up to the notion of like, why am I getting up at four thirty in the morning and pitch black and minus 20 degrees to go and skate, figure eights for hours so I can be on the competitive … I respect that, athleticism and people. I have friends that went really into it went far with it. But yeah, for me it just wasn’t… I didn’t want to be doing that. Plus I was too skinny. Like I get smacked around, I was playing in London, Oakridge hockey. And you know as soon as you start traveling out to Aylmer and whatever the sort of, you get these farm boys, corn fed, Ontario farm boys that come start.. They will kill you. [laughing] So I had a couple of bad hits and I think my mom was there for one of them at a tournament. And uh, yeah, it was enough of that.

Adrian:

A natural weeding out process.

Yanshuf Kadesh

Yeah, I was definitely, weeded out. Yeah.

Adrian:

How did the academic life enter the path? Because I know at some point pursued psychology and study in academics.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Um, it’s interesting. I mean I graduated high school, um, and then I went east. As soon as I graduated high school I had my Bar Mitzvah money. Cause even if you’re not really religious, you still get to have your Bar Mitzvah and you get a little bit of money there from that. So I flew to Southeast Asia and I was searching for teachers and practices and things that I could connect me somehow to whatever it was. And, um, eventually I, uh, after some time in, um, Buddhist monasteries and also in Dharamsala and with the Tibetans and wandering in India and meeting different people. And then I ended up going to Israel. Uh, I’d picked up a book while in India about Kabbalah, which I didn’t know existed before, but I saw a star of David on a book and I was like, oh, what’s that about? What’s it doing here in India? And so I was reading about Kabbalah when I was wandering around in India, and it inspired me to go, and, you know, I’d never known there was this mystical dimension to my own ethnic background. And, uh, so long story short, um, fell in with the Hasidim and, uh, a group that was particularly devoted to the, I think we’ll be called the ecstatic Kabbalah. So really the meditative dimension of the Kabbalah. You mentioned Sufism before

Thal:

Yeah. So there’s the ecstatic Sufism.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

So there’s a very strong affinity there. Uh, so I was doing that and um, it’s what happened I think was first of all my own emergent struggles at that time with a sense of identity and having grown up in one cultural context, language and so on. I was really, when I went into this, I went really deep. So I went into, um, you know, it was all Hebrew speaking, very traditional environment, um, all male, you know, uh, environment and studying the texts and practices. And I started to have some nervous symptoms that I began to explore and understand what was, why was I feeling these discordant feelings and it had to do the struggle with identity and “who am I?” and all of that. Um, so I was starting to read psychology and it was also attempting to implement the meditative practices and understand them. Understand like what are the changes, because I was partially blocked from progress because of my emotional difficulties. But on the other hand, I was sort of, I was also taking flight but not in a very integrated way. And so the immersion in these mystical texts and so forth was opening certain things up for me. And at the same time, I was trying to understand how can I do this in a way that I really feel like it’s authentic, I’m gaining traction and is integrated. And I think that, that, those were the things that drove, drove me to be…I picked up, I think it was Jung initially I was reading and, um, I put it in the bathroom of reading it in the bathroom. That’s the tradition amongst Jews is you sort of put the secular reading or they not…you know, the books you read outside the bathroom was all holy books have to be holy books only. So you put the psychology and the bathroom, but now I’m spending more and more and more time in the bathroom.

Thal:

Although Jung is holy in a way. [laughing]

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Yeah, sure. So now that whole distinction for me is problematized so yeah. At the time I was like, okay, well if I’m going to spend so much time in the bathroom because I’m reading Jung in the bathroom, maybe I should just go study psychology. So that’s what I did, yeah.

Adrian:

Oh wow. That’s fascinating. Because it sounded like you became opened up to mysticism, became a student of mysticism first and then that eventually drew you towards studying psychology?

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Yes. And I think my entire project within psychology turns out to have been primarily about how do we, how do we engage processes of, um, again, it’s always a problem with language, but, um, let’s call it higher human development. Something like that. How do we do that in a way that is grounded and that, you know, the psychology gives us a wealth of tools to understand just our emotional lives in our, the way we work in cognitive functioning and um, desire, you know, also the whole Freudian legacy and the existential psychiatry and all, you know, all these strands that um, you know, you can use them, but you can also sort of get stuck in it.

Thal:

Yeah.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Uh, and so for me it was the, using the psychology to become grounded and then in order to be able to cultivate and enter sort of more of a practice mode rather than a therapeutic mode, enter a practice mode and evolve from there. Yeah.

Thal:

It’s like, you know, just sharing your story, it’s, I find so many connections to my story where it’s like reading Jung was like, oh, I see what I was doing there with Sufism. Like I did a lot of bypassing too. Whereas where I really find a lot of the Sufi texts, I’m sure it’s the same with the Kabbalists. It talks about all these higher levels of human development and it is psychological. A lot of it is psychologically minded but removed from our modern context, and like the Sufi books, at least a lot of it is removed from the modern context where psychology can create that link.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Yes. It can, but it’s not, it’s not that it is going to do it. It’s that we need to do it. Yes. And that’s part of the issue is that when you sort of, when you have this empirical model of say psychology based on statistical methods and so on, where you have to sort of always be, um, faithful to a corpus of knowledge, which of course we now know is highly problematic. You know, uh, I sort of understood early on in my psychology that there was a big problem with the psychological literature, uh, because I had a professor David Bakan, recently, he passed away a number of years ago, but he was one of the first to really get into critiquing the methods as they were being used. He wrote a book book called On Method. I think from the 60s, maybe like 66, 67 really worth looking that up. David Bakan and uh, he was the head of humanistic division, you know, he was an examiner for the college and so he was really, he did a lot of fascinating things in psychology, but he sort of tuned me in early to the fact that this is a real problem, psychology. And he was a huge advocate for speculation. And psychology. He says, you know, from speculation. It’s like with, it’s like speculation with entrepreneurship and so on. You speculate and you can have great gains. You know, you can also lose, but you can, you can, if you don’t speculate, then where are you ending up? And so where are, where I’ve ended up with my speculation or into these, these eastern energy-based practices, um, you know, the tantric sexuality and so on. Um, you know, when you can always trace your way back to some statistical study or another. Um, so, uh, you know, outcome research is often helpful. But anyway, yeah. So the psychology has to be… It’s a field and we have to be willing to think within the field and not just you know, run a series of comparisons on SPSS and have that be… Cranking out the knowledge, you know, uh, there’s a lot more to human beings. We’re fundamentally mysterious and I think it’s important to honor that. And as we explore, as best we can.

Adrian:

Yaacov, I’d love to hear how you ultimately discovered the Neidan Sexual practices that you’re deeply into at the moment and teaching and practicing.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Um, okay. So the trace that back I have to go to, there’s someone named Ohad Ezrahi and he was someone that I sat together with in the Kabbalistic training in the early nineties. We were both students of the same Rabbi. And, um, years later, maybe like 10 years later, I bumped into him and he handed me this book, which was David Deida, The Way of the Superior Man, which Ohad had translated into Hebrew. So that was my first introduction to the field of sacred sexuality, let’s say, through David Deida. And so, um, when I was practicing in here in Canada and psychology and was personally engaged with the David Deida work, uh, and doing both individual therapy and also, um, couples therapy, I began to inevitably to begin seeping in some of the ideas about, um, sexual polarity began to be start to stand out for me in situations. And, um, so I’ve actually went and did two intensives with David Deida in California and really immersed into that. And, um, at a certain point I decided I need to take a hiatus from my clinical work in order to more deeply explore this field, which I guess with David did, it would probably be described as Neo-Tantra. Um, and it was through that exploration that I learned about Mantak Chia’s system, in terms of particularly the practice around male sexual empowerment and control, basically. Being able to bring consciousness to one’s sexuality in a way that had not previously been aware of. And so within David Deida, he also talks about those things more, I believe from the yogic in the tantric tradition. However, it’s really, I believe in the Chinese tradition that you, you have the really, um, fleshed out, um, pragmatic technical. I mean it’s drawing from, um, traditional Chinese medicine and as well as martial arts, um, Chi Gong, you know, the Neidan integrates all of these, all of these influences. And so that’s basically how it ended up. It was sort of through David Deida and finding in the field and then within the field seeking, um, I guess the most efficient way for me to um, progress within my own, uh, my own practice.

Adrian:

For those who might not be familiar. Um, just to give context, should we zoom out and look at sort of Taoism as a larger system and within that, how these practices kind of fit in that umbrella? Is that a way we can describe it in detail?

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Uh, sure. You can. However, I will say that when I was coming out of my orthodoxy, my Jewish Orthodoxy and moving into these fields, I became highly allergic to, well, put it this way, I basically, um, after spending my entire life, particularly my adult life as a voracious reader, uh, and, and completing my doctorate and the rest of it. When I started getting into these practices and after that initial exposure to, as I mentioned, my friend Ohad who handed me this translation I pretty much didn’t read at all for like about two years because I knew, I knew…

Thal:

I like that [laughing]

Yanshuf Kadesh:

I knew that as soon as I started to read about the practices that I was doing and interpret them within broader philosophical, traditional frameworks, I would be immediately interpreting, comparing, contrasting, all of that stuff. And I just didn’t want to not want to be in my head in that way. And in language in that way, I was connecting with the energy. I was starting to feel it. And it felt revolutionary to me. And to be ground to that, it felt like I needed to really to avoid. And even to this day, um, I’m so cautious about when I feel myself zoop up into my head. Um, I mean, it’s, uh, you know, the Jewish people are called the people of the book, right? And, uh, I, you know, I do believe that what our ancestors for engaged with has a strong influence on who we are. It doesn’t, it’s not all of who we are. And we can choose how we want to manifest and we can connect with other traditions from other human beings who’ve done different things and expand that way. And these archetypes are all available to us regardless of how they came down in particularly in our, in our bloodline, let’s say. Um, but, um, it’s strongly felt to me that if I start activating this sort of intellectual process, which I do periodically, but I don’t, it feels it’s not balanced.

Thal:

It’s a prison cell in a way. It can be.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Yeah. It can become a prison cell. It can also open up doors as it did within the Kabbalistic mysticism. I was studying where this very sort of very intense intellectual engagement brings to sort of appreciation of paradoxes. And it’s a lot of contemplation of sort of different varieties of infinity and almost like in an Aristotelian typology of nothingness. There’s different styles, degrees of nothingness and this sort of stuff. And so yeah, it takes, it doesn’t necessarily end up in just a maze within the intellect as it might in other, um, sort of less metaphysical context. But, uh, but it doesn’t necessarily, it tends not to, um, if you’re preoccupied on that level and that’s your main focused and you might be losing track of your, your heart center. Yes. You know, your gut, what your, what your gut is, is communicating and your sexual center. And, and I, and I had learned, I had enough of those initial experiences in these practice spaces that I was being exposed to for the first time of how healing and how empowering it is to, as a human being, be connected with that sort of core life force energy in oneself. And, um, so it’s, I did most of my life in one way. And so maybe you need to sort go to the other extreme for a time and then hopefully I’ll be more balanced at some point in the future. Yeah.

Adrian:

Can you share with us, um, you, you mentioned you’re starting to feel some of these energies and, uh, so again, without us, because we are using language to try to communicate these things, it’s difficult, but I do want to bring that into focus is how the subtle energies are a big part of some of these traditions and practices. Can you talk about your experience with this new awareness?

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Boy oh boy. Uh, yeah, it’s, it’s a tough one because it’s sort of, if you don’t want to be the person who’s just constantly just talking about energy all the time, energy, energy. Energy is everything. What else is there besides energy? I mean, I guess Tantrically speaking, there’s consciousness and there’s energy and all there is is energy in motion. Um, in terms of the sexual practices. So within the Taoist work in particular, you do begin to discern different qualities of energy, different types of energy through practice. And there is uh, a very well developed framework within traditional Chinese medicine that talks about the meridian system and the different qualities of energy that move through that system. Um, yeah, I feel like I don’t really feel like I’m, I’m really the person to talk about that authoritatively. I haven’t had that kind of training and as I say, even in the training I have had, which is based on the same energetic map, I tend to allow things to emerge in practice rather than sort of learn them first on the way it’s supposed to be. And then in my practice to have that expectation, it’s like I’m always testing the ground, excuse me. The system of the system of Taoist work that Mantak Chia who my teacher is teaching, uh, in the Chinese is referred to as Inner Alchemy, Just Practice Chi Gong. It’s a very strong emphasis on practice. Just practicing. With that said, I can say that having worked immersively within this system now for several years, that I do feel clear difference between, um, an energy, which is a more feminine energy of experienced as Earth based, connected with the earth. It connects with certain parts of the body and sexual center in particular versus, uh, the Shen or the spirit energy, the fire energy, um, you know, these sort of archetypal qualities of different energies. And so you begin to, that’s a very basic discernment between the, basically like the fire and water energetically and, uh, a lot of what’s referred to as the Alchemy. And the, no, the more advanced practices are called the Fusion Practices or the Immortality Practices of the Tao. Uh, there’s a lot of working with these energies and learning to mix them, um, and it becomes quite esoteric quite quickly. And, uh, but for me even to have gotten to the point now where I feel like I can ground to earth and also feel upwards through the top of my head in a way that really actually is very strongly empowered by my previous experiences with Kabbalistic practice to sort of connect to this sort of heavenly force or presence above. And to have both of those things present, uh, feels very, very, um, empowering and energizing that there’s this arc of energy between this sort of masculine and feminine, is another way to talk about it. Yin and Yang. To be able to stand as a human being and to be in touch with both of those brings a lot of positive benefit.

Thal:

So anyway, you’re integrating, you know, the, the head part of your life and and the body and connecting with life force. Um, in your opinion, what is the importance of cultivating that sexual energy? Like how is, how is that beneficial in our life?

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Well, that’s, that was the thing, like, one of the things I really really like about Mantak Chia is the … you start from the foundation, you start from the foundation. So the sexual center is like, even in the Indian tradition, Mul, like Muladhara is the foundation. It means foundation. And also in Kaballah itself, Ilsold, that’s Fiera, right? That’s fear of the sexual center. It’s also named foundation. So what is it about the sexual center that’s foundational and if you’re going to build a building, where would you want to start building the building from? And to me it became very obvious that as human beings, we are born from this sexual force life force, that it does have a polarity nature to it. And that being in touch with that and being healthy and whole and having a flow of that force within is the best foundation for developing of our other capacities in what I call a grounded way. And so you avoid the types of problems. There are many types of problems when they are transpersonal practices that sort of bypass the sexuality piece or consciously suppress it or repress it which is even more dangerous when it’s sort of an unconscious process and a cast it into darkness, so to speak, of the unconscious. And then it, of course will reappear in different ways. Um, so to me an approach that, and I would almost say speaking now really more as a transpersonal psychologist and being able to stand apart from any of the particular was a parochial interests of the different religions or anything an approach to me that begins from that foundation and helps people to be healthy and whole and happy and learned to cultivate their sexual energy, which then when you cultivate it and draw it up upwards, which is what all of these traditions are doing, draw the sexual energy from the sexual center upwards into the other centers. Uh, it does, it doesn’t always, it doesn’t continue to be necessarily a sexual thing, right? It becomes sort of a magnifier of other centers. So if you draw sexual energy up say to the heart center, it takes on a different quality energy. It takes on different quality. Uh, if you bring it up to the mind, it’s expansiveness and energizing of the mind. Um, yeah. So I kind of lost the thread there. Tell me how to remember it.

Adrian:

Yeah. I almost feel like, um, you mentioned foundation and grounding it in practice. And in a way, I’m also trying to find a way to allow this conversation to flow and not lose sight of that too, is to ask it in a way that’s practical based.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Yes.

Adrian:

Um, can you share with us what are some of the core practices of cultivating sexual energy? What does the beginning look like for a new student who’s exploring these practices and what are some of the goals if you can even use that word?

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Okay. So I mean that question I prefer to take as someone who’s really syncretic in my approach. So I have been strongly influenced by David Deida’s work, uh, which is drawing more from the tantric tradition and also Mantak Chia and also very influenced by the ISTA process, International Schools of Temple Arts, which integrates Tantric, Taoist and what we call sexual shamanism maybe. There’s a ritual element to it as well. Um, so just speaking, I guess as myself rather than from some particular situation. I think that for modern people today that want to explore these things, the very first thing to do is, um, first of all, get really well schooled in this whole area of boundaries and consent. And if it’s going to be an interactive thing, you can also practice solo. Uh, and you really have to practice solo as well in terms of the alchemy work in order to do that, such as something you do with other people. Um, but if you’re going to be moving into quote unquote practice spaces within sacred sexuality and Tantra and so forth, then one way or another, you need to become acculturated to boundaries and consent and also understanding about owning your own, uh, needs, learning how to really articulate what you need, um, and learning about, you know, sort of what types of interactions you’re getting into and what this is about you and what you’re seeking. Not blaming others, not being quick to, um, you know, there’s the drama triangle, it’s another very important tool that’s used within the ISTA field, um, victim, aggressor and savior. And so when anybody moves into one of those roles, it will tend to elicit others to move into complimentary role. So somebody is moving into a victim role then they will tend to draw. First of all, the victim role will itself imply already an aggressor or persecutor of some form of their president or pass or what have you. And then, and then likely there are people who are going to be drawn and wish to go into a savior role. So learning to own your own stuff and not project onto other people and have that sense of sovereignty within yourself I think is really, really basic for all this. And in terms of practice, you know, um, it’s a bit different for men and for women. For men, as soon as you’re going to start to work with essentially sexual Chi Gong, let’s call it. So you’re going to be moving energy, working with energy. Chi Gong is the skillful use and interaction with life energy. And if you’re doing that with sexual arousal, then you’re going to come up against, uh, this question of ejaculation rather quickly. Um, so there’s kind of this tough thing at the beginning for men needing to gain some control of their ejaculation and there are techniques for doing that and it can be cultivated and so on for women that, that extra pressures is not there in the same way. Yeah. So it’s, I think it’s kind of a little bit hard to speak to technical, um, aspects of the Neidan practice, um, just in words. But I think that basically grounding is super important. It’s something that not everybody understands if they just are watching on the internet or reading a book, uh, I think it’s important to stand with a teacher and someone who is, or someone who’s at least knows how to ground themselves energetically and feel it, feel what that means. And, um, we’re just so used to floating around in, in this, um, sort of mental realm and living within these mental frameworks.

Thal:

And even sexuality is you know, approached from the head.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Yes. Yeah. And visual! Oh my God. Like now we’re in a situation of a whole generation that has been just so fused with the visual stimulation in order to connect with their own sexual energy. Uh, so then you have problems, let’s say like young men, let’s say, uh, having erectile disfunction, um, in there like early twenties, and just things that are just unheard of previously and, and addicted to the visual, not just visual, but sort of ever changing, ever more stimulating, more, uh, in order to even function sexually. Uh, so yeah, really important. So then from that angle, I would say that learning to pleasure oneself in a loving way without it needing to be about any other image or form that you place in your mind.

Thal:

More conscious.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Conscious. It’s conscious and it’s, it’s also letting go in a way of your intentional consciousness and just being in a flow. Um, a loving flow with oneself. That’s something that I think just in the culture that I grew up in didn’t really have a place for that. Uh, you know, masturbation and shame just the shame around sexuality. So that’s, that’s a huge one. Like right off the top, we can say that. Coming to terms with that, like, do you really think that we are sexual beings? I don’t think that’s in any way disputable. We’re sexual beings. So if we’re sexual beings, should we be ashamed of our really most basic sexual, uh, ways of being? If we’re sexual beings? I mean, pretty much everybody masturbates I mean, some form. Why do we need to be ashamed about it? So asking those questions and progressing with others in intentional spaces, let’s say, where there is a lot of work around things like boundaries and consent, um, and, and finding one’s voice and all of that, and beginning to see, okay, so if I’m a sexual being so, um, and that’s so essential really to our embodied lives. To what extent can I be a sexual being first of all, with myself, right? Or is this shame of some kind of projected other looking at me in the face of whom I’m feeling ashamed. So it’s this internalized observer that I’m, you know, working with whole that whole situation and then actual other people. To what extent am I able to be a sexual being in the presence of others? What does that bring up? So for example, is a lot of women who… first of all the site of a penis is, uh, can be.. it raises up all kinds of stuff, you know, it’s a hugely powerful, impactful thing. Well, it’s just, just human being has one has this organ and like, let’s just start from the basics and then see what is coming, what comes up if you’re in the face of that. Um, and what if the penis is erect? What then? Like a lot of women will see an erect penis and it feels like they have to serve it some way. That they must respond, they must provide or they must avoid or they must be afraid or they, um, so, you know, I don’t know, like I don’t have answers. Um, but I am part of a kind of a subculture today that is willing to explore the questions and, um, with the foundation of a lot of really good communication skills and ingrained ethics, um, to, um, you know, explore these things and, and to see where we may be able to get to that is just healthier and provides a better foundation for our further development as human beings and in our cultures to, uh, just be, just be more fully ourselves I think. And, and then from that foundation, there seems to be other, um, there’s further for us to develop and evolve. You know, we’re not at the pinnacle of our human sort of achievement. I think that there’s, in particular, in relation to the whole question of the Internet and algorithms and surveillance society and robotics taking over. I think this is a good moment as human beings to reground ourselves into our basic nature and to be empowered from it. And then to meet the future and meet the challenges and um, you know, from that more, more whole, more at peace place.

Adrian:

Yeah. I, I wanna I want to actually explore the male practice a little bit if you don’t mind.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Sure.

Adrian:

Um, you mentioned, one of the paradigm shifts, uh, when I was started to explore these practices is the idea of, um, holding ejaculation or to prevent it while engaging in sexual practice. Can you describe that a little bit? Because it is a radical shift in paradigm to I would imagine a lot of western minded people.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

It is. I think like most men simply assume that, uh, if you’re going to be sexual, it’s going to lead towards orgasm and ejaculations always accompanies orgasm. Well, it turns out that’s not necessarily the case. And so what’s happened within the last half century is that exposure to some of these eastern systems from India and China in particular, there are others, but mainly those, uh, it turns out that, you know, there’s a lot to be to be adjusted and worked with in terms of that way of masculine being. And, uh, you know, women are freer in their sexual expression and sexual experience because they don’t, when they, there’s not this, they do ejaculate but they don’t lose.. they don’t ejaculate and then have to have a refractory period and the energy drain that’s involved in producing the sperm, which is just so, such a powerful substance. And so that we’re producing that. When men learn to move sexual energy in the, within the body in ways that it doesn’t, it doesn’t need to express itself through ejaculation. But you can almost “in-jaculate” is a term that people use up the spine and begin to move the energy around. So then types of orgasmic feelings at different parts of the body. Um, you know, it can have a brain orgasm or you can have a heart orgasm and things which are more common for women to feel actually quite natural for many women to feel the sort of whole body states varying degrees and intensity. Um, so it turns out men also can have that once they train their sexual as some of this is actual physical training. Training the muscles basically to gain control of the spasms, you know, of ejaculation. So then you’re able to play without orgasmic feeling that is there and yet you’re not a jocularity. If the feeling is they’re already sort of resonating on that orgasmic frequency, let’s say. Um, and then you can, and you can move it around, breathe it around, intend it around to different places and then join. Also if you’re with a partner can begin to synchronize the energies and a lot of, uh, truly amazing things that I don’t think that our western sciences really even begun to understand at all. But when you, I mean, it’s like a, Ken Wilber mentioned some people that critique in a different context, like meditative methods and so on. You comparison to the churchmen that refuse to gaze through Galileo’s telescope, you know, because they just were “nah”, you know, so if somebody’s willing to come and engage with these things, then yeah, we can show you the magic. The magic is there. It’s real. Um, once these energies are in motion and you can move this around and you, and I’m perfectly willing to have people describe it using different language, for example, then the traditional Taoist ways or the Traditional Chinese Medicine ways of talking about it. I have no objection to that. I mean, it is a practical system of healing for about a billion people. So there’s that, you know, something’s working there. So, uh, yeah, these practices are to truly extraordinary and revolutionary and I think, um, have the ability to really entirely remake our culture really, I would say.

Thal:

What about, um, since we brought up the male practices, what about females? Um, is it the reverse?

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Well, so I’m cautious when I teach women always to say that the way I approached these practices is as a man. And so there is, there is that difference. Um, so I’m somewhat aware of, uh, of the, of the way that women practice. Um, what is your question specifically?

Thal:

Maybe what’s the, or, how do women practice the kind of, um, practice that you teach? There’s that. Also, right away I’m thinking about people who are maybe gender nonconforming. How would they practice this kind of tradition?

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Okay. So those are two really important questions. Um, let’s go with the first one. So I would say that like a lot of the things with the Neidan at the beginning phases, there are practices that are fundamental practices about, um, clearing the body of unwanted emotional, like negative emotion. Within the body because when you start to work with sexual energy, you will magnify whatever feelings are there. So if there’s a sort of a latent anger or if there’s a tendency to depression, um, you really need to be very cautious about how you approach this. When you begin to move the sexual energy around and amplify it tends to amplify. So if you can get yourself to a calm, centered, positive before you begin to amplify your emotions through the, the sexual Chi Gong, you’ll be in a lot better position. Um, so the early practices are, I believe, fairly identical between men and women. The inner Smile practice, um, the six healing sounds are practices that Traditional Chinese Medicine uses to clear, as I say, negative feeling states from the body. And, um, and then you move into things like the, uh, the practices for grounding to the earth. Um, in my experience it seems that women are more readily sensitive. And it’s like every other thing where there’s a normal curve. It’s overlapping, there’s exceptions, but I mean, women generally seem to me to be more sensitive to energies per se. And more readily able to ground in the way I’m talking about. Those practices I believe are virtually identical with what are known as the Iron Shirt Practices, which overlaps with Chi Gong, Kung Fu and with Neidan, all of them utilize these practices for different purposes. Um, it’s about opening the Meridians in the body so that these lines of energy are clear and that you can move energy in the question of Neidan. Um, initially you’re going to move into this sort of the Chinese tantra aspect. You’re going to be moving sexual energy through the Meridians. All very similar. I think that there are, the practices that are, are clearly different for women that are of central significance are two. One of them is the jade egg practice where women will insert an egg shaped stone into the vagina and to begin to… first of all just holding it there, toning the muscles of the vagina and with time learning to control the positioning of the stone, moving it upwards and downwards, um, developing a kind of a suction ability an ability, which as a physical ability corresponds with an energetic ability to draw energy very forcefully. Um, and then they go from my larger stone, which is easier to hold, to a much smaller stone over time and, um, become stronger there. In the context of these original, when these practices originated, it had to do with the imperial court of China and you know, the concubines and so on, um, who were expected to be able to control the ejaculation of the emperor so that the emperor who, I’m not sure if he’s training himself or not to control himself, but when a woman trains with these practices, she’s able to gain such strength in her vagina that she can actually close off by squeezing base of the penis. She can prevent the man from ejaculating. So that’s, you know, these things can be, can be trained to really high levels. But even just, you know, the women that I’ve spoken with about it and my own teachers, I have my primary teacher now is a woman, Francesco La Barca in Israel. And, um, the things I, what I’ve understood is, um, you know, just even having, putting it in there for 15 minutes, holding it in the body is, is a very, very, very strong practice for a woman. It brings awareness to that area. It energizes the area. It’s toning the muscles. And, uh, when it comes to drawing, the energy moving energy become much more effective. The other practice, very significant practice is the ovarian breathing. Very, very interesting. And it’s analogous to things that we as men, that we do in using the testicles to generate energy, and then we can move that energy around. So like an engine. So for women it’s the ovaries and it’s specifically timed. So just after the completion of menstruation and the pre ovulatory phase of the menstrual cycle, uh, the women do this practice and during that phase, so according to Chinese medicine, that’s the phase where there’s a lot of Yang energy, a lot of active sort of fiery energy in the ovaries, which is preceding the formation of the, um, you know, the ovulation process. So the energy’s there. And then the energy triggers the ovulation process. So what women do is they, with breathing, with intention, with visualization, they connect with this process. They connect to their ovaries. Very important, by the way, for both women and men to have a kind of conscious sense of their own sexual organs and this connectedness with them. Um, and so the women, they tune in to their ovaries during this phase of the cycle. And they, using the breath and intention, so on, they direct the energy away from the ovaries. They draw down through sexual organ area, uh, into, um, down to the Hui Yin at the base, um, which is the point between the anus and the vagina for women. And then they bring it up the spine and you drink it all the be all the way to the crown. And so when women do these practices, what they report is, uh, a lessening of the amount of blood during menstruation. They report a lessening of pain during and prior to menstruation. Women who practice these things intently can actually cease menstruation. Uh, it’s a choice. They can always back off a little bit and allow menstruation to continue or they can dress so much energy and bring it to other centers, other purposes, uh, that they, um, will cease menstruation. And then if they, and they back off the practice for a time, then menstruation will resume for women who are in there in the phase of life where they are menstruating. Um, so it’s, it’s quite fascinating and yeah. Yeah. I really invite you to, um, to speak with female practitioners more about what that’s like for them.

Thal:

I’m just thinking when you mentioned the yang energy, there is some kind of agitation that happens before the PMS. So, I guess, you know, if I’m someone that’s more in tune with my body and I’m intentionally meditating, doing these meditative practices, then I’ll probably shift that agitation into something more positive. Maybe feels like that when you’re talking,

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Uh, give me an example?

Thal:

Like, just like in, in terms of like maybe I’m thinking psychologically as well. Like you know, to me, I see that connection between the energy, you know, and psychologically, just before the period there’s this energy and agitation. And so if I’m doing these meditative practices, then it’ll be like, there’ll be more consciousness, more awareness. And it’s not just this low grade, you know, agitation, anxiety.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Yes, yes.

Thal:

Yeah. So it’s psychological healing as well.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Absolutely. Yeah. I mean, honestly, I’ve, I’ve lived a number of years now with, with mainly amongst people, amongst women who really value their cycle and who view it as an essential part of their spiritual practice. Really.

Thal:

Yeah.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

And this notion of moving through archetypes. There’s a really wonderful work of Miranda Gray, a book called Red Moon, and she’s got an organization worldwide called the Womb Mothers. And really exploring these things. So for her, that premenstrual phase of the cycle corresponds to what’s called the Enchantress Archetype. There’s a heightening of psychic intuition.

Thal:

Yes and I sense that in my life. Yeah. Become very highly intuitive and yeah.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

So the difference between context practices, cultures, subcultures that want to work positively with those energies are just be bringing awareness to it at all. And the culture. For example, I remember looking at a TV commercial not long ago and it’s a picture of a woman and she’s swinging into the lake, you know, on the, on the rope and having a grand old time. And because this Tampon she won’t even notice that she’s having her cycles is sort of an attempt to sort of erase that. And that’s a really deep thing, a really, really deep thing. Like why that is, how did that come about? What is going on with that? I think that, you know, the Red Tent as well. I think that the premenstrual phase in particular, also menstrual phase is a kind of a, you know, there is, as I mentioned, sort of a heightened psychic energy and I think that there was fear.

Thal:

Yes. Yeah.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

I think that women who really go deep into that energy.

Thal:

It’s powerful.

Yanshuf Kadesh

Very powerful forces at work there.

Thal:

Right.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

And I think that that men in particular were scared of it. Scared of it. And it’s associated, I think with the spiritual power of women flowing out from nature rather than from various types of philosophy, ideology about God and so on. But this sort of…

Thal:

Definitely not in the head [laughing].

Yanshuf Kadesh:

No it’s not head based. It’s this other thing. Uh, so I think one of the things I would say that, uh, has been, uh, just coming out of Jewish Orthodoxy and the whole question of Nida and, um, you know, the women are sort of, it’s separated after that time. It’s considered an impurity and so forth and switching into a tantric work.

Thal:

It’s a big shift.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

It’s a very big shift. It’s a very big shift. So it’s just, yeah. I don’t know. Um, yeah, I’m not sure what else I can say about that. I can say a lot more, but I lived with a woman for a time who, this was her main thing I’ll actually cite, her name is Isabel Burr Raty. B. U. R. R. R. A. T. Y. It’s a plug. She’s a performance artist based in Brussels, Belgium. She’s from Chile and uh, yeah, she grew up in Chile. She became a full on through contact with the Mapucha people, southern Chile. She went through some sort of shamanic initiation and she was a TV actress and anyway her main research for a number of years now has been these things. And um, yeah, I encourage people to check out her work and see what she’s doing. She’s working with a lot of stuff. Very radical kind of stuff.

Thal:

Cool.

Adrian:

Yaacov, would you be willing to share your personal experience with these practice. Um I’m specifically curious about the early challenges perhaps when you began performing some of these exercises on your own and some of the positives and the early changes that you noticed in your own experience of life. And what was that like for you?

Yanshuf Kadesh:

So you were referring to the, like the physical aspect, the Sexual Kung Fu?

Thal:

Yes

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Okay. The challenges of Sexual Kung Fu, um, I would say for me, discipline, uh, I call myself a lazy mystic and anything that demands, you know, but you sort of, there’s certain things you need to do kind of on a daily basis, you know, train your perineum muscle and really strengthen it up. Uh, and there’s just, you know, the challenges of making the transition to being highly sexually aroused, full erection and full arousal and then not ejaculating. Not ejaculating. Breathing the energy around, doing various practices of movement of the energy and then sort of, okay, you know, moving on with your day and that’s an adjustment. That’s a really big adjustment. And so, you know, all the, first of all, I made all of the mistakes that people make. Building up too much energy, not clearing the energy, practicing and while not being grounded properly. I didn’t really understand that until I actually got to Tao Garden with Master Chia himself and was in the presence of people who were grounded. Like really grounded, strongly grounded to Earth. And then I was like ah, okay, now I get it, you know, so the energy can equalize. I don’t need to carry excess energy in the body because I was a thing like you start to work with the sexual energy and you’re not ejaculating so initially the tendency is for just to build up in the sexual area, you get blue balls and all the rest. So, um, that, that was a challenge. And then what, what does it do to your mental state when you have all this sexual energy? It’s just like how did adjusting to having more energy and uh, and then there’s, there’s sort of, um, common plateaus that you reach. Like there’s a phase where for a lot of, a lot of, I don’t know if it’s just men, I’m assuming women as well, like you start to build energy in the sacrum area and the energy is willing to go from the sexual center up to the, through the tailbone and up into the sacrum, but doesn’t really want to go past that. And so then there, you know, there’s things about massaging the area using silk to massage. Warming the area. And really it’s about moving also into a Chi Gong posture practice and Iron Shirt Practices where, um, you’re, you’re learning to do packing breathing. Like you’re opening the areas and opening the Meridian so that the energy flows more readily. But until that time, you’re like walking around with this energy charge, which on one hand is great because it’s, it’s, uh, especially for men who are a little older and there can sometimes be a question of erection, not erection circumstances. It’s like you’re carrying, you always sort of feel you have the potential for erection is there. It’s just not, it’s not sitting in your, in your penis. It’s sitting in your, in your sacrum or your tailbone, uh, and then eventually it sits in your, in the center of the body in the dan tian. Like in, around the intestinal area, you just store your orgasm, let’s call it your potential orgasm. You learned to store it in different parts of the body after circulating it, using the energy to open things up. That’s just, it’s extraordinary. It’s really hard. I’m sure it sounds really weird to a lot of people to sounds really weird, but, uh, it’s choosing to live in a kind of an energetically, erotically energetically loaded state. With some of the women in particular who practice these things, it can get to extraordinary levels where, uh, you know, women who are choosing to really embrace this, you go deep into this energy that you sort of allow it to animate you. Um, so you just, just from like a breeze comes and a person will have shutterings of orgasm, different parts of the body or a butterfly flows by, you know, or the or, or she sees the gleam in the eye of a, uh, an older person sitting on a bench in a park and it’s orgasmic. You see it’s life. It’s this positive life affirming energy. It is life. It’s not the words that we’re saying about it’s this, it’s that. It’s is what it is. [laughing], So for me, it’s been just incredible. Just incredible. You know, and these are longevity practices. And not just longevity with a Taoist tradition, the Neidan is the Inner Alchemy. Wudan is the external alchemy. And that’s the use of plants and all the Chinese medicine. And to come to these elixirs and, um, to cultivate immortality actually is the goal. And that’s not something you take seriously until you, until you spend some quality time with, with people who are practicing these things on a high level and progressing beyond all this Taoist sexual alchemy that we’re describing into what are called the Higher Fusion practices and the Kan and Li fire and water alchemical practices and uh, um, and then you start to really feel it, you know. And you meet people who are literally reverse aging before your eyes and you can’t believe how old they are. Uh, there’s people today that I am so curious to. I mean, I hope to live another hundred years if I can, if I can succeed in what I understand is to be happening, uh, so, and I think I don’t have to stick to what I thought of stuff ran out of things to say. It starts to sound really odd I think to people. Uh, it’s the thing, you just have to kind of look through the telescope. Like Galileo was challenging the inquisition. Well why don’t you take a look if you know?

Thal:

Yeah. Something that you mentioned before that before we start recording that that sexual energy goes, moves into the heart. And was it like, you know, and I’m thinking about spiritual, spiritual love and spirituality and so like some of the things that you described, I feel like it, I’ve happened to me before where I’d like, like that orgasmic feeling in my heart, but I didn’t, I didn’t cultivate it consciously. I didn’t know that it was that, you know, like there’s not necessarily a separation between our sexual energy and love and spiritual love.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

That’s a really critical piece. And I feel it almost every time we say the word sexual, I feel that split, that tension.

Thal:

Yes. Like it’s connected to this, to sex in these images come to mind.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Yeah. Sex and it arouses all this stuff. All this fraught stuff.

Thal:

Shame.

Yanshuf Kadesh

Yeah. Shame. Yeah. Resentment, anger or trauma. Um, all this cultural stuff, historical stuff, all the stuff about patriarchy. All of the gender wars, all of it comes up. And so we’ve, you know, we’ve got to work that stuff through and in dialogue and in conversation, so on. But also if we can sort of go direct into the energy, even just as a solo practice without engaging anybody else, uh, it can entirely alter our perception of what…

Thal:

Which, which actually takes me back to that question that we mentioned. If you answered it about the gender nonconforming, because if we’re talking about energy, then really the binaries kind of dissipate a little but we, we are still aware that, you know, that this teaching, the female teachings are quite distinct from the male teachings. So how do we address that?

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Yes. So, um, that becomes a, you know, a kind of a, a larger, um, philosophical, intellectual conversation. Okay. Uh, so I could sort of mark out the basics of the way I see that. But to me, both of these traditions that I have been working with, the Neo Tantra and the Taoist tradition and also the Kabbalah. All traditional wisdom traditions are in some important sense essentially list in the sense that they all talk about, uh, kind of a masculine feminine polarity in the nature and the cosmos.

Thal:

Yes.

Yanshuf Kadeshe:

Um, whether it’s, uh, you know, the Parsufim, in the Kabbalah, you know, this father and mother and all this, the whole metaphysics around that Yin and Yang, um, Shiva and Shakti. Um, so right away I think it’s important to acknowledge and to be intellectually honest..

Thal:

Yes.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

That any form of, um, analysis that relies on a socerian postmodern, um, literary devices. If you’re viewing everything is text based, right. And that gender is simply a function of how we’re going to assign a certain meanings and so forth. So then that’s not in, I don’t think that is going to be at all compatible with, uh, these wisdom traditions, which do talk about actual forces that are out there that you can name them. However you choose to name them. And you know, and the, there’s the goddess has many names, right? And God has many names. Um so I think it’s important to have that at clear at the beginning cause I think a lot of people who are, let’s say going through their undergraduate training within a deconstructionist or postmodern or however you want to frame that, um, philosophy, um, Foucault is a big influence and this is with fraught with sort of the power dynamics around language, around meanings and all of this. Um, yeah, there’s a lot of tension in the culture right now about this philosophical approach. And, um, so what could I say, um, I would say that the, any true Shaman, let’s say. Like to be shamanic is to be, be able to attune both to the feminine and the masculine. You cannot be whole, truly whole a human being if you cannot resonate with both of masculine and feminine energies, energies and their varying combinations. And just to be alive and aware to that. And I think that people that want to train as healers and even just within psychotherapy, like when you do depth psychotherapy, like longterm, uh, psychotherapy with someone of the opposite gender, uh, with their different experiences and you do, you start to resonate with it. In Taoist tradition, we have physical bodies that are characterized by one or another of the masculine and feminine. And then of course there are various variations, human variations, but the variations, our variations within that basic polarity, I think it’s fairly, it should be fairly, fairly clear. And then of course there’s the energy body within all of these traditions is both masculine and feminine. So that means that every human being has a masculine pole. And every human being has a feminine pole. This came into the western psychology in the form of the Anima and the Animus of Jung, uh, it lives within a Taoist tradition, you know, as the, as the energy bodies and the various Meridians and so forth. So, I mean, I feel my feminine pole down the front of my body and on the left side and it’s an immediately felt conscious part of my experience and I can choose to move into living, experiencing, uh, connecting with another person more through my feminine pole and I can choose to go into more my masculine pole. And there are times in which I practice as a practice consciously to go out to my masculine pole or out of my feminine pole. And this is, this is Tantra, this is, this is also any of these systems that engage with the sexuality in this way acknowledge this. So there is, there’s, so I personally don’t feel that I need to wear women’s clothing in order to, uh, express my feminine pole. Um, I will say in the last few years of my, my shirts have become a little bit more colourful and a, yeah. And I like my long hair and, um, I allow myself to, you know, there’s also sensuality and like there’s a lot of men still who have this thing of they can’t really be sensual. It’s already shameful not to be sensual to whatever it is, you know, care about your appearance or, um, so I think that right now there’s a bit of tension. Like even in Toronto, I’m aware of people coming into practice spaces and wanting to feel accepted and welcomed. And I can say that for me, myself as a teacher and everyone else I know that works in this field, we find nothing shocking about people who are living out varying combinations of their physical bodies to apparently or not.

Thal:

Different forms of expression.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Yes. Forms of expression and I’m all for all kinds of exploration and experimentation with being beyond gender. Um, you know that also in the Taoist tradition, there’s the physical body characterized by varying combinations of these masculine, feminine polarity. Then there’s the, then there’s the, the, the energetic body, which can be all of them cause it’s not manifest physically. It’s, it’s all of those potentials we all carry. And then there’s what the, what’s referred to as the original spirit, which is beyond the Yin and Yang.

Thal:

Yes, yes.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

And a lot of what we’re doing with these practices by cultivating the ability to go out to a pole and with a partner who goes out to the opposite pole so that you’re heightening the polarity, you’re heightening the difference, that there’s a magnification of the amount of energy there. Um, and so that you’re drawing down with you drawing down from that, which is beyond the Yin and Yang. But that’s the intention is to be connecting with that mysterious, whatever it may be. The Tao, right? That, uh, is, is actually the source of both. And so there’s peace, there’s a place of peace there. Uh, I just think people who view themselves as being, um, either gender queer or, um, other, you know, all the various genders today, just, you know, enter into these spaces. Please come. First of all, we need you. Um, many of you are people who would, in other times in places be seen as gifted and would be sent to the Shaman, or the Shamaness to enhance and to practice and bring out your unique ability to move between these poles in unique ways and create beautiful expressions of, of, of being through that. Like, like, like we need you, you know, um..

Thal:

And in many ways the deconstructionist narrative, um, or critique is born out of a culture that’s like rigid and, and, and, you know, and limited within language and the Cartesian duality. But you know, when you’re talking about this world, sort of the wisdom traditions and the Taoist, then really the polarity, right away, there is no real polarity. Like you, like you, you know, it’s more paradox and in a way it’s more inviting for different forms of expression. It sounds.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

I’m not sure I understood.

Thal:

Um, so when you were saying that, you know, um, queer folks, please come, right? Like, so that paradigm, that paradigm is not as, it’s not, it’s not the Cartesian duality paradigm.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

What is the, what is not the Cartesian duality?

Thal:

When you were talking about the wisdom traditions, Taoist, it’s, it, it offers, um, a way of being that allows paradox and that allows different forms of expression.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Yes, absolutely. In other words, I don’t see any problem with with openness to all different forms of expression and playfulness. And the opposite, it’s, it’s, it’s part of the, it’s part of the practice to explore out all those things. It really is. And even taking them to extremes at times. Um, it’s the, it’s when it’s, when people are highly invested in a particular way of interpreting and ascribing meaning to these different ways of being and that they’re coming into the space and demanding not that they themselves as people be accepted, but that particular way of thinking about it all, um, which can become quite ideological at times rather militant. So then you come into the practice space with that, it’s inevitably going to create certain tensions and so on. So I would just say come with an open mind, um, and just ground into practice. And then, and then I would love it. Actually, I had a partner at one time was called herself gender queer and, um, you know, I, and she had some critique, you know, a of things that she saw in some of these places. And, um, and I think that, you know, once she raised it and I was like, okay, yeah, I see what you’re saying there. Um, so we need people who are going to come in from, from that, from that side of things already with the fluidity or the, you know, and to, and to genuinely immerse into these practices. Not to worry about the religions around them, the philosophies. The practices of the energy itself. And as you are, you know, doing you connecting with these entities and see what it does, what does it do, how does it affect yourself and not just go in a little bit, do a few weekend workshops and then begin to sound off, right. No, we need people who are going to immerse and become full blown Shamanic witches and whatever you want to call the warlocks and the non-gender version of all of that. We just, we need you to become, we want to magnify your way of being and, and, and, but go all the way because none of us that are really into this as a practice really have patience for anybody’s too much talking that it really, we just don’t, you know, cause once you really get into, you get hooked into the potential of being a truly grounded and sexually flowing. And even that word bothers me. The word sexual, it’s just life energies, life force, energy, you know, plug in and see, and for each individual person it shines a different way. And, and depending who your ancestors were and where you’re coming from or what you’ve been reading and it, the archetypes will, will, will, will awaken in a certain way. And yeah, let’s just dance the dance and not be stuck in language and hung up.

Adrian:

Yeah. I love that. Um, on that note, how do people start this dance? Um, where would you direct them if they specifically um, for whatever reason can’t access or go to one of your workshops, where would you recommend they begin?

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Well I’ll tell ya, it’s been a couple of years in this ISTA organization now I just did their level two training. I’m going to be assisting at a level one training in Majorca, Spain in May. I’m very honored to be engaged with that. I’ve met some extraordinary teachers there. Um, as with everything that’s an organization, I’m always testing the ground as I go. Uh, there’s always shadow aspects. There certainly were in the traditional religion that I was involved with. Uh, there certainly are with ISTA. There certainly are with every other thing where we try to make something static in some way. ISTA’s just doing a pretty good job. It seems to me opening up a lot of people and uh, I think it’s a really good entry point. It’s unfortunate that some people can’t afford, it’s a week long immersive training and um, yeah, that’s going to copy you, cost you over thousand dollars. Uh, but it’s full room and board. You know, it’s worth to me if someone has the bug, it’s worth selling, literally sell the walls of your house and go. That’s what I would say. Um, and it also, there’s something called the LEA Fund, which is I think specifically for young people who wish to explore this but don’t have a funding. There’s a LEA Fund. Um, you can look that up. It’s stuff stands for International Schools of Temple Arts. Uh, it’s been an amazing journey for me. You know, I went to the festival, I did level one, level two, um, um, I’m living part time in a community in Israel, which has a lot of people there. And engaged with the organization with sacred sexuality and Tantra and various practices around that. So I say dive in. The ISTA level one training to me is potentially… You have to be ready for it at, uh, so it will involve nudity. It will involve sexual contact, even full sexual contact. Everybody in, in that space is always at choice. And the training that I did, it’s the first full two days was just boundaries and consent and experiential training in boundaries and consent. Um, and then with time you begin to open things up and it’s a kind of an experiment with how can sexual energy exist within a social space. And working with oneself. It’s a kind of an upgraded version of what were the, the aspects, sort of the tantric aspects of the cosmic consciousness stream of the 1960s counterculture. So those people sort of continued on some of them in their practice. Some of them ended up in mountains or in monasteries in Tibet or wherever, uh, you know, others did fried out on psychedelics and um, you know, but, but some of them continued on with these practices and have gone through a few decades now of evolution. And taking account of things like, for example, their sexual exploitation that came out of the free love time where there were a lot of, a lot of people that were, you know, there was, everything was cool and all that, but it really wasn’t so cool. You know, there was a lot of people being taken advantage of and there’s a lot to work through. So the culture has worked some of that through. But in these, in these particular practice spaces in particular, I’m thinking in particular people as well that, you know, they’ve really evolved the thinking and the practice in ways that it’s much more, it’s much more perfected now. I’m saying I’m not perfect, but it’s that you can enter into these spaces and um, there’s a container, you know, there’s a container, a defined space. It’s an intentional space an encounter group type format. Um, and just, yeah, come up against your being. What is it like for you, what comes up for you and taking ownership and all that. That’s a, that’s a huge one. Uh, Universal Healing Tao is the name of the Mantak Chia system. There’s a bunch of different branches and different teachers who have taken it in different directions, but the sort of the mother ship remains Mantak Chia’s Universal Healing Tao system. There are a lot of instructors around, not everywhere has an instructor, but that will, that addresses these themes. Um, David Deida is an extraordinary teacher, very expensive to see him. Uh, his intensives. I don’t even know if he’s actually active now with intensives. I saw he was giving something for men. Um, he’s been sort of semi hiatus. I think. That’s great, it’s a burgeoning field and a, yeah, if you think you’ve start looking, you’ll, you’ll find, but, but I encourage people not, not to, not to just rely on simply reading. Reading is great, but getting into a space with other human beings, with at least one person in the room who understands how to facilitate processes and start to test and explore, experiments. I think that’s the direction.

Adrian:

I think on a, on a closing note, I want to hear what you think is the potential for these practices within the social context. You mentioned about the, um, oncoming AI revolution, robotics surveillance with a sort of technological crisis, if you will. What do you see the role of these practices in that framing?

Yanshuf Kadesh:

So, um, some of your listeners are probably familiar with Terence McKenna, the great prophet of this psilocybin mushrooms. His very fascinating writings. His uses the term archaic revival that we, you know, human beings, we evolved from these primates, lived in small groups and, um, we’ve got this thinking thing going on and we got sort of became our main mode of relating. And, um, a lot of us, the mainstream Western civilization has largely lost touch with our, our indigenous mind, I would call it. Um, indigenous peoples have suffered immensely as a result of that, a result of this sort of looking at nature as if were something outside of nature and um, this tremendous trail of destruction. But there’s also been a tremendous, unbelievable, um, expansion of human wealth and yeah. It’s kind of a long thing, but to sort of, I would say that, uh, we do need an archaic revival. We need to, we need to restore our prehistoric mode of being and we can integrate that with all of our advanced science and technology.

Thal:

Modernity.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Modernity. We can integrate them. It means just like I was saying about myself earlier, the need to sort of back off from this over investment with the, with the, with the wakeful problem solving mind. Um, which seems to be like the only really valued mode with some of these people’s, the remnants at least of these peoples of the earth who have retained their primal, indigenous consciousness. We need to learn from these people. And I …you know, we need to raise up these people and uh, and give them, and learned from them and very careful not to do any further harm. Because we will never be whole if we don’t restore our basic connection with our nature even the nature within ourselves, you know, our sexual forces. Very much in our nature, the strong edge of nature within our own bodies within own being. And connecting also, uh, you know, with others in different ways with that. Um, otherwise what’s happened is we’ve externalized our intelligence and we’ve created machines that are able to exponentially amplify the sort of intelligence functions of the human being and they’re quickly becoming our masters. Algorithms are increasingly, you know, we need to negotiate with them. And they’r presuming to anticipate our needs and we’re being surveilled constantly by machine intelligence. And, uh, I think that there’s, a potential dystopian outcomes from this, I think that we’re seeing in China right now, we’re seeing the dawn of a technological dystopian society, right? These very days. And, we’re on a cusp, it feels. The way things have been will not continue like one way or the other way. And most of us are cyborgs now with the phones. We are cyborgs. We’re not whole without the phone. We don’t feel like we’re truncated, we’re cut off if we’re.. So I think this is the moment, you know, to really, and it does seem to be in the air to reground into, into again or just sort of searching for words, but it’s the earth, you know, it’s the planet earth. The planet earth is a very sexual planet, pulsating with life. And this magnetic, you know, the Schumann resonance and it was a certain frequency is 7.83 resonance, which of course bonds and some way to being in the being an orgasmic state. Uh, it makes a lot of sense. You know, the life energies are life energies and you know, I don’t know that much about the science. I just know through the practice what can be felt and what can be experienced. Uh, so it feels like a time of, um, I feel like there’s a, you know, a lot of people are going to just really kind of get sucked up into this sort of Borg type of, existence. The more everything that the machine is doing for you, you sort of lose the, you lose your sense of direction, you know, you lose your, you’re losing your social. Uh, we’re losing our social ability to read social cues, um, to even gaze into each other’s eyes. Very difficult for many people now, particularly younger generation now to even look at another human being in the face and understand what’s happening with the little cues that go on. And um, you know, uh, autistic disorders are off the charts now. So, um, so it’s really much more to be said I’m quite passionate on some of these topics. It’s a whole, maybe it’s a whole other interview at some point in the future, but I think it’s, I think it’s time to, if we, if we can reground and tap into these energies, which are, it’s not just your particular sexual energy, you’re tapping into something which is much broader as certainly as far, at least as far as the sun, the planet, and also maybe in terms of the cosmos and uh, that if we can do that. I think it gives us a chance to somehow navigate through this unbelievable shift that we’re, we’re, we’re going through. And you know, when people think about terms of the singularity and maybe what’s coming or listen to Yuval Noah Harari, different futurists, what Elon Musk is describing, cautionary, uh, you know, people are in sounding warnings, um, you know, about AI and so on. I feel that to me it feels like these practices are evolutionary practices in essence that the human being bringing consciousness to sexuality and, and sort of taking… I don’t like the word control, but it’s the ability to flow with and to work with these energies. Uh, it feels like at one in the same moment, a restoration of this sort of primal indigenous mind as well as a step forwards in our ability to, the way that we engage with it is, is also qualitatively different now as humans with these modern egos and all that we have, he goes, or it’s a tool of the ego. The modern ego we have is, it could be, it could be, uh, something really alienating and disconnecting. And, but it can also be powerful tools, you know, together with the science and all of the rationality and all the rest of it. So it’s bringing it all together. Now it feels like it’s an evolutionary shift that we need to access all we need full spectrum human beingness so that we can move into this in a grounded way. And we’re going to be fusing with the machines. It seems very clear. We already are actually. And, uh, but we need to have our side of it are embodied human sexual being, pole of this, uh, Cyborg fusion. Uh, we need to hold it up. We need to restore it. We need to, we need to bring that, bring that, bring that all back into the forest so that we don’t become truncated. Um, yeah. And then, uh, that makes me hopeful. And to me in, in terms of my psychological background it feels like psychology has to go through a major reformation, a major reformation. Uh, we have to stop being just too narrow minded and we need to open up to these other forms of knowledge and practice and, and, um, and energy the chi energy, the eastern knowledge. It’s time to open it up. And so that when we’re flying off to the stars, or, you know, our grandchildren maybe, are going to other galaxies, they’ll be whole, you know, they won’t, they won’t just be, um, sort of algorithms or something like that. Anyway.

Adrian:

Yaacov, to be continued.

Yanshuf Kadesh:

Okay.

Thal:

Thank you so much.

Yanshuf Kadesh

Pleasure, honor, Pleasure to be here.

Thal:

Thank you so much.

#19: Revisioning Transpersonal Psychology with Jorge Ferrer

The central premise of Transpersonal Psychology is that mental health encompasses more than just the physical matter of the brain or the behavioural ailments attached to personality structures. The transpersonal approach addresses issues that arise from beyond the limitations of psychopathology. Before the birth of the field, it was only mystics and sages who grappled with transcendent or spiritual experiences. Transpersonal psychology may be one of the doorways for mainstream psychology to negotiate a more holistic approach towards mental health.

Jorge Ferrer is considered one of the main architects of second-wave transpersonal psychology and is best known for his participatory approach to spiritual knowing and religious pluralism. He is an international lecturer and professor at California Institute of Integral Studies. He teaches courses on transpersonal and integral studies, comparative mysticism, participatory theory, embodied spiritual inquiry, and spiritual perspectives on sexuality and intimate relationships.  We explore non-ordinary states of consciousness, embodied spirituality or “body fulness”, plant medicines, and the need for more cross-pollination between spiritual traditions. 

Jorge is the author of Revisioning Transpersonal Theory: A Participatory Vision of Human Spirituality and Participation and the Mystery: Transpersonal Essays in Psychology, Education, and Religion, as well as the co-editor of The Participatory Turn: Spirituality, Mysticism, Religious Studies.

Highlights:

  • Spiritual Bypass vs Embodied Spirituality
  • Participatory Approach to Transpersonal Psychology
  • Collaboration Between Indigenous and Modern Communities

Resources:

Listen:

Poem Inspired by This Episode

Full Transcript

Thal:                

 Welcome to the show, Jorge. Thank you for coming on.

Jorge Ferrer:               

Thank you very much it is a pleasure to be here and to be here with you.

Adrian:             

Yeah, so Jorge, I think a great place for us to start this is to just hear a bit about your, the spiritual orientation of your childhood. We want to hear some of your early experiences that put you on this path of Transpersonal Psychology.

Jorge Ferrer:               

Thank you. I think I can say a few things about that, I was born in Barcelona in 1968. It still is, but it was even more of a Christian Catholic country. I did go to a Catholic school. I think I was lucky enough that the school was run by a brotherhood of educators, Armanos Maristas and the object of devotion was not God the father it was the Virgin Mary. In a way they were much less dogmatic and strict like the Jesuits for example. The education was very good but also there was something about that kind of devotion to Virgin Mary that I think kind of influenced my approach to spirituality from day one, like a more feminine and more organic in many ways. We will talk later about it I am sure but in many ways this participatory spirituality it could be seen as a much more feminine approach than let’s say other more classical Transpersonal paradigms.

In addition to that what I would say I also went through a kind of non-ordinary states of consciousness and experiences when I was a child. I think probably when I was 11 or 10 years old. In the school, several times I would go into what I later learned to identify as a trance state. The Buddhists call it the Jhānas, the first absorption in the Theravada path where everything in the room and everything around me will be completely blank. I would have my eyes open, but I would lose complete contact with the environmental context and I would be in a space of peace and light and just beauty. The teacher would wake me up and then I would start crying.

After a few times they took me to the school psychologist concerned that I could be epileptic, and they run some tests and they didn’t find anything and just let it go. That was one experience and the other was when I was pre-adolescent I started having out of body experiences and at first I was very scared of them and at first I really didn’t know what was going on and was not sure if I will come back to my body so it was pretty scary and later throughout my life, you know, I had them in different places and by then it became something else. At that point I was concerned, those experiences plus my personal of some kind neurotic things that I was experiencing in adolescence and early adulthood took me to the study of psychology and I was trying like many people who go into psychology, I believe they go for personal healing and also understanding those states, of course, mainstream psychology or the university did not provide for either of those. Those states were pathologized by mainstream psychology, as depersonalization or dissociation and all sorts of stuff and of course mainstream psychology could not provide any healing for my neurotic loops. I started a personal search for different paradigms that ultimately led me to find transpersonal psychology first through the books and then also start meditation, like also practicing with some kind of psychedelic substances and many, many other things, and ultimately led me to CIIS, to study my PhD there. I’ve been teaching there for the last 20 years.

Adrian:             

I wanted to ask you about the out of body experience, when you said that my body kind of got a reaction to it, so I want to kind of press a little bit, do you mind sharing what that first out of body was like? What was happening phenomenologically?

Jorge Ferrer:               

Sure. Basically, all the of out of body experiences that I have had follow a very specific phenomenology to begin with later they can change. They normally happen, at least to me, when you’re in that space, in between a wakefulness and sleep, your mind is completely awake and lucid. You are as awake as the three of us right now and most of our audience, I’m sure. At some point you find your body completely paralyzed. Then you feel some kind of energy, you can hear it in waves. Voom. Voom. Suddenly you find yourself out of the body. At first it can be extremely disorienting because you have not learned, especially when you’re like 12 or 15 years old to navigate those states. It could be scary, you find yourself out there, you see your body in bed? You are in a kind of different body like what is called the astral body, but you don’t know how to make it work so it could be very disorienting. It took me many years and many out of body experiences to actually learn through experience to navigate those worlds much better.

Thal:                

 I think we’re just going to move to the next question. One of your major contributions to Transpersonal Psychology is the participatory approach, maybe if you can share with us how you arrived to that perspective. Personally and academically.

Jorge Ferrer:               

They are intertwined, of course. It was part of my personal process. It was part of my intellectual challenge, and my spiritual unfolding all at the same time. What I would say is that when I first arrived to California in the early nineties, Transpersonal psychology was dominated by the neo-Perennialist approach, authors like Ken Wilber and Stan Grof, people I really admired a lot, and they have contributed tremendously to the field. They were like the fathers of the field and I learned so much from them, and at the same time there were ways in which I felt they were providing this kind of neutral language, like this categories that claimed to be transcultural for all spiritual paths, all spiritual traditions.

But by doing so, inadvertently, in most cases, especially in the case of Stan Grof, in the case of Wilbur it’s a different story. I think they were kind of like situating the spiritual goals of some traditions above all others, either absolute consciousness or non-duality and by doing that they were relegating spiritual goals and spiritual traditions that did not share those goals. For example, most of Christian mysticism does not share non-duality, it is about cultivating the presence of God, a loving God in your life, you know, not to speak about Daoism or indigenous traditions. Theistic traditions, for example, were kind of relegated to a kind of a lower level of a spiritual insight and understanding. That was part of my initial reaction to that and at the same time there was a lot of emphasis in the Transpersonal psychology movement about reaching states of consciousness, right?

The subconscious was the panacea, you know. We need to understand that for many decades spirituality in the States, the Transpersonal movement had been dominated by very problematic forms of Christianity. In the late 50s and mid-60s, the psychedelics came in and Eastern traditions and Eastern gurus came in to the West, you know, and at the same time it was humanistic psychology speaking about peak experiences and farther reaches of human nature. I think the conference of different factors gave birth to the Transpersonal movement with its emphasis on higher states of consciousness.

Most of Transpersonal psychology at that time were busy mapping those states and they still are many of them and it is still a very valuable task. But for me, the participatory movement, is not a substitution of that first wave. It’s kind of an expansion. It’s bringing it all down to earth. It’s about relationship with other human beings, with societies, cultures, diversity, the ecological crisis or political situation and so forth. It’s really about the democratization of spirituality, like really framing a plurality of spiritualities. There is no single sequence or paradigm model that is going to encompass all traditions in a way that is not ideological, especially when you situate them in a evolutionary continuum or developmental continuum as all those Transpersonal psychologists were doing. The participatory movement is like an embodiment, and also it is about relatedness, and creative inquiry in dimensions of spirituality. It’s not so much about rediscovering the tools that were already found by the old sages and teachers, but also it is about co-creating your own spiritual path.

Thal:                 

I think what you mentioned is very important because I mean, personally, I found when I was going through my own crisis and asking all those questions, and just the complexities of the world felt overwhelming, I found solace in reading Ken Wilber and just, you know, everything hierarchal and organized, and that has its place. But also, like you said, the participatory approach is not to eclipse that, but to enrich that approach. Can you speak more about how it can serve in our current global climate?

Jorge Ferrer:              

 I feel you are totally right because with those early years (in Transpersonal psychology), there was an influx of all these different spiritual traditions and people were having these psychedelic states. There was this chaos and so maps such as Ken Wilber’s and Stan Grof really put order to some extent. People say, “oh, wow, now at least I have a map that I can make sense of my experience.” But of course, like any human experience, especially when you go beyond your own experience and you start relating to many many other people who have different experiences. It’s much more complex and messy and interesting than any kind of conceptual can encompass.

Anyway, coming back to your question. I think it is important that with our ecological crisis, you can try to persuade people about being pro environmentalist in many different ways, and many people are doing that because they have an intellectual understanding of the problem. There are people who are doing that because of survival reasons, and that’s very important, not only for themselves but for their progeny. They really want to make sure that their grandsons and granddaughters have a world where there are trees and there is air that can be breathed.

There are a variety of reasons. I think with the participatory approach, or the eco-psychological and transpersonal movements what they can bring forth is more important because take for example the emphasis on embodiment. The more embodied you are…which the body is really part of nature in a way that the isolated mind can be more disassociated. The more embodied you are, the more naturally empathic you are to the pain and the joy of nature. Therefore, it becomes something more of an existential imperative is not so much about the survival of your granddaughters or because you know it’s right. It’s because you care in the flesh of your body that that is the right thing to do.

Adrian:             

Jorge, I love to ask you personal practices that have helped you become more embodied. I love that we’re bringing this up because I feel that seems to be a very relevant thing within today’s spiritual climate. That word embodiment comes up a lot, but the practices I feel are helpful. If we could go into that a little bit to share with our listeners.

Jorge Ferrer:               

Yes, this is a great question and thank you. Well, I spent almost 15 years of my life in the Buddhist tradition meditating and at some point I quit. I value meditation and I incorporate it in many aspects of my life and I still meditate sometimes, but at some point, even some Buddhist teachers today, like Reggie Ray and many others have brought this critiques of meditation as a potentially disembodied practice. It all depends how you meditate, right? There is a way in which people can really spend a lot of time in their minds and consciousness. Of course in many of the traditions like Buddhism, you know, the body was something to leave behind, not to speak about sexuality, and of course cultivating the more subtle dimensions of the heart and essence of consciousness. In India and the Indian Matrix, liberation was understood as something to escape Samsara, to escape the body, to escape this phenomenal natural reality.

But it doesn’t leave you many resources for environmentalism, but that’s a different issue. For me, after many years at that practice I was already experimenting with some sacred plants like Ayahuasca, Mushrooms, and San Pedro that is my main plant teacher and San Pedro in particular brought this very strong dimension of embodiment. San Pedro, in particular, is not a plant that takes you on this kind of inner journey or some different world spaces and subtle worlds that could be very fascinating and important, but it is a plant that teaches you how to be embodied here and now. When you are then embodied here and now you can open the windows and doors of your home, and a such your body without leaving your body sort to speak.

Another important practice for me is interactive embodied meditation it comes from a word called holistic transformation that I used to co-facilitate in Esalen institute, and in another places. It is a basically people coming together and practicing meditation in relationship with each other, and in physical contact with each other where you bring the mindfulness practice into physical contact with the body? I think that’s very powerful. My sense is that there is a lot of work that is very cutting edge. The most work that is cutting edge is the work that integrates somatics (body) with spiritual consciousness mindfulness. In the last couple of years, a few books came out about a bodyfullnes. This is a term that I coined myself in 2006 to speak about not so much the mindfulness of the body but a kind of awareness that emerges from the body itself. It might be like the big cats of the jungle. They are not intentionally trying to be alert but they are extremely alert much more than human beings. I can say a bit more or I can leave it here and go where you guys want me to go.

Thal:                 

Actually, just comparing the word mindfulness to the word bodyfullnes is interesting because mindfulness can be a way where people become even stuck more in their mind and forget their body. I’m thinking about the term spiritual bypass and how, you know, instead of using spirituality to become more integrated and aware, we can use it to just escape our body, our humanity. If you can speak more about that for sure, that would be…

Jorge Ferrer:               

The mindfulness that has become popularized today in the States and in Europe is a some more cognitive approach to mindfulness that is quite mental and that’s not even necessarily the mindfulness that was cultivated in Buddhism and has many differences as many Buddhist scholars have pointed out today. In any case, in terms of spiritual bypass, I will explain the terms for the audience. Spiritual bypass means, in particular, when one goes into a kind of like spiritual practice or teachings in order to avoid facing psychological issues. and to give a couple of examples. Say someone who has a lot of issues about anger, say anger towards their parents or anger towards the world can be very drawn to practice Buddhism. They emphasize the no expression of anger, equanimity, and being super peaceful all the time or someone for example that has like sexual blocks or issues around their sexuality they can become drawn to a tradition that emphasizes celibacy. Is that a solution? I don’t think so. In the best cases, they can transform some of those energies in positive ways and that can help. However, following the path of doing the psychological work, the psychosomatic psychoenergetic work to heal those sexual blocks to really clean the anger within yourself and to forgive your parents and to forgive the world, or whatever you are angry against, and then from that solid foundation build your spiritual practice.

Thal:                 

Definitely, the psychological growth and the spiritual growth go in tandem. We can’t separate both that’s a mistake that I’ve done in my life so I’m learning slowly.

Jorge Ferrer:               

Ideally they should go in tandem, but many times they don’t. We see this all the time, for example, spiritual teachers, you know, they are awake or they have a certain awakening for example in their consciousness or even in their hearts. They get into all sorts of sexual scandals, unethical behavior, and power games, right? So I just want to speak to the fact that while ideally they should go in tandem, very often they do not. I know many Shamans who are masters of the psychic realm and they can be tremendously gifted healers. They are real shamans, now don’t get me wrong. This is very important. They’re real shaman, they are elders in their communities, and at the same time they start doing ceremonies with Western women, but they also have transference towards them. It could be mutual and a two way street energetically, but they then lose it and start sexually harassing them or worst case scenario abusing them and abusing their own power. That is very unfortunate. This is why it is so important that we affirm and we encourage this kind of integrated spiritual growth that includes not only just the heart and consciousness, but the body and sexuality in particular. It is not the same to become mature mentally or emotionally than to become mature somatically and sexually.

Adrian:            

I love that. I want to ask you if someone’s earnestly trying to develop spiritually, they’re involving in practices, learning from different people, reading books. What are some helpful signs that they might be on an disintegrated path? Right? So what might that look like? We’re all vulnerable to it. I don’t want to sit here pretending like, you know, that we can just talk about these things as if we’re outside of it. You know, I think we’re the first to admit that we are all susceptible to disintegration or disembodiment. What does that look like? What are some telltale signs?

Thal:                 

The work never ends really. It’s constant. It’s something that we were talking about, too, before starting the podcast with you. I’m thinking about the Jungian concept of the shadow and it’s like the more you work on your spirituality, your “light”, you still have to be aware of your “shadow” and the dark.

Jorge Ferrer:               

I have a qualification around that because as the saying goes, the greater the light the greater the shadow, I don’t totally believe that. This is the case when development has not been integrated. The lack of development happens when there is a lot of spiritual consciousness and a lot of light but there has not been depth psychological work going together, if a person is developing spiritually and also has been doing a lot of depth psychological work: “I don’t think that the greater the light, the greater the shadow,” even though the saying makes a lot of intuitive sense because light and shadow go together.

Thal:                 

It is a clean box, Jorge, why break it open?

                        (Laughing)

Jorge Ferrer:               

Unfortunately, a lot of times this is the case, I think that is a sign of this kind of a more dissociated forms of spirituality in which people are just developing in some areas and not in others.

Adrian:             

I mean this is kind of related. Since we brought up altered states, this is something that we’re experiencing right now in today’s renaissance of psychedelics both in research as well as just exploration, you know, more and more people that are turning towards these tools. What excites you about this renaissance and maybe perhaps also what worries you at the same time with this current trend?

Jorge Ferrer:               

Yes, many things are exciting and many things are disturbing or concerning. I think there are two levels to this path, of course, it works on the individual level for people who are experimenting and then more on the cultural level, I think there’s two sides of the question. On an individual level, I am a San Pedresta and I do believe in the transformative power of many of these plant medicines. On the other hand, there is a lot of caution too. To proceed with caution is very important. I think we all know people who have done a lot of psychedelic work and you know their egos are not smaller, they are bigger, you know, and sometimes they have really weird ideas. They become conspiracy theorists. They are not becoming better persons. So what is going on? I think there are several factors. There is someone’s baseline kind of character. If it is someone with a lot of narcissistic wounding and let’s say a borderline personality, in a way doing the psychedelic work without doing the psychological healing work, there are more chances that something can go wrong. There are more chances that you become inflated or messianic or just not a good person as you could be. Another factor is community and integration. When indigenous people do these plants, they do it in the jungle, in nature, around a whole community and rites of passage. There is a whole social matrix that supports integration. Even in those cases, there is no warrant that the shaman is not going to be ethical or he is not going to be a sexual harasser. Things are very delicate. The importance of community of peers and friends who are going to tell you frankly. Jorge, you have been doing San Pedro all these years but don’t see you becoming more available for life. You are even a bit more self-centered than you are before. I think that mirroring is crucial. If it’s just one person telling you, yeah, but if it’s like a community telling you then that’s really powerful.

The power of community is really important. On a cultural level and social level, the renaissance of psychedelic research is important. It is legitimizing and it going to help in a few years when it becomes legal, like the psychotherapeutic use of MDMA and probably psilocybin as well. This is good because it will reach more people instead of doing the work underground and in illegal ways. It will open the doors for people who do not want to go that way. There is immense healing that can take place and a lot of suffering can be eliminated or minimized. There are also a plethora of challenges such as big Pharma.

On the other hand, there are corporate interests that are trying to put their teeth on all this research. They are donating a lot of money to all the research. No one believes that they do not want anything back. People who are in those organizations, especially MAPS are very aware of those things. There is also the cultural dimension, shamans and people from different cultures, like the Mazatec who have been using mushrooms for many years, when they hear that the medical establishment is going to take that sacrament and medicalize it and sell it without credit or without honoring the wisdom behind the tradition then of course they are not going to be happy about it and with some good reasons.

Thal:                 

I’m thinking when you’re talking about the plant teachers…and bringing the plant teachers over here…can we still have the element of the sacred or are we also appropriating yet another indigenous method of healing? I mean, what are your ideas around that?

Jorge Ferrer:               

I do work with the plant medicine, after spending 12 years working in Peru, I do belong to a lineage but I am not a native or am I Peruvian. San Pedro is a bit different since it does not have such an old lineage such as the psilocybin.

Thal:                 

Sorry, we lost you for a minute. When you said something important about San Pedro. Can you repeat that please? Thank you.

Jorge Ferrer:               

With San Pedro in particular the tradition is lost. It’s more disseminated, but with other plant teachers it is different. I think it’s a very delicate thing because on the one hand, I would love for as many people as possible in the world to benefit from those teachers. I believe that the plant teachers themselves, they want also that, they want to give. They don’t care if they are giving it to the natives or to other persons, they are sentient intelligences from earth. They just want to benefit all sentient beings. On the other hand, there is the perpetual issue of colonialism. When a culture has been colonized, when their women have been raped, where their lands have been taken, by Western people and now they are taking their sacred medicine.

That is of course will always be a contested area, but I think in the best case scenario, some kind of a dialogue from those traditions should and could take place, and some kind of compensation. Many of those people are just living in misery. It will be something that will make them happy and they will also be more willing to share their wisdom. Their willingness to share their wisdom is their own right but also I think the plant themselves are for all humankind. I don’t think that some people have a sacrosanct right to them and not others because they happen to be born in that area of the world. That’s my opinion but other people will think differently.

Thal:                 

That is true. I actually agree with that opinion. I really think it is the fine line. It’s like the middle way of how can we bring these plant teachers and gift from the Earth. How can we bring them but without appropriation, without the colonial baggage? It’s easier said than done. But yes, absolutely.

Jorge Ferrer:               

You know as a Spaniard and living in the States for 23 years, I never had any issue when I saw Americans cooking piaya but American people did not come to my country to destroy it or decimate it, and rape the women of my ancestry and take our things. The greater the issue of colonialism, the more delicate the approach. The other issues is money. Who is benefitting from this? When a world famous musical band, who I won’t mention their name, uses music from the indigenous people of Africa and makes million without giving back then that is a problem. Money, the history of colonialism and no dialogue with those people, I think are three factors that are very important.

Adrian:            

 I’ve heard you use this term and it’s actually a beautiful plant analogy is cross-pollination. You know, perhaps as a more harmonious way of seeing some of these practices and traditions being shared is the idea of cross-pollination. Can you share what that looks like or your vision for that type of spirituality?

Jorge Ferrer:               

I think I used that term to explain the cross-pollination of mystical and religious traditions. I think this is what is happening today. I used that word to describe what is already happening with the inter-religious dialogue, different monks, and exchanging different practices and different teachings. At the same time I used that word to show that this is where we should be going. Different traditions are good at cultivating different potentials. Some traditions are good at cultivating meditation mind and consciousness, other traditions are good at cultivating harmoniousness with nature and seeing nature as sacred, and other traditions are good at cultivating charity and social action. I think traditions have too much to learn and to teach.

At the same time this can be applied in conversation with indigenous traditions and Western traditions. I think there is a way in which people from both camps approach the other tradition with certain pride. The Western people go like this is primitive, we can take the wisdom from them and we can use it in this way because they are using it in this limited way, while we can use it in these amazing ways and reach many people. We actually know better what these plants are than they know because we have analyzed them in our laboratories. There is also the pride of the indigenous people. They actually come forward saying that we are better, we are the spiritual people. You people are not spiritual and you don’t know shit with what is going on with the plants.

In part, they know much more than we do about the power of these plants. I think there are possibilities of integration with a more dialogical approach in which doctors, psychologists, neuroscientists come together with shamans, indigenous people having worked with those plants and they come together as equals and they share knowledge. They not only share knowledge but they also inquire together. I think that is the future of research that I would like to see. This is not happening in the big universities. Let us come together, let us journey together, and let us inquire together, and let’s do an experience together and then let’s contrast our viewpoints. How do you understand what happened and listening to our different epistemologies and our different methodologies, and our world-views. A kind of multidimensional and multicultural dialogue and inquiry and science! This has not been happening, and I would like to see that happening in the future.

Thal:                 

In a way that is the true work of authentic scholarship, really. When you say that the big universities are not doing that then it’s really sad. The true work of academics and scholarship is to exchange and to meet as equals. When you describe the doctor of psychology meeting the shaman both are inquiring about the spirit but they are just coming at it from a different perspective. Speaking of talking about the same thing but from different perspectives, I am thinking about mysticism. I also know that you are a student of mysticism, and the world itself, a lot of modern minds might cringe when they hear that word. What does it mean to you?

Jorge Ferrer:               

It is a trick question. For me it means many things. I am a student of mysticism, I have also been teaching comparative mysticism for many years. I know the history of the word. I know the different meanings of the word. I know the different meanings the word took throughout many centuries, coming from the Greek matrix through Christianity. Something that is important to consider as preface, and I will go back to what the word means in a second, is the word mysticism is a Western construct. It is a Western term. It was later exported by Western scholars, Christian scholars to understand other traditions talking about access to spiritual entities of realms. For instance, many Buddhist scholars would not like their traditions to be called a mystical tradition.

D. T. Suzuki, one of the most famous Buddhist scholars who popularized Buddhism in the West was completely against the use of the word mysticism and to qualify Buddhism. Most indigenous people I know they would say, mysticism, what is that? That is not what we do here, what about healing, about balance, and about something else. Nothing mystical here. With that being said, the term mystical has many different meanings and it is a contested category. Generally speaking what mysticism means is about direct contact or direct access to a reality that is beyond our senses or we go down to a deeper dimension of this world that we can see. This is the nature of mysticism like the dimensions of consciousness or contact with the divine God in theistic traditions and so forth.

With that being said, my personal take on mysticism is like an integral experience of life, the cosmos, in all of its multidimensionality. So not only the dimension of the natural world but also the different kinds of the subtle realms as well everything that is encompassed by the word cosmos. Different mystics from different traditions would access different dimensions. It is not only a question of access only but it also a kind of creative enactment. This is also part of the participatory paradigm. It is not only about accessing realities that already exists and they do. It is also about cocreating with the kind of generative mystery.

By the term mystery, I mean that kind of creative force that is behind the unfolding of creation. I think we participate as human beings because we are part of that creation and that creative force. In connection with that creative force we can cocreate spiritual insights and practices and even perhaps new realities. I think this has been happening from the beginning of history of humankind.

Thal Ferrer:                 

In a way that’s bringing it to the practical, right? Like even when we’re talking about the plant teachers, they do take us into those “mystical experiences.” But really the true work is after the ceremony, like it’s not just to access those different realms as you said, it’s to bring it back to the everyday.

Adrian:             

I want to ask you, maybe not so practical question, purely just for my own curiosity. I know you’re not a fan of putting things into hierarchy, so I’m going to preface by asking, this is purely just for my own interest here. Is there a mystical experience that you’re comfortable to share that really stands out as the most confusing thing that doesn’t kind of fit, you know, a lot of rational understanding? Maybe actually there is a practical element that sort of brings humility, you know, it kind of brings you back to a place where like, I don’t know what the heck just happened. Is there something you can kind of share on that note?

Jorge Ferrer:               

Yes. My sense is that this is the paradox of knowledge. Genuine scientists talk about this…the more you know the more you realize the little you know. The more mystical experiences you have, the more explorations, the higher consciousness you can access, the more you realize the infinite dimensions that are out there. The more we realize the little that we know or the little that I know, in particular. Many of the experiences have deconstructed certain belief systems that I have had. They also impacted my work and certain theories. I have changed my minds about a few things.

For example, I used to hold that many of the entities that some traditions talk about like angels or sages that people would encounter. I would see it as cocreated by human consciousness until I had my own encounters with sages, astral doctors, and different types of disembodied entities made of energy and consciousness that really persuaded me that they are autonomous. They were so much wiser than I was and they were so much more benign and benevolent than even my deeper self. Most importantly, they had a tangible effect on my experience. I had an encounter with a Daoist sage and I could see him right in front of my face and he was bringing gifts on a purely energetic exchange, a shaktipat.

Therefore, there was this effect on my embodied organism. With ayahuasca it was the same, there were astral doctors moving in the room and healing people by putting their hands on their heart centre. They were performing these energetic spiritual surgeries and aligning the centers. It just makes you want to cry and be so thankful to them. I have had these experiences that helped me reframe my views. It could be some ascended masters or post-mortem scenarios. I do not believe that there is just one post-mortem scenario. I think there are many possibilities.

Some people say that religious pluralism is nice and beautiful but when you die you will see who is true. I don’t think so? I think the post-mortem existence can be much more complex and diverse than this one and different people can go to different places. While some entities could be ascended masters or people who have died, but there could also be independent realms with their independent entities made of energy and consciousness that are probably not connected to humanity.

The thing is that a lot of the entities that are encountered be it angels or others, they are usually very cultural shaped. There are different interpretations, here, where some say is that just an archetypal manifestation that becomes cultural with encounter but the essence is unknowable? The same entity would appear as angel to a Christian or a Buddhist teacher to another. I am not sure that that is how it works because the qualities are different and the energies are very different and the teachings are different, but who knows, the questions are endless, many possibilities and so much mystery. It is very exciting that we are all co-inquiring together into all of these dimensions these days.

Thal:                 

Amazing! Thank you for sharing that. I was transformed into another realm listening to you. Thank you. Yeah.

Adrian:             

Jorge. You mentioned at one point just bringing together a group of people from all the scientists, the Western minded as well as the indigenous and co-journeying. I think that really is sticking as a nice final remark is the idea that perhaps we should all, you know, find opportunities to co-journey with the other, you know, to step out of our comfort zones are familiar tribes and to really connect with the other, to find maybe not common ground, but to find the cross pollination. What gifts do we each have to exchange with one another?

Jorge Ferrer:               

With that being said, that does not mean that everyone has to do psychedelics. There are many ways to co-inquire and to co-journey through meditation and through different practices together. The importance is to include people from very diverse backgrounds and worldviews, different cultures, different worldviews, different epistemologies with humility and openness. I think this will be the challenge of our times.

Thal:                 

Absolutely. Thank you, Jorge.

Adrian:             

Thank you so much for your time today.

Thal:                 

Thank you so much.

Jorge Ferrer:               

My pleasure. Thank you. Thank you very much.

#17: Absorbed by Awe with Kirk Schneider

The messy aspects of our human experience, our feelings, our flesh, and our psyches can never conform to the prevalent culture of quick fixes. It seems that our technologies are speeding ahead of us. It appears as though we are trying to catch up but to no avail. Are we going to turn into automatons absorbed by our screen or can we slow down, contemplate, and cultivate an awareness of the unknown with humility and wonder?

On this episode, we speak with Kirk Schneider, Ph.D, a psychologist and leading spokesperson for contemporary existential-humanistic psychology. Kirk began exploring the fundamental questions of human existence at an early age following the death of his brother. Kirk believes that one of the keys to human flourishing is through the cultivation of awe and presence, especially as we approach the AI and robotic revolution. Kirk offers his critique of mainstream cognitive behavioural therapy as he advocates for an integrative model of psychotherapy that celebrates the messiness of life. Kirk was the former editor of the Journal of Humanistic Psychology and is an adjunct faculty at Saybrook University, Teachers College at Columbia University and the California Institute of Integral Studies. His major books include The Paradoxical Self, Existential-Integrative Psychotherapy, Awakening to Awe, The Polarized Mind, and The Spirituality of Awe. In 2004, he was presented the Rollo May Award from the American Psychological Association for his work in advancing humanistic psychology.

Enjoy!

Highlights:

  • What is Existential-Integrative Psychotherapy?
  • How to Live with a Sense of Awe
  • Restoring Our Capacity for Presence

Resources:

Listen:

An Original Poem Inspired by this Episode

Full Transcript

Thal:

We do have a starting question and we’re wondering about the spiritual orientation of your childhood. If you had a spiritual orientation.

Kirk Schneider:

I was brought up Jewish descent and I really grew up in a pretty secular household, so there wasn’t a lot of attention, there was very minimal attention to ceremony or religion even. Um, my father was pretty much what you call an atheist, I would say. And my mother had that leaning as well. And uh, they certainly appreciated the historical lineage of Judaism. But I would say especially the philosophers like Spinoza, to the degree that we all knew about these people. Miamonides, I mean Jewish philosophers who talked about life and raise questions about life. I think they appreciated the spirit of inquiry in particular.

Thal:

The mystical arm or the contemplative arms of the religion?

Kirk Schneider:

Yeah. Yeah. You could say that. I would say more the contemplative arms. They were pretty much products of the enlightenment, especially my dad who went on to become a school teacher in math and science, and then he became a principal and then he went on to get his doctorate in education. So he was a humanistic educator and very much aligned with the humanistic psychology temper of the times. I grew up with people like Abraham Maslow and Frank Barron and Rollo May, Carl Rogers, surrounding me. Even in my playroom, I would use some of their textbooks as building blocks to build cities. So, I mean, I, I remember from a very young age of being surrounded by that kind of thinking, but I had a very unique upbringing in that I grew up in an Italian Catholic, German neighborhood, working class neighborhood in the Cleveland area. And so I, I really got to know those traditions in a very earthy way as a kid. I mean I spend time for Christmas with friends across the street and um, I got to know some about the traditions, some of the prejudices too. We definitely were impacted by that. One day I woke up to find a giant Nazi sign painted on our ping pong table. It was hanging in our garage. It made a huge impression. I got caught up in some of the prejudices of the time too as a kid, kind of joining other mobs of kids. And one incident I remember in particular is my father pulling me out of that mob. It was probably the only time that I remember him hitting me. Yeah. Hit me pretty good on the butt. And then sat me down and explained the seriousness of what I was involved in and how hurtful that is could be to other kids. Just more about having sensitivity. People as human beings. It made a huge impression.

Thal:

I hear you when you talk about that. Just for me, I remember 911 was a big event, where I went into an identity crisis after as a Muslim woman in the West. And, um, and realizing that maybe the dark side of religions is the divisions that it creates. And it’s a paradox because similarly they do have, they all have the mystical arms, the Sufism, Kabbalah, they’re all connected and in many ways doorways to experience the divine. But we have to overcome the divisions to arrive there, I think. I feel.

Kirk Schneider:

Well, I’m sorry to hear about the challenges that you went through.

Thal:

I’m sorry to hear about your challenges as well. Absolutely. Yeah.

Kirk Schneider:

Well, it was some, some difficult times. I agree with what I hear you saying. I think one of the great problems of traditional religion, or actually one of the great challenges, traditional religions, is that they all point eventually to the deconstruction of religion that is religious boundaries around human beings where boundaries that make certain human beings, uh, seen in a certain way and others in other way, the whole us-them tension. When most of the great religions are about, in their essence, it seems to me, you know, embracing the stranger, right?

Thal:

Yeah, absolutely.

Kirk Schneider:

Being humane to each other. Walking humbly before the vastness of creation. They call it God. But they can do tremendous good in that way. And then we have had some interpreters of religion, I’m thinking of Gandhi and King for example, who exhibited that. Rumi comes to mind as well. My limited knowledge is poetry. She’s wonderful.

Thal:

Yeah. Yes, yes. There definitely needs to be a revival of, of the mystical.

Kirk Schneider:

I think so. Yeah. Although I think sometimes mysticism can also become dogmatic in its own right at times when it’s…

Thal:

Anything can become dogmatic. Once humans start putting their hands.. [laughing]

Kirk Schneider:

That’s right. It’s a human challenge. But, it is why I call myself an enchanted agnostic. If you want to know my religiosity, that’s it. I take mystery very seriously.

Thal:

I love that.

Kirk Schneider:

And I’m, I’m very exhilarated by the notion, the experiences mystery to me. It helps to, to lift us out of the petty and narrow identifications that we get into both towards ourselves and others. Yes. And we forget that we’re participating in something much, much greater and incredible. I mean, I call it awesome.

Adrian:

Kirk you shared with us the challenges of getting involved in the mob behaviour early on as a kid. Um, I’m trying to connect some of the dots there. How did those early experiences lead you towards a path within psychology and more specifically existentialism, you know your interest… Essentially what drew you towards that, that area of human psychology?

Kirk Schneider:

Well it was certainly partly that challenge, that struggle of growing up, feeling somewhat alienated but also crossing bridges with other kids and feeling a part of different cultures, people from different backgrounds and all that stirred in me as well as the teachings I would say that, uh, my dad communicated, my mother as well was very bright and thoughtful and so a lot revolved around discussion, but I would say maybe even more pivotal was the death of my brother when I was about three years old. He died of a convergence of illnesses and, my parents did everything they could to save him. He was only seven at the time. And that pretty much shattered our world for a period of time. And it caused a great deal of emotional turmoil among all of us. I don’t know if I would say particularly me, but I mean myself and in terms of being such a young, impressionable child, I was very lost and actually very terrified of the world and death and illness. I would have night terrors where I would see, witches and monsters at my window at night. I remember I would go through these long periods of crying, long periods of temper tantrums too. At one point I believe I kicked my mother’s tooth out in a rage and I was losing touch with reality in some ways. I know my father even kept notes on me. He was so concerned. Anyway it was by mother, however, who was most in touch with psychoanalysis interestingly. And she was going through it herself after the loss of her son, which I can’t even, it’s almost can’t begin to imagine what she was going through at that. But she referred me to a child analysts. And so I became a patient at a very young age. I was about five years old, I believe. And I saw this guy, middle aged guy for about a year, and it was probably one of the most important contacts in my life and certainly formative in my move toward not just thinking about being interested in human behavior, but you know, really living it and feeling it. I think one of the most important parts of that work is, I don’t remember a thing that we said really. What I remember is he was very calm and a powerful presence really, and the feeling that he had been through a lot himself. He didn’t reveal anything about his background as far as I know, verbally. Nonverbally he felt very seasoned to me. It felt like he could hold me and that’s what I really needed. At that time it was very difficult for my parents to do because of their own turmoil. And, uh, anyway, that started me on a path toward, um, being able to in a sense gradually move from a place of kind of abject terror and paralysis to gradual risk taking with him and expressing my feelings and verbalize what I was going through as well as I could at that age. Uh, and uh, and even intrigue about life and these questions that terrified me before. These were huge questions. I was opened up to at a very young age. What the hell is the meaning of all this? What’s going to happen to me? What’s going to happen to my parents? What is death? What is life, you know, how do we live it? These started becoming more and more intriguing questions to me as I was able to kind of work with such scary places in myself. And I think that was really the beginning. That was my introduction to existentialism. In a lot of ways, my world being ripped open.

Thal:

As you’re describing your experience, I’m just thinking about a lot of adults really out there that are in fear and are paralyzed by fear and are unable to experience awe in their life. I don’t even know how to like if I’m going to frame a question, but maybe just to hear your thoughts around that.

Kirk Schneider:

My thoughts are that in some ways there are two ways to look at that space that gets ripped open. You know, the, the uh, the safe and the familiar, getting ripped open, to the radically unknown, uh, the boundaryless because you don’t have any guideposts at that point. You’re in free fall. That can be seen as totally horrifying and floundering. But I think through good psychotherapy, especially depth psychotherapy which is not just talking about, but meeting the person with their whole body experience, can begin to allow more of a sense of awe, more of a sense of wonder about that space because remembered that the very space that feels terrifying and overwhelming and boundaryless is also a space that’s potentially very freeing, you know, and can enable your imagination, your creativity, more of a self creation in a sense or a communal creation. It allows freedom that the safe and familiar, the narrow path, often does not permit. Now which one is better quote unquote? You know, this is a struggle for everyone. Or a question for everyone. But for me that was very important in a sense. I guess my post-modern awakening that you know, or philosophical awakening that so much of our world is constructed by people. If you can hold that tentativeness about how we’re programmed and how we’re conditioned, you can begin to expand and deepen if you have help. But help is huge. So I don’t want to discount that. And I think that’s to speak to your question there is in terms of how does one move in this direction, we need “helpful witnesses” as Alice Miller put it. Whether they’re therapists, neighbours, you know, clergy, parents, friends, or I’m thinking of Maya Angelou, the great poet found it in books. She went to her local library following horribly traumatic sexual abuse that she went through. But she found heroes and people who related to her through literature. Some can happen in different ways, but it’s so crucial that we have that help along the way.

Adrian:

Yeah. This is so interesting because we’re not just talking about these concepts like philosophical concepts, you know? There’s a practice of this and that to me with the existential therapy is the bridging of that into a real practical level. Um, but for a lot of people, I, I have the sense that they might not know what that, what that looks like. Um, would you be able to describe what that might actually look like in terms of working with somebody in a depth oriented manner and connecting with their existential aspects of being?

Kirk Schneider:

Sure. I just want to add, did I feel extremely blessed to have had this kind of help along the way. Again, something not to be skipped over. And I had a similar pivotal experience or time around graduate school around when I was 21 or so, very far from home and had a kind of anxiety, panic attack, breakdown that I received pivotal help for by a local existential depth therapist at the time. So these, these really were my formative, probably most core bases for my direction and informing my direction. And that I had some great mentors too which we can get into later. Want to, uh, I guess we’re talking about, again, being able to have that kind of support. So…

Thal:

Thanks for going and mentioning it because it is, it is important. I mean, I even, I’m even grateful that I’m able to get the depth psychotherapy that I’m going through. I’ve been going through Jungian Analysis now for two years and I already see the benefits of that. So yes, it is important to mention that maybe not everyone, you know, has that opportunity.

Kirk Schneider:

That’s right. But everyone who goes into this field should, in my view. If you’re not taking that trip yourself, I think it’s very hard to be there in an optimal way for the other person.

Thal:

Very true.

Kirk Schneider:

Or at least in some way that you haven’t done that kind of down and dirty, you know, encounter with your own blocked off places. It’s hard to support, you know actually doing the work. But in terms of your other question about the approach, I guess we’re getting more into the theory at this point. I really see, what I call existential-integrative therapy as formed around two basic questions. Now these are mainly implicit questions in the encounter, but sometimes they’re explicit. Those questions are: how is one presently living? So it’s like holding the mirror to that partner or client to help them to see as close up as possible for them. How are they living right now? What is the state of their union in a sense or disunion. And not just intellectually or not just behaviorally on the outside, but with their whole body experience to the degree possible. And this is the integrative part, the degree possible. The client’s desire and capacity for deeper changes is a very important piece of this. And not everybody has the desire or the capacity to look, let’s say beyond symptoms or symptom change. We’re just getting back to work or whatever, or they’re so fragile that they maybe just need something physiological to help them through whether that’s medication, which I have a whole lot of skepticism around. But I also am open to as a possibility for many people just to get through the night. So how are they presently living? The second question is then how are you willing to live? After you’ve looked inside, you know, with as few sort of consolations as possible, really attempting to see the starkness of where you’re at. Now what does that imply for how you’re willing to live your life? So those really address the kind of a basic philosophical questions of freedom and responsibility, existential questions. You have the freedom to explore and to look at what’s going on. But we also have the freedom and responsibility ability to respond to what we have discovered. I actually call it freedom, experiential reflection and responsibility because it’s not just questions about just simply moving from, uh, recognizing what’s going on to just kind of instantly changing. It often takes kind of a whole body awareness of what’s going on before one has a deep sense of how one wants to change as opposed to just a cognitive conditioning for many people, not for everyone.

Adrian:

Yeah. I wanted to ask you, how does one overcome the inertia or the stuckness that one might experience in terms of, you mentioned freedom, but sometimes freedom is paralyzing because there’s so many choices, you know, which job do I take? You know, do I want to continue this relationship or end it? Um, and so how does one work to the point where they actually activate themselves to, to begin the steps of change?

Kirk Schneider:

Well, I see the therapy as helping the person again, seeing closer and closer into the mirror of themselves as to how they’re living and how they’re willing to live. And for those who are willing to take the deeper journey with this therapy, that mirror and that an intensifying of seeing where they are and where they want to be and not only want to be, but you’re mergingly are willing to be is the impetus for many people. So it builds a kind of counter-will as Otto Rank put it, or a frustration. Some of the Gestaltist put it. As as you, you, you’re very rarely exposed to that kind of that intensity of frustration about the state of your life. And this is a very exceptional space for wanting to keep coming back to, again a very focused and present way and revisiting where it is you are, which is usually blocked. That’s a part of your battle and you’re blocked in some way and where it is you want to be, not only want to be, but are willing to commit to be and to keep going over that terrain. I find that that builds that counter-will for many people to the point where they’re not going to take it anymore. You’re not going to keep living in that prison. You know, whether it’s drugs and alcohol or how they hold themselves back from pursuing something that they deeply desire or are passionate about, a love relationship or maybe a project art work of some kind. It’s a very organic process in that way. And so once they can throw those blockades off they can come into their fuller being, again more of their whole bodily experience, the fuller ranges of thoughts, feelings, sensations, imaginings, intuitions and discover or connect with meanings that were latent before or dormant. But now the person’s will has been strengthened to the point where they can be pursued.

Thal:

I think it was very important what you mentioned earlier too, that the therapeutic alliance is not about the therapist only. It’s also about what the person is coming with. Are they willing to live a full life? Do they really want to go into the depths? It’s not just about what the therapist does. In that relationship. And it’s also important when you said that, um, overcoming those things, then will, you know, take us to a place where there is meaning and which takes us back to that question, the meaning crisis and um, you know, nowadays, you know, in general how we live our life is very mechanistic, very rigid, very in our head. And really this is about coming to life. And what I want to say is there is no fear, this work. I think once we overcome and then then awe comes in. Raw

Kirk Schneider:

Well hopefully.

Thal:

Everybody should do this.

Kirk Schneider:

I agree with that a lot. A lot more people would benefit from this journey. I mean, I feel there’s always a level of some anxiety, at least for me. Um, but I don’t see that as bad. I just see them as human.

Thal:

Absolutely. Yeah.

Kirk Schneider:

Flesh and blood and a certain vulnerability, which is part of what intensifies and vivifies life. But the point being, yes, if you can come into that you can feel a lot more vital about living about possibilities, and maybe even adopt a sense of awe towards living as a whole. So it’s not just about necessarily pursuing certain goals or meanings, but a whole attitude towards living that is freer. That whole attitude of being able to open to the amazement of that freedom as you were saying before. It can be dizzying. It can be overwhelming. But the more you can be present to you know, the good, the bad and the ugly within yourself and coexist with that and come into the more of who you are, the more that you can, open to the amazement and really the miracle of this opportunity that we have of being a part of something that’s so far beyond us and that is very elevating. I’m not saying one can stay on that plane all the time or even that’s necessarily desirable, but it certainly can be very powerful and a very important antidote to depression. If we think about people like Viktor Frankl for example, in the death camps, some people in the most dehumanizing conditions are able to connect with something much greater than themselves and their situations and through that find an impetus to go on. Stephen Hawking, another example, with his ALS, attuned into the cosmos, you know. Yeah. Or Maya Angelou.

Thal:

Yeah, absolutely. I mean, the work is not about getting rid of our anxieties and fears because those will never go away. It’s about holding them with depth and um, more spiritual maturity. I don’t know. I’m limited by language. Um, but yeah. But um, on a practical level, what’s the difference between depth, psychotherapy depths, existential psychotherapy, and say the more mainstream cognitive behavioural therapy?

Kirk Schneider:

Well, the main difference is that we’re more concerned with what you might call process as opposed to content. So it’s not that the verbal isn’t important. That’s of course very important to helping someone to become more aware of their concerns and how they want to live in their lives. But probably even more important is how they say what they say, what they bring to their words. In other words, how they hold themselves, their facial expressions. What the energy is like in the room between you. It’s that cultivation of a fuller presence to what’s really going on here as distinct from just helping somebody to move from one way of thinking to another way of thinking. Helping somebody change thoughts, make thoughts more rational if you will, which has all kinds of questions around it itself. Rational for whom? Yes might help them function better in the world in certain ways. But is that really to their benefit in a deeper and fuller way. Like going back to the old job or the old relationship might be, you know, adaptive in some ways, but maybe those are oppressive in a lot of ways and not really helping them or the culture in the longer run. So this notion of, uh, helping somebody to decide the direction of their lives in their deepest core rather than with some overlay of this is how you do it and this is what has been shown through aggregate data that helps people. Yes, through one lens and I’d say it’s a narrow lens and narrow methodology. Often that can be helpful, but there can be so much more. And I think so many people are, are short changed from having that chance to stay more fully present with what is important to them through, you know, some of the more programmatic therapies. There’s a lot around this. I mean, another analogy here, and this is a little bit crude, but I think it makes the point is that sometimes what we’re doing with cognitive and behavioral therapy is we’re changing the window dressing on the titanic, right? Okay. So you can make things prettier on the outside in a way but are you really getting to what that person is struggling with at their core? And we’ve seen so many times where people’s presenting problems, maybe something that seems more on the surface, they’re not sleeping well, they’re not eating well. Uh, the one client who had assertiveness issues with their boss, okay, so you help with that. But if those people stay with you for the longer journey or the deeper journey and are willing to pay attention to what’s going on in their bodies and what that brings up and what that associates with their deeper being, their presenting problems often shift to quite profound existential issues. Like, I don’t want to just be assertive, more assertive at work. I want to live more free in my life. I want to feel more free as a person, want to be able to express myself and access myself. I’ve seen this happen a number of times with clients. You know, I realize, I mean, I’m not eating well or sleeping well. I’m in like a black hole in my life. A bottomless pit. I’ve lost. Okay. So now we’re getting to the deeper questions. Not just to think about them, but to try to be present to those places. As I say to reoccupied parts of oneself, that one has blocked off and that’s often nonverbal. You can’t put that in words as we were intimating there before. You need to experience it.

Adrian:

I wanted to ask you, how do you personally maintain contact with that level of presence to allow for awe to even sort of be part of your experience? How do you, how do you approach that?

Kirk Schneider:

Well, again, my therapies have been very important for me to feel less scared about a lot. And to be able to stay much more with myself even when I’m feeling really down or pained or what have you. That is such a gift. I can’t overemphasize that. To be able to be presented that opportunity to realign with your fuller being. Maybe the greatest gift that one can be given. Because that means you can go into almost any circumstance and be okay, relatively okay with yourself, relative friends with yourself. You’ve gotten to know yourself in many more ways than just intellectual or what have you. So that has helped me tremendously. I really try to practice being connected with something larger. In my day to day life. I’ve had some recent struggles that have made that difficult but also have made it more acute. I’ve recently developed a cervical dystonia, which is a neurological condition, which involves a twisting of the neck. It was extremely tormenting at the beginning. It started with me just laying back in the bed and realizing my head is slowly turning and there’s nothing I can do. And so I’ve grappled with this for the last five years or so, and I have a neurologist and I’ve managed to recruit a number of holistic people. I’ve been working a lot on trying to address the physiology of it. But I think one of the most important things that has helped me and I have improved, notably, has been a determination to fully live my life in spite of, or maybe even in light of it. And, I don’t know, I guess I’ve been blessed or cursed with sometimes anger and frustration helping to drive me on and, and help me feel more free because I get resentful of, I guess when I see as unnecessary tracks that one can fall in.

Kirk Schneider:

But that’s where that paradox comes in again, because often these wounds that we’re experiencing are actually the windows, right? These are the gifts that take us to that next layer of growth.

Adrian:

Exactly. And, and that’s, that’s a real tough one for psychology to resolve. You know, I don’t know if we’ll ever resolve it. But that question of do we need actually need to be shocked or jarred in some way in order to go to the next level of consciousness? You know, a deepening or broadening of consciousness is some kind of shaking the foundations necessary? I don’t think there’s a dogmatic answer to that, but certainly we’ve seen that that has been an impetus for many people who feel vital about their lives because it’s taken them out of the box and, and it’s, it’s, uh, in some ways mobilized to live differently, to find a different way. So anyway, going back to that, attempting to tune in to the awesomeness of life, being aware of passing nature of time. Even right now, if I tune into that. It makes even our connection right now that much more precious realizing that it’s all passing. It’s all fleeting. And yet it’s here right now we’re here. That is awe inspiring, really.

Thal:

Absolutely. I feel like when we’re talking about depth existential psychotherapy, I mean the word seems very… it’s a mouthful, but really it’s also about, um, bringing that depth oriented perspective into our, into our everyday that this is something that we can actually live every day and every, um, so maybe we can talk about how, like how can our listeners orient their lives to become, much more depths oriented.

Kirk Schneider:

Yeah. Many possible routes. I was also realizing that, another way that I found this cultivation of depth as very valuable and very much part of my every day life is cross cultural contact too. And I think this kind of awe-based attitude can be very important to bridge-building among people of different backgrounds because so much of it is about coming to terms with “the other” in oneself, right?As well as the other-other. The other-other brings us in touch with the “other” in ourselves as well. And so to go to your question, I think practicing visualizations and I sometimes work with students around this, of sitting with someone of a different culture or background or mindset than you. Maybe your most challenging client or someone you know, that makes your blood curdle even. I mean, to take this to the extreme, one of my mentors, Jim Bugental used to talk about how appalled he was by Hitler in Nazi Germany. But he often wondered if he could sit with Hitler as a psychotherapist and what that would bring up in him. And that can be an extremely powerful exercise. You know, can you sit with political leaders, religious leaders who totally, repel you. What are the thoughts, especially feelings, body sensations that come up, the associations to those images, maybe memories, what happens when you sit with those and stay as present as you can to them? And then maybe imagine that person talking to you, telling you about their lives and their story. I think one often finds that as difficult as it is to do that or even to think about, that there’s a kind of humanizing that can take place whereby, it’s not not about agreeing with or even necessarily supporting the other as much as attempting to understand, being in a mode of discovery. And I would say that when that happens in actuality, person to person beyond the practicing of the visualization, uh, many more times than not, people find a different relation to the other, both in themselves and the other person. And they’re actually sitting with them. And so we’ve been promoting and cultivating some of these living room dialogues. Actually. I joined a group called Better Angels named after Lincoln’s famous speech of the better angels of our nature, you know, to bring the union back. Where it’s a grassroots movement that is now in 31 states. And they’ve done over a thousand workshops where you have a group of liberals and conservatives, usually Republicans and Democrats come together or are willing to come together in a very structured way talk about their experiences. But a lot of it is really all geared toward attempting to understand and learn about the other, not to change the other. And the Credo is “respect, curiosity and openness”. Those are the pivot points. So the facilitators really try to keep people in that mode and avoiding, you know the “I gotcha” questions or accusations or knee-jerk stereotypes. All of that is bracketed back as much as it can. And it’s people honestly attempting to learn about each other just as a basis. And then from there, it’s interesting what people find. They usually discover something new that tempers their sense of one another somewhat. Will that, you know, revolutionize America or the world? I don’t know. But it seems to me that it’s one of the best, most powerful ways of creating at least the conditions for substantive change and more communalism.

Thal:

Yeah. At the heart of what you’re saying is really, um, conversations without the ego, which is not a very easy thing to do, but is really truly transformative, which again, takes us back to the therapy room. And when you were talking about the cross cultural aspect of things, I mean, I’m thinking about, psychotherapy as a practice that has been dumped, like mostly a white practice and, now we’re moving into a world, we’re all, we’re all suffering from the same thing. It doesn’t matter where we come from. And so I see therapy as a tool that’s going to be much more important in the coming years and, and that it needs, it’s, it’s not a, I don’t think it’s just a white practice. I think it’s a human…

Kirk Schneider:

Oh, a number of us old white guys are trying to change that.

Thal:

Because the thing is cause like even from my own immediate circle, a lot of people were resisting like, are you really getting help with psychotherapy? Is it really helping you? Actually yes. If, if we’re open to it. Yeah.

Kirk Schneider:

Well we really need the infusion of multiculturalism to inform our existential therapy. Yes. Because after all, what is existentialism or humanism all about? It’s about human lives, human existence. It’s not about white man’s existence or this class’ existence. I felt for such a long time that the riches of this approach need to be opened up. The box needs to be opened up for, for everyone because this is a human project. The human project. How do we relate, what is our relationship to life as a whole to existence as a whole? We’re all in that as you could say, you know, we’re all vulnerable, fragile, small beings before this vastness and at the same time have this tremendous capacity to take risks, to venture out, to learn, to discover, create. How do we all work with that? And create conditions where that becomes a more appealing road for every one. You know, so I see a lot of these modes, including the existential therapy modes as experiments in many ways. They’re experiments in living and they’re, they’re very, very precious because they’re just not encouraged in most mainstream cultures as far as I know. Um, and especially with technology now, it’s a whole other overlay that I think is making it even more challenging. And that’s why I’ve been thinking and writing a lot about the challenges of the robotic revolution, which seems to be more and more about the quick-fix, the machine model for living. Speed, instant results, appearance and packaging. The interior life could easily get lost and the capacity to pause. That’s where I think it’s so wonderful you’re in that Jungian depth therapy, you’re cultivating that capacity to be more fully present with yourself.

Thal:

I hope so.

Adrian:

Yeah in terms of, like you just mentioned the AI Revolution, you know, with technology, we’re all vulnerable to massive disruption and it seems like we’re inching closer and closer as you know, these technologies are becoming ubiquitous. I’m reminded of the author, Yuval Harari, you know, he talks about the struggle against irrelevance. You know, what will happen the day when most human jobs are easily replaced by artificial general intelligence. And so these existential questions aren’t just for the privileged who have lots of time to ponder, you know, the big questions, they will become at the forefront I think of of every human being.

Kirk Schneider:

Yeah. They’re coming very quickly and actually there are people who call themselves trans-humanists who actually desire to see the human being as we know it irrelevant because they think that life will be so much more efficient once it’s mechanized. And once, you know, we’re able to download data, through, I guess neural chips and um, we’ll be virtually impervious to disease because we will become cyborgs basically. And this is seen as desirable post humanism trans-humanism it’s called. I think there’s no question that there is a thrust in that direction and we, especially in our depth existential communities need to be very tuned in to this problem because the whole definition of what it means to be a human being is changing rapidly. And so it raises questions about what parts do we want to preserve of this old humanity? What parts are we willing, again, are we willing to shape differently? And I think we have to be careful on both ends. Not to be dogmatic on, on either end because I try not to be a luddite either. I mean, I do believe technology has done some amazing things. It’s, it’s done some great things for many of us. Think about medicine and science in particular improved our lives, but we need to be circumspect about it. And at all costs I believe we need to preserve the capacity for presence. Because that will be our guidance system to be able to pause and to discern, okay, is this really the direction we want to go? And again, not just because my cognition tells me or some abstract, you know, book told me or philosophy, but because, my whole bodily being is questioning this particular direction or replacement of a, let’s say, a physical part of ourselves where my whole bodily being can go on board with it. Willing to take the leap. Boy, I mean, these are going to be really knotty questions when we’re on the cusp of facing that now.

Thal:

Yeah, absolutely. And that’s why we’re seeing there’s a sort of, meditation has become this buzzword now for a while. It’s for a reason.

Kirk Schneider:

Yes, that’s true. That’s true. Yeah. I, I think, uh, there, there’s, there’s a great value to this mindfulness revolution that we’re seeing. I also think that it, it can be, can become in some sense a technology in itself, if it’s not about life, you know, if it’s not a, where the rubber hits the road about your everyday living and everyday consciousness, if it’s just, let’s say in a cubicle like a yoga studio or one retreat or, you know, kind of compartmentalized. And it’s not a lifetime cultivation. And if it doesn’t allow one to engage, you know, the anxious and the tragic dimensions of living too, as well as that which connects us to something higher or larger. It could end up bypassing important areas of life that I think existential folks have kept us kind of on path and keep reminding us, grounding us, the messiness of life too. And that’s a part of it. Yeah. I would say put it as helping us to find ground within groundlessness and to be aware that we are in suspense both literally and figuratively. And yet there’s so much of that suspense that we can be conscious to, you know. Conscious about and it can be freeing.

Thal:

Yeah. I’m just thinking about it just in closing. I’m just thinking about, um, uh, something that Adrian had mentioned to me just before talking to you. Maybe want to talk about it, about Maslow and, and peak experiences.

Adrian:

Yeah. I, I was reminded by, I think it was an article I read a few years ago about how actually towards the end of his life, you know, some of this never got published, but how Maslow actually he’s, and he’s quite well known for his work on peak experience and he started referring to experiencing those qualities of the peak, the peak quality in the ordinary. So it’s finding it in the mundane and the ordinary. And this was after, I think he had a near death experience that might have actually created some of that perceptual change. Um, is there anything that you could maybe add to that, because you mentioned he was a big influence in your life and here you are actually in the depths of that same lineage of, of work. How can we integrate the peak within the ordinary, mundane world?

Thal:

Especially since he’s just known for the, you know, for that trying, but there’s much more to his work.

Kirk Schneider:

Right the satisfaction of needs and yeah. Self-actualization triangle.

Thal:

Right that one.

Kirk Schneider:

Yeah. Yeah. Well, I’ve always appreciated his notion of peak experience and, uh, I like his direction of seeing the extraordinary in the ordinary. And of course he’s not the only one who’s, who’s looked in that way. Uh, we’ve had many poets and humanists through history who’ve opened to that, seeing the power in that, uh, I guess one of my concerns with peak experiences that it could be seen as a kind of fleeting high sort of the quick high. I distinguished between what I call the quick-boil version of awe and the slow simmer by awe, by the way, I mean the humility and wonder or sense of adventure toward living. So I think we’ve got a fair amount of the quick-boil, um, but we really need to work on more than lifetime cultivation and the more complex sense of the awesome that includes you know, sorrow and anxiety, some of the real difficult parts of life as well. It’s, that’s a part of what intensifies real living in my view. But how do cultivate extraordinary in the ordinary? Again, I believe it’s to practice and it’s a lot about what you notice. Taking time to notice the details let’s say of another person. The subtleties of your interaction was with someone else, maybe their story and noticing and discovering the details of their story, the many layers, all the different influences that go into them becoming them. Um, from a macro perspective, it’s being able to see how we’re all connected to something larger than ourselves. Participating in this great journey of, you know, the earth whirling around the sun 67,000 miles per hour, and the solar system or the galaxy apparently moving through the universe at 1.2 million miles per hour, we’re all part of this, this spaceship. And if we can kind of get that attunement at points, we’re in touch with that bigger picture, it can be so gratifying. I call a number of, of these ways of cultivating awe, “lenses of awe”, I don’t know if you’ve seen descriptions of that, but, if one could attempt to engage or sharpen one’s awareness, like almost like picking up lenses and seeing through the lens of the passing nature of time in life. For example, we’re seeing through the lens of wonder and surprise, can you be open at this very moment for something different to happen? Something that you discover. Can you allow yourself to be surprised, even though you’re going to that same old class or you’re reading that same old book, or you seeing that same old person so easy for us to get into these slots? Right? Well, it doesn’t have to be the same old, same old depending on our attitude or approach something fresh can happen and you can bring that something for you can help to bring something fresh to the moment too. Can you see through the lens of again, how we’re connected to something so much more in the moment? Just think about the histories and mysteries that we all bring right now. It’s so much we could explore about each other. Also the amazement of what brings us here, how we’re all children of the cosmos just dropped in. Does that shift our view of ourselves? I think it sheds a lot of the usual categories. Just seeing clothing or you know, a certain look or what have you. Being able to pick up the lens of what I call sentiment. Can you tune into your emotionality when you’re seeing someone else or connecting with something or someone or a place. Travel can be great part of this too, but can you engage that something with more of your whole bodily being especially how you’re feeling. Can you open to your feeling when you’re with that person or thing. The capacity to be alone, the Lens of Solitude. I think that’s really big. It’s bigger than we have granted in our culture because so much is cut against being alone, we’re so tethered, you know, often to our iPads or iPhones, we always have to have stimulation. How do you help to create or co-create a sense of awe, unless there’s some capacity to bear feelings to bear parts of ourselves that are unsettling.

Adrian:

Yeah. I just feel they need to also mention here we are talking and technology is actually mediating our encounter with you. And so again, without being dogmatic, I think it’s, it’s beautiful that we can see how these things can actually live together. You know, we’re both sitting here, you’re, you’re in California and we’re in Canada and yet there’s a transmission here, right. Our bodies experience things in this conversation that…

Thal:

Even energetically I can feel it.

Kirk Schneider:

Yeah, sure, sure. You just proved my whole thesis. Yeah. I mean it’s just, it’s a great irony in it. It’s why we need to be careful about being dogmatic. I think, uh, a lot of questions can be raised about whether there are significant differences between coming across on the screen and actually living and breathing with each other in person. I would advocate that there are, but, uh, I think all these things need to be explored much more. Yeah. I mean, it’s amazing. I recently done a series of lectures to China, to Chinese students too. It’s mind blowing, you know, these thousands of miles and thousands of miles of cultural difference too. There’s some bridges being created and actual, as you say, energy exchanges that I felt. I couldn’t see all of the students. I saw some of them on the screen. And what do we do with that? So you’re right, that is part of the awesome too. Or can be, I think the problem is, comes in, uh, when things are overly programmed, when they’re preset. when, uh, you know, they’ve got an algorithm or when it’s a calculative mode, let’s as Heidegger put it: calculated versus meditative. It closes off and when you close off, what can be discovered and what can happen also. You’re sanitizing to some degree and you’re dulling the potential for radical awe, you know, for our fuller relationship to the mystery of being. And I think that’s the danger. So how do we be careful about closing off our ways of interacting and communicating in laboratory-like settings. That don’t permit greater possibility. Yeah.

Adrian:

Kirk, that’s wonderful. Yeah let’s bring this to an end here. I’m just mindful of your time. Um, but I do want..

Kirk Schneider:

It was wonderful.

Thal:

Thank you so much. That was amazing. Thank you.

#16: Depth Hypnosis with Isa Gucciardi

Relying on our human will can only take us so far. There comes a time in our life when we have to surrender the mind and allow the soul’s path to unfold naturally. On this episode, we explore the unseen powers of nature with Isa Gucciardi. Isa has spent over 30 years studying spiritual, therapeutic, and meditative techniques from around the world. She has worked with master teachers of Buddhism, Christianity, Judaism and Sufism, as well as expert Shamanic practitioners from the indigenous traditions of Hawaii, North and South America, Siberia, and Nepal. Isa is the creator of Depth Hypnosis, a therapeutic modality that integrates elements of Shamanic journeying and Buddhist meditation. She guides us through a live Depth Hypnosis journey during the interview *please don’t follow this part while driving, for obvious reasons*. She is the co-founder of the Foundation of the Sacred Stream, a school for consciousness studies in California. They offer courses like Depth Hypnosis, Applied Shamanism, Buddhist Psychology and Integrated Energy Medicine. Isa is the author of two books, Return to the Great Mother and Coming to Peace

Highlights:

  • Experiencing Altered States at an Early Age
  • Live Depth Hypnosis: Guided Power Retrieval
  • Working with Plant Medicines in a Modern World

Resources:

Listen:

Poem Inspired by This Episode

Full Transcript:

Thal

Welcome to the show.

Isa Gucciardi

Thank you. So nice to be here.

Thal

Thank you. Yes.

Adrian

To start things off, we’d love to hear how your spiritual journey began. Um, any sort of particular orientation that you were brought up with that you might want to share with our listeners?

Isa Gucciardi

Well, I think my spiritual journey began as soon as I met trees. Um, I um, was very involved with nature when I was little. I lived in Hawaii and, um, you know, nature there is kind of in your face all the time, you know, you can’t kind of look away from it the way you can when you’re living in a place like New York City or something. And, um, you know, I spent a lot of time outside. I spent a lot of time, you know, with the birds, with the crabs, you know, with the wind. And you know, there was a real solace that I felt in nature. I felt, uh, you know, a real sense of connectedness that I didn’t feel necessarily with human beings. And I think that the question in my mind, arose very, very young, um, you know, how do we bring this peace that’s here in nature into the affairs of humans? You know, like from me, that was such a huge difference between the two worlds that I, you know, it was, it was really a question early on, how do we, how do we bridge these two worlds? So I think, um, you know, in terms of a spiritual tradition, it was definitely nature. That was my first set that offered my first set of teachings. I did, um, because I was in Hawaii and I had a lot of Japanese Hawaiian friends. Um, there were, um, of course the Buddhist temples that you find everywhere in Hawaii. And I used to, you know, try to arrive at my friend’s house just before I knew they were going to temple, so they would invite me. And I like the smell of the tatami mats and I, uh, you know, just love the smell of the incense and I didn’t really receive any particular teachings. They were, it was pure-land Buddhism, which is, you know, a pretty, um, you know, evangelical kind of Buddhism. But, you know, I didn’t know, I didn’t feel exposed necessarily to the teachings that were being offered there. It was more the Zeitgeist of the place, you know, the, the, just the, just the beauty and the, um, and the sort of energy around the Buddhist statues and the altar. The Altars were fascinating to me. And, um, and then the interesting, another interesting spiritual, but not, you know, again, not as powerful as nature was that I was sent to a missionary school. Um, and, and it was a Lutheran school. And the teachings there centered on Jesus as a healer. And, you know, this nice man who took care of the sheep, you know, it was like, you know, like you seem like such a nice guy, you know,I was, you know, and I love the idea that he could, he could heal people. Like that was like this amazing thing that he could put his hands.

Adrian

Sorry Isa we’re missing a little bit of the connection there. Um..

Isa Gucciardi

I don’t know, maybe I moved, are you there?

Adrian

Yes, yes. Yeah. Just the part about, um, uh, Jesus as a healer.

Isa Gucciardi

Yeah he could put his hands on someone and heal them. And it was, that was enthralling to me that, that, you know, that miracles could happen, you know, and that kind of gave me hope, you know, from my idea that, you know, maybe there was going to be some kind of a bridge between nature and human activity that, um, could help people. So those are sort of my early influences. Um, all of them kind of, you know, very independent and, you know, I didn’t have like, again, a lot of proselytization or anything like that. There was no kind of orthodoxy that I had to adhere to or anything like that.

Thal

And so from your earlier experiences with um, uh, nature and this sort of open state of spirituality, how did you first get interested in altered state and shamanic journeying?

Isa Gucciardi

Well, you know, the whole thing about altered states was, um, there was something that was started happening when I was quite young, where I would suddenly kind of be in another reality, you know, and I didn’t talk about this with anyone because I really didn’t know how to talk about it. And I thought that it was normal. Um, and you know, things would kind of slow down. The different light would come and then I would be in sort of connected through nature, you know, it would always happen in nature where there would just kind of be this expansion of awareness, um, this deepening of the peace that I already ….and the thing that I started realizing is that I seem to be more aware of things that other people weren’t aware of. You know, and it wasn’t really until, um, I encountered the theosophists, which I encountered pretty early on, probably around age 10 or 11, I found a book by, um, Blavatsky and, um, she was a channel and I started realizing, oh, maybe this is that, you know, and, and then there was this whole tradition of seances, um, that, that the theosophists were connected to and I thought, oh, that’s interesting. You know, like the, you know, so here’s this, here’s this, uh, sort of container that this thing is happening in. And then I remember, I, um, I had moved all around the world and, um, I came back to go to high school in New Jersey and the, there was really big thing back then. I don’t know if this still happens now, but everyone was always having slumber parties. And in the slumber parties they started doing seances. And I’m like, “Oh, I’m in!” You know, like, you know, it’s, uh, it’s so everyone would go around and, you know, they would, they would say, you know, like they would channel something or, you know, like, you know, and, and I just went ahead and did what I’d been doing in nature by myself for a long time. And there was, everybody started freaking out and I’m like, what’s going on? What’s wrong? You know? And, and I didn’t realize that everybody else was not really tuning into anything. And what I was tuning into was like super accurate for everyone. Like I remember this one girl asked me about her grandmother who had died and wanted to talk to her grandmother. And so I just kind of tuned in and found the grandmother and said all these things. And she started crying and freaking out. And I’m like, uh-oh, what did I do? You know? And, and then I realized, wait a minute, there’s something that other people can’t do, like other people can’t do this and there’s something that I am doing. And, um, and, uh, I, well, the good thing of that, I mean, she was freaked out. We had to calm her down, but the good thing was I became a hot ticket on the slumber party. Yeah.

Adrian

Do me do me! Do me next! [laughing]

Isa Gucciardi

I’d be like, yeah, you know, so, but, but it took me a while. I mean, that was kind of, you know, you know, not the most sacred set and setting for this sort of thing, you know, and, and, um, but my interest in altered states was, was always strong because of this early experience. And my interest in altered states increased over time as I really felt a further disconnection from the way in which people were expressing themselves and what they were saying and what they were actually thinking. You know, like, that was like really obvious to me, you know? And, and it was, um, you know, it was very disorienting. Like, it wasn’t comfortable. Like I didn’t, it made me feel really wary, you know, like that people could lie so much about something, you know, there’d be saying something that wasn’t true. And then thinking this other thing. And it made me feel, you know, like I really didn’t know what to do with all that and it was happening all around me and you know, I, and I didn’t really wound up spending, I mean I’m a very social person on one level, you know, like I like being with people. I think they’re interesting, I like helping people. Um, but I really had to spend a lot of time alone because there that disconnect was something that I was really trying to metabolize. And so I started really getting serious about exploring altered states of awareness. And I started meditating early on, you know, my Buddhist experience early on brought me back to zen and, um, you know, as a teenager and you know, exploring the altered state through meditation was, um, you know, of course very nourishing and yet there was always, um, this experience there I felt was a little stark, especially in Zen. Zen is quite stark. And I mean, I understand why they want to kind of have this kind of flat aesthetic so that you’re not distracted by external things. Like, I understand that the reason for it, but, um, it, you know, I, um, I had spent so much time with nature and with the beauty of nature and all of the changing forms internally of nature and I didn’t really buy into this idea that you shouldn’t have a lot of color and form and sound and light that could be part of the teaching. Right. And I, again, I understand the idea of having this stillness, this spaciousness, this depth of experience that does not contain a lot of other elements to it. And I certainly to this day, I have a practice of shamata, which is the essence of zen meditation where you’re really just focusing into the stillness and spaciousness. But I found it difficult to receive teachings actually. Like I could receive the teachings of the stillness, but if I had specific questions, I, you know, when I went into, when I was in nature as a child, I could ask the trees anything. I mean, they would give me all kinds of information and all kinds of teachings. And some of the most profound teachings I’ve ever received are from plants. And, um, so when I encountered shamanism, which I encountered actually because had moved around so much growing up, I first encountered it, um, it among the wechel ranch hands that took care of this ranch that I got sent to, um, when I wasn’t in school, uh, when we were living in Texas. So I spent a lot of time with those people and you know, they, they were really kind and they would show me, you know, what kinds of plants would you know, be needed for a specific, like if I had a cold or something, they would go out and pick plants with me and show me how to prepare them. And they taught me how to ride horses and they were just generally really kind. And I, and I started realizing these people are making the bridge between humans and nature. Like they were very integrated with nature and um, and the kindness and the sweetness of nature was within them. And that was a big deal for me. And, uh, you know, I tried to understand, you know, where’s this coming from? And they didn’t give me specific teachings in Shamanism, but there was always, you know, a wise, a wise man who would arrive and do ceremonies on the edge of the Mesa. And so I got very intrigued with that. You know, I was like, what is going on here? You know, and, um, and uh, and you know, there was, um, you know, just a real inoculation there. And later, I mean, just a few years later, I started studying pottery techniques. I was really fascinated with pit firing and, uh, the Pueblo Indians just north of that sort of in southern New Mexico, just north of northern Mexico where I’d been, um, that those people were very similar in some ways. Um, in terms of the potters were very connected to nature. You know, we would, we would dig the clay and, you know, we were making offerings to the land, thanking them for the clay. And I’ve got really drawn into shamanic practice like that. That was where it really started, you know, like through art, you know, through, through the exploration of the elements through pottery. I really got drawn into shamanic practice and started studying, you know, I had started studying a lot of different cultures already because I lived all over the world and I was really interested in the way that different cultures brought forward, different aspects of experience. And I really got interested in the way in which shamanic practice correlated with artistic practice in different cultures. And I started studying them more academically and actually got my first degree in cultural and linguistic anthropology and that, you know, cultural anthropology is really an academic study of shamanism. And, um, so I became exposed to the concept of the journey, the way of altering the state of awareness with song, with dance and with sound. And from me, the shamanic journey was just the most natural thing in the world. You know, like, I mean, I had already been doing it, you know, from, since I was two, you know. And I was really enthralled and I worked, um, you know, as a, you know, I mean, you know, I had been doing more and more work with my kind of quote unquote psychic capacities. I worked as a ground, for this pretty famous psychic and, you know, started doing a little bit of channeling on my own. And Michael Harner found out that I was a medium and asked me to do, I was a medium for him for many years and, um, wound up studying with him and he helped formalize some of the knowledge that I had received from working with all these different native Americans, um, in, you know, more of an artistic context but within shamanic practice and, um, that, you know, and then, but there was a way in which Michael was working with the journey, which I thought was, I thought it was great. You know, Michael is amazing person and we have to, we all owe him a great deal of respect because he was an anthropologist that wasn’t looking down on these little brown people that he was studying, which was the main thing that was happening in anthropology even, you know, up into the 70s. Yeah. So, um, uh, you know, I think, you know, the, you know, he was one of the first people who really, truly respected the people he was studying I think. And, or he said he did. You know, a lot of people didn’t say that. And um, so through, um, you know, so, so he, you know, he would teach the journey and you know, and it was interesting the way he was working with it. But in traditional shamanic practice, the journey is designed to establish a relationship with the unseen powers of nature. That’s what the journey is about. It’s a way of opening the worlds so that you can learn how to connect with the unseen forms of nature and then learn how to work with them in order to do things like divination or healing or a ceremony or conflict resolution. These are the kinds of uses that you might find with the journey in a traditional setting. But, um, you know, over time, you know, there was a lot that happened in between that experience and where I’m getting ready to go right now. But I, when I started teaching the journey, I really felt that we needed to work with the tools of the journey in a more modern way. Modern in that the modern psyche, you know, you’re talking about this crisis of meaning, you know, and I think it’s so wonderful that you’re focusing there. And I would love to talk about that forever, but, but one of the big issues with modern people is this crisis of meaning. And you know, you, you there, there is not within western culture, any kind of paradigm about spiritual evolution that is non dogmatic in nature. And, and you know, the real big problem with the spiritual education in the West is, you know, a big part of it is mediated by men who are hurting little boys and little girls. You know, like, so that’s a big issue. You know, there’s like the, the places where people might have gone for some kind of spiritual evolution, you know, really, you know, people could not trust anymore. And, um, and then you go to science with psychotherapy and there’s no discussion. You’re not allowed to talk about spirit. So people are coming with these issues, these crisis of meaning, the spiritual emergencies. And there’s nowhere to go. And, you know, I thought we should be working with the journey to help people understand how to deal with these issues, this sense of betrayal, the sense of loss, this sense of emptiness, this sense of abandonment that people feel, um, as a result of the families and the social structures breaking down that are supposed to support those kinds of inquiries to help people feel connected, whole, uh, useful, able to bring forward their gifts and have them received in a coherent way. You know, like that’s just not happening. So I had been studying Buddhism, you know, since a very young age and within Buddhist practice there is a very powerful form of the Vipassana Meditation that is sort of the next phase of meditation after Shamata where you have this focused inward, uh, attention into this stillness and the spaciousness. And once you attain that, you can then, if you choose, use that space of stillness and s and, and, and quiet to begin to use your mind in a form of inquiry into the nature of something. And this is Vipassana where you bring, this is one form of the Vipassana where you bring a particular issue in to that space that you’ve created and you allow your mind to open it through inquiry. And, um, I thought, let’s use the journey for that. Let’s ask questions that have to do with helping people come back to a sense of wholeness to a sense of meaning. And so we, I started developing this method of questioning that was more Buddhist in nature. Like what is, what is the nature of my creative source for instance, or what, what do I need to know about the relationship with my father in order to be able to form relationships with other men, right. In a whole way. Or, um, you know, what are the circumstances under which this fear that I have in the dark developed, right? So, so those kinds of questions are not the kinds of questions that are typically asked in a traditional shamanic practice, but they are the kinds of questions that might be addressed in a more kind of a broad minded Buddhist practice. So I combined the two. And so when we were teaching the shamanic journey within applied shamanism, it is designed toward personal evolution rather than toward only understanding the forces of nature and asking them to participate in the affairs of humans in a way that is beneficial, which of course I still teach that as well. That’s a big part of the applied shamanism program. But this use of the journey within applied shamanism is unique and I think it’s uniquely suited to the crisis that what you’re calling the crisis of meaning that we’re experiencing in the modern time. So that’s a really long answer to your question, how I become involved with the Shamanic journey. But there you go.

Thal

That was actually amazing. You just answered a few questions that we actually had lined up too in a linear fashion. So it’s just like, thank you. That was an amazing answer.

Isa Gucciardi

Oh, good. I’m glad. It’s helpful.

Adrian

Yeah. And just to see the combination of the, your exposure to Shush Shamanic culture and your Buddhist practice and that merging, you know, which is what I sense was the genesis of your depth hypnosis methodology. Um, could you share a little bit about what depth hypnosis is and perhaps what it’s not and what are some misconceptions people have when they first encounter that?

Isa Gucciardi

Well, the first misconception that people have is that it is not death hypnosis. People often think it’s D-E-A-T-H. It’s D-E-P-T-H hypnosis. And depth hypnosis is not stage hypnosis. Um, it’s not, one of the big issues with hypnosis is actually justified in that, um, people use hypnosis and a kind of performance kind of way to subjugate the will of another person as entertainment. And I mean, this could not be further from the purposes of depth hypnosis. And you find this even in clinical practice, you find hypnotists are drawn to hypnosis because they like the idea that they’re going to have power over someone’s capacity to move in and out of the different states of awareness. And I see this still, I see it frequently. Um, like at conferences, people get off on that idea and um, you know, if I’ve only had a couple of people come through my classes, I guess they didn’t read the fine print well enough thought they could do that kind of thing. And they lasted about an hour in class. Um, so, um, the, uh, the, the point of depth hypnosis is quite different in terms of alignment, which is that the depth hypnosis practitioner aligns with the will of the higher self of the person. They are serving, right? And so there’s this idea of service and it’s this idea of alignment with the highest good of the person that you’re working with. So you really are entering into a very sacred space when you’re entering into the inner world of another person. And with depth hypnosis, we really recognize and honor the privilege that we’ve been granted and work very hard to leave no traces. Uh, you know, I always say you never want to leave any footprints behind when you’ve been working with someone in an altered state. You want whatever their experiences to be felt by them to be arising from them and you want them to be engaged in such a way that they are empowered in the process and not passive. So that’s a big difference with depth hypnosis and other forms of hypnotherapy is that the clients are often passive and in depth hypnosis we seek to involve everyone in their process so that they are more empowered so that they are not depending on someone else ultimately to provide them with meaning about their experience, that they are discovering the meaning of their experience themselves. So this is, this is a very, very basic part of depth hypnosis in terms of orientation and how it is different from other forms of hypnosis. And other forms of hypnotherapy. Um, and then of course within depth hypnosis, there’s a hundred other things that make it different from other forms of hypnosis and hypnotherapy, which is Shamanism in Buddhism. Right? And also the integration of energy medicine, which is at the heart of both shamanic and Buddhist practice. And um, you know, it all takes its seat within the Western clinical practice in transpersonal psychology rather than in clinical psychology because in clinical psychology there really is not this idea that the participation of spirit is part of the therapeutic process. And of course in transpersonal psychology there is definitely the invitation toward the transcendent to participate in the therapeutic experience. And so depth hypnosis takes its place within that seat of western therapeutic practice because we are definitely always working with the transcendent and helping the person try to understand what their relationship is to this deeper place within them, where their deeper experience is held and that deeper experience is going to have the solution to whatever the symptom they are trying to address with the therapeutic process and working with depth hypnosis, helping a person move into an altered state of awareness generally through suggestions for relaxation helps them access that transcendent aspect of themselves that in Buddhism is called Buddha-nature. This aspect of the self that is compassionate kind wise or in Shamanic practice would be referred to as core power, the part of them that is connected to their creative sources in a powerful way. And um, and in through the connection with that part of the self, then the issues that lie in the symptoms that are creating problems such as fear of flying or binge eating or too much alcohol consumption or anxiety or kind of obsessive kinds of mental processes or chronic fatigue or any of the different layers or layers of experience that the symptoms might be manifesting on. They are assisted and brought to resolution by helping the person move into this altered state of awareness where they encounter this transcendent part of themselves. And then they also encounter the roots and sources of the symptoms that they have come into the therapeutic process to heal.

Thal

Um, so speaking of the experiential and practical side of things, um, I don’t know, are you open to maybe take us and our listeners through a live journey of depth hypnosis or a sample? A taste?

Isa Gucciardi

Sure.

Thal

Okay. Cool.

Isa Gucciardi

Do you want to do that now?

Adrian

Yeah that would be great!

Isa Gucciardi

Let’s, um, let’s do that process that I talked about where you’re connecting with your Buddha nature or in depth hypnosis, we call it the part of yourself that has only your highest good as its sole intent. And the reason we use that phraseology is because it’s neutral, right? It’s like if somebody hears Buddha nature, they’re like, oh no, somebody is trying to proselytize me.

Thal

Yes, yes.

Isa Gucciardi

Or if they hear helping spirit, which is the words that are often used in Shamanic practice and connecting with Shamanic teachers through the journey, then they hear the word spirit and they get really allergic. Really fast.

Thal

Spooked out.

Isa Gucciardi

Right. Exactly. It’s good. Right. So we use this, this phrase, the part of yourself that has only your highest good as its sole intent because that allows anyone to access the transcendent within them in a way that has meaning for them, right? So that’s what we’ll be doing right now. So just allowing yourself to get settled, noticing all the places where the surface do you meets different parts of your body. And as you do, just noticing where your breath is, noticing as you breathe in, where your breath goes. And noticing as you breathe out where your breath goes. And just becoming aware of the way in which your breath is like a bridge between your outer world and your inner world. And just allowing yourself with each breath to draw a bit closer into your inner world, into that place where everything that you’ve ever known or felt or sensed or dreamed or imagined is recorded. And as you come into this place, just knowing that we’re here today to connect with a part of yourself that has only your highest good as its sole intent and which you may experience through any of your senses, or you may sense, for instance, hearing this part of yourself, you may see this part of yourself. You may feel this part of yourself and just knowing that it may take any form that has meaning to you, such as an animal or a plant, or a person, or a light or a sound, or a mythic or angelic being. And just allowing yourself for now, however, to just return to your breath and as you do, just allowing yourself to sense or feel or imagine that as you breathe in that you can draw a sense of relaxation that you may have noticed is a rising all around you and just allowing yourself on your next breath to bring that sense of relaxation up into your head and face. Just letting the muscles, your eyes and jaw let go of any tension they might be carrying and feeling that same relaxation flowing down into your neck and throat, down into your shoulders, your arms and hands. And on your next breath I’m wondering if you can sense or feel or imagine that same relaxation filling your lungs and just noticing how your heart feels is that relaxation flows throughout your chest, down into your belly, bathing all of your organs of digestion and elimination and reproduction in a soothing bath of relaxing energy and just feeling that same relaxation flowing down through your hips, down to your legs, all the way down to your feet. And on your next breath, I’m wondering if you can sense or feel or imagine that that relaxation has created a star or Sun at the base of your skull. And I’m wondering if you can sense or feel or imagine that star or Sun radiating throughout your mind, harmonizing your brainwaves and just noticing that is your mind. Relax. Your body feels even more relaxed and that as your body relaxes, your mind feels even more relaxed. And just noticing the connection between your mind and your body as you allow that relaxation to flow down your spine, vertebra by vertebra, relaxing all the nerves and muscles in your back, all the way down to the base of your skull, down through your bottom and down through the back of your legs, all the way to your feet again. And I’m wondering if you might notice now that you’re so filled with this relaxation that it could actually be coming out of the pores of your skin and surrounding you in a cocoon or a cloud of soothing, relaxing energy and as you feel supported in this way. I’m wondering if you can sense or feel or imagine there’s a staircase here before you and that staircase leads to the place within you where you’ll encounter this part of yourself that has only your highest good as its sole intent and which you may experience through any of your senses in any form that has meaning to you. So just allowing yourself now as I count from 10 to one to travel along the staircase knowing that when we reach one you’ll be in the place where you’ll be very close or in the presence of this part of yourself that has only your highest good as its sole intent. So 10 just finding your feet on the stair, noticing if the stairs made of wood or stone or some other material. Nine feeling your hand on something like a guard rail and a knowing that you have complete control over this process and that you can come back to the surface at any time if you’re uncomfortable for any reason, but seven knowing that you can actually go quite deeply because you do want to understand this part of yourself that has only your highest good as its sole intent better. Six, just allowing all of your inner senses to open quite widely. Now five, your inner sense of taste, touch and smell, your inner sense of sight and hearing that especially that sixth sense of just knowing, allowing them all to open quite widely for as you focus now on a place perhaps in nature where you have felt comfortable and at peace. Three, knowing that you can trust the impressions that you’re receiving as you focus even more intently on this place, perhaps in nature where you felt comfortable and at peace. Two, knowing that you can allow your conscious mind with any doubt or fear to simply rest as you focus even more intently on this place. Perhaps in nature where you have felt comfortable and at and one, just allowing yourself now as you get to the end of the stair to step out into this place, this place perhaps in nature where you have felt comfortable and at peace and as you do just taking a deep breath and noticing the particular odour of this place and allowing that smell to bring you into even deeper contact with it. Noticing the quality of the light, listening for any sounds and just noticing if the wind is still on your cheek or if there’s a breeze and just letting yourself rest here. Noticing perhaps for the first time in a long time how much this place is a part of you and how much you’re apart of this place. Just finding yourself in that connection, resting, noticing all of the different qualities of this place. Just noticing with all of your senses, if there’s any particular aspect of this place that’s drawing your attention more strongly than others and just allowing your attention to be drawn to the place that’s drawing your attention most strongly and allowing all of your senses to move to that place. You may be being drawn to a plant or an animal or a light or a sound, or perhaps even a mythic or angelic being, or perhaps even a person or some other form that has meaning for you here and as your attention is drawn to that place, focus all of your senses there and ask this question, would you be willing to guide me and protect me? Would you be willing to guide me and protect me and listening knowing that you may receive that answer with any of your senses. You may hear the answer as a verbal message. You may experience the answer is a telepathic message. There may be a knowing or there may be some action on the part of this potential guide for you or there may be a change in the environment that would indicate the answer to this question. Would you be willing to guide me and protect me and as you receive this answer, if the answer is yes, you can simply become aware of the different qualities of this guide, the nature of its power, its personality, and if the answer is no, don’t worry. There’ll be another opportunity to connect. Just allowing yourself now to rest in this answer and just bringing this answer, this connection back with you. Now as you come back gently to the surface, I’ll count from one to 10 and as I do one, just allowing yourself to return along the same path that you came. Two, knowing that you can return here at any time. Three, and feeling the connection with this part of yourself that has only your highest good as its sole intent, growing stronger. Four, and deep. Five, with each number. Six, as you come back closer to the surface. Seven, feeling this surface under you. Again, Eight. And when you’re ready, just stretching a bit. Nine. And when you’re ready, just opening your eyes and 10 you’ll be back in the room remembering everything.

Thal

Wow. That was amazing. Thank you.

Isa Gucciardi

You’re welcome. And maybe just take a minute to review your experience so you can kind of integrated a bit and you know, your listeners may want to go ahead and write down their experience while it’s fresh.

Thal

Mm hmm. The thing that stands out for me is, um, for a moment I felt like different pieces of my life sort of came together and I, you know, I mean, I don’t want to interpret or anything, but just, just wanted to share that.

Isa Gucciardi

That’s wonderful. You might want to really explore that further. Yes, yes. And what the meaning of that might be. Um, because you know, one of the things that, um, you know, this is actually a Shamanic process. It’s an adaptation of the Shamanic journey. And you know, this is typical of depth hypnosis. What it does is it brings Shamanic and Buddhist and energy medicine and hypno-therapeutic processes into an everyday conversation so that people can access, um, deeper parts of themselves in order to heal more deeply. And what you just described, different parts of yourself coming together or different parts of your experience coming together. This, from a Shamanic perspective would be, an expected effect of a power retrieval and the shamanic journey is a power retrieval in that it is helping the person connect with power within themselves in order to be able to feel more whole. So you kind of just had that experience. Yeah.

Adrian

Yeah. Thank you. That was such a beautiful journey. I want to ask, because you mentioned, you know, even for listeners if they want to pause and take notes, what would you advise to do after an experience like that? Or maybe what would you advise against? Um, can you do it wrong? What, what, when, you know, in terms of beginner mistakes that when one starts to journey this way.

Isa Gucciardi

Um, well if you follow the, the, the process that I prescribed is this very hard to like do something wrong. Um, but one of the things that can happen, um, is that sometimes when people start to go inward for the first time, they may encounter issues that they had kind of been keeping it at arm’s length. And so sometimes people will feel a little anxious or something like that. And I always recommend when people start feeling that at the beginning of the process. If that happens for you, then you would, you know, one thing that I would say is let that anxiousness just rest for a little while because we are going to connect with a form of power that’s going to help you with that anxiousness. If you can just let it rest, you’re going to get some help with it. So if that happened for someone, you know, there’s a little bit of advice. And then in terms of, um, what would be the next, the next steps, you know, you probably need a little bit of guidance but you can connect back with that teacher. You can follow the same path that you took and you can ask a question. And, um, this is one of the things that we focus on extensively in the shamanic journey class is how to form questions and how to interpret answers. And, but for now, just try to stay with a one part question and that doesn’t begin with why. And, um, just go ahead and follow that same path back to this teacher. Ask Your question and then again, allow for the emerging of the answer in a variety of ways. Again, there may be a telepathic or verbal message. There may be a visceral experience. There may be an action on the part of the teacher and you may have to interpret it. Um, and I, you know, there is on the, on the website there’s going to be a class coming up specifically for distance learners. Um, we have time zone experiences that are suited for everyone around the world now and, um, that’ll be coming up in August, but we’ll also be teaching the Shamanic journey on Pacific time. Um, so if that’s not too onerous for someone living life, for instance in Toronto, that’s not too hard. Um, you can tune in distance learning to the live class and you can get more instruction and guidance on posing questions and interpreting answers. And also I’ll be teaching a class on dreams coming up very shortly, um, online and in that class I spend a lot of time helping people understand how to interpret their dreams, which is a very similar process to interpreting the experience in the shamanic journey. So that would be a place where people could also get some insight on interpretation. So, um, you know, I think that the other thing that I think is really important, um, is to really like as you’re falling asleep at night or waking up in the morning to just connect with this part of yourself just as a, as a way of deepening the bond with it and becoming aware of it in your daily life. Um, a lot of times what I like to do after doing a power retrieval for someone is to give them a little present, like a stone or you know, um, you know, a leaf or some other form of nature that they can kind of just keep in their pocket. Um, and then when they touch it in their pocket, they remember the connection and that helps integrate this sense of guidance and protection into your everyday life and it changes the way you are in the world, you know. Um, and one last thing that I would say not to do is I wouldn’t like when you’re working in this way, um, it’s important to know who you’re talking to before you talk about your experience. You know, in Buddhism there’s this concept, you know, having the ears to hear and eyes to see, you know, I wouldn’t like, you know, talk about this deep connection that you have with your guide, you know, to a bunch of drunk people, you know, I get why they probably wouldn’t be able to appreciate it and it might drain the power, you know? So here’s a thought.

Thal

Yeah. And along those lines too, like, um, I was thinking, um, you know, you had mentioned that sometimes these types of journeying brings up, um, uh, things that people have kept in the shadows, sort of. So maybe to have self compassion and not to have lots of expectations when doing these steps of journeying and maybe if someone needs to seek a therapist or a counsellor or even a friend to process that, that’s important too.

Isa Gucciardi

Great idea. Excellent idea. And you know, there’s a lot of depth hypnosis practitioners that work on the phone and you can find them at a DepthHypnosisPractitioners.org If you find like you want more help, you know, there’s, and there’s also applied shamonic practitioners that are available as well at AppliedShamanism.org.

Thal

Amazing. Okay. Um, there’s this question that have been sitting with really even before the interview. Um, I know you touched upon it a little bit earlier when you mentioned, um, the connection between Buddhism, Shamanism, anthropology, modernity, academia. Um, the question of what shamanism means has been coming up a lot lately, I’ve noticed. There’s a lot of discussion on the Internet, um, you know, uh, issues of cultural appropriation and what not. So, um, uh, what are your thoughts around that issue?

Isa Gucciardi

Um, well, the definition of Shamanism, the basic thing about Shamanic practice is that it is a method for understanding the wisdom of the earth and for bringing the unseen powers that are contained in the forms of nature into the affairs of humans. That is the essential definition of Shamanism. The word ‘Shaman’ is actually a Mongolian language the Tongas word, which means “he or she who knows”. And of course what the person knows is how the world of the unseen affect the world of the scene and how the world of the seen affects the world of the unseen. And so that the Shaman is always moving back and forth across what most people experience as a kind of divide. But, um, from the Shaman, those kinds of divides the, the veil between the seen and the unseen is very thin and, um, you know, the veil between life and death is very thin. You know, these. Um, so there’s this, you’re working constantly with the forces of nature to deepen your own understanding of these forces and to understand how to work with them again, to serve the community and things like divination or conflict-mediation or healing. And, um, this is what I’ve just described is true of all Shamanic practices across the world.

Thal

Yes.

Isa Gucciardi

And, um, you might find different kinds of cultural settings because of the climate. Or the nature of the land where the practice is, is done. Um, uh, or, um, you know, there may be certain types of rituals or ceremonies that are different in one place than another, but the actual underlying energetic experience is similar across the globe. And this is because the earth is the teacher and all Shamanic practitioners are learning from the earth in their own particular setting and their own particular way. But the teachings are very similar that emerge in different parts of the earth. And yet there are some areas of the earth that provide specific types of teachings. Like, you know, there may be some areas on the earth that where there’s a lot of teaching about the intelligence of plants and there may be another place on the earth where the earth is teaching about life and death. You know there’s many different courses that the earth offers in terms of..

Thal

Contextual courses.

Isa Gucciardi

Right, right, exactly. So, and you know, in terms of cultural appropriation, you know, the earth belongs to all beings and all beings have not only the right, but the responsibility to learn to listen to the earth and to bring the earth into their hearts and to allow the earth to bring her into the her heart in order to learn. And, you know, there’s different, um, again, cultural settings that you could access like a cultural ceremony, like a Sundance where you can access the teachings of the earth through that ceremony that is particular to that particular cultural setting. Um, but, you know, you would need to be invited in order to use that access point, you would need to have the permission of the peoples who have set up that access point.

Thal

An initiation of sorts?

Isa Gucciardi

Well, you know, to be brought through an initiation or just, you know, have permission to be nearby, right? And I think that if, you know, I think that, um, you know, it’s important to respect different access points that are held in different cultures. Um, and you know, certainly it’s important for a person who’s interested in Shamanic practice to develop their own relationship with the helping spirits of nature and to, and to understand why they are doing that and how they’re doing that in their own way. It doesn’t have to be through a cultural context. And certainly in applied shamanism, I’m quite specific about stripping cultural trappings from the practices. And the reason that I do that is because I’m trying to bring these practices into the modern time and make them as relevant as possible to the problems of modern people. But I’m also very careful not to try to use any kind of practice that is part of a cultural setting that I don’t have the permission to use. So I’m never worried about cultural appropriation because I’m very clean in the way that I work, um, you know, I have a respect for all Shamanic practices that are working within the light. And, um, I think that, uh, um, I certainly understand how people in certain cultural environments would be upset to have people coming in from the outside and trying to kind of consume their spiritual practices. And I do think that’s inappropriate, but I, at the same time, I think it’s important for people to understand that the earth belongs to all of us and we do have that responsibility to respect and honor her. And what better way to learn how to do that than to learn from the unseen powers that she holds within her and Shamanic practice is offers a pathway to that learning.

Adrian

Isa, it’s been such a rich conversation. I want to bring this to a close with sort of a two part question. Um, on the one hand, we’re experiencing this renaissance of the psychedelic interest in exploration and healing. I want to hear your thoughts and what you’re excited about and perhaps what you’re concerned about with this trend. And maybe just to along with that question is what is your vision of the future of consciousness exploration and healing?

Isa Gucciardi

Well I think that the, you know, in terms of the renewed interest in psychedelics, I think it’s a wonderful, um, and I also think that again, it comes with responsibilities and, um, I think that it’s important, um, to not approach a psychedelic plants or psychotropic plants with the kind of consumer attitude. Like what can you do for me kind of attitude. I think it’s important to enter into the realm of the plants from a place of respect and to remember that within Shamanic practice, the work with plants is very broad. It doesn’t only focus on psychotropic plants, the, the use of plants in all Shamanic cultures for healing is a specialized area of study for Shamanic practitioners. And understanding the broader intelligence of plants from that context is very important before you even begin to think about the realms of being that the psychotropic plants open to the practitioner or, and so I think we have to keep it, you know, the exploration of psychotropic plants well seated within traditional Shamanic practice that includes the broader intelligence of plants. So this is very, very important. Um, and I think that, uh, uh, of course the pitfalls are many because you have people who are facilitating plant circles that may not have this deeper understanding, may not have their intentionality as clear as it might be. But I think, you know, if you, if you do due diligence and you understand that the nature of the facilitator, the kind of education and intention they have, excuse me. Um, and let me just get a little drink of water. Thank you. Um, and if you are sincere in your own seeking, like I wouldn’t just drop into a plant circle off the street. I would make it part of a larger spiritual inquiry, to be very clear on what your intentionality is in engaging with the plants and to set an intention to receive teachings and to a particular area of your life that needs healing or clarity and, to set your intention in that way. I mean, the plants will do what they’re going to do, but by, by having the discipline to open yourself to places where the plant might best assist you is important. And also, I think it’s important after the experience to spend some time integrating what you have learned and to really not engage with psychotropic plants until again, until you have integrated what you have learned. And you know, in the plant medicine insight integrations program that we have as part of our Applied Shamanism program here at the sacred stream, we teach people how to facilitate, uh, you know, sessions beforehand that are Depth Hypnosis or Shamanic counselling in nature to help people focus and sessions afterwards to help people integrate. And I think this is really key and really fundamental to working with the plants to be working in this larger, larger context. Um, and you know, I think, you know, for me, I’m always concerned about the depletion of the plants and I think that we need to create farms. We need to create sustainable practices of harvesting and we need to keep front and center how incredibly lucky we are to be able to have access to this wisdom and to protect it’s access with our respect and, um, with our practice.

Thal

It’s like we need more wisdom to actually access wisdom traditions in some ways.

Isa Gucciardi

In some ways, that’s true. Yeah, and actually that’s, you just said what I do [laughing]. Here’s the tools. Like let’s try them on, let’s use them. Where did they take us? What did we learn?

Thal

Right, right, right.

Isa Gucciardi

Yes. Very important. Very, very insightful comment there.

Thal

Thank you.

Adrian

Thank you so much for today. We’re going to provide all those links for listeners to access the programs, Sacred Stream, and thanks for the guided journey. That was wonderful.

Thal

Yes. That was amazing. Thank you.

Isa Gucciardi

You’re so welcome. It’s such a pleasure. I’m so inspired by your dedication to the work. Congratulations.

Thal

Thank you so much. Thank you.

#14: Spiritual Inclusion with El-Farouk Khaki

The concept of spiritual inclusion becomes an important lifeboat for minority individuals who struggle to reconcile their expressions of identity be it sexuality or gender with their religious beliefs. Not everyone wants to throw the baby with the bath water.  Today’s guest self-identifies as a spiritual activist and places spiritual inclusion at the forefront of his cause. 

On this episode, we are joined by El-Farouk Khaki, a refugee and immigration lawyer, public speaker and human rights activist. We explore the toxicity of dogma and how religion can be used as a form of spiritual violence. El-Farouk shares with us his vision for a more inclusive and tolerant Islam. In 1991, El-Farouk founded Salaam: Queer Muslim Community and in 2009, he co-founded the El-Tawhid Juma Circle, Toronto Unity Mosque. El-Farouk speaks publicly on issues including Islam, LGBTIQ and human rights, refugees, race, politics and HIV. He has served in diverse capacities in groups and boards including Africans in Partnership against AIDS, The 519, & the Canadian Ethnocultural Council. He has received numerous awards for his work in spiritual activism and social justice. He is currently working on his first book exploring issues of sexuality, social justice and spirituality.

Highlights:

  • Spiritual Abuse and Violence
  • The Need for more Inclusion and Tolerance in Contemporary Islam
  • Sufi Practices

Resources:

Listen:

An Original Poem Inspired by This Episode

Full Transcript

Thal:                 

El Farouk, welcome to the show!

El Farouk:         

Thank you. Nice to be here.

Adrian:             

Actually, I wanted to ask you right off the bat is the meaning of your name and how to properly pronounce your name?

El Farouk:         

I pronounce, my name as El Farouk, but I think it’s proper pronunciation would be more like El Farook, and it comes from the Arabic word ‘furqan’ for criterion. El Farouk is the one who can tell right from wrong.

Adrian:             

It sounds like an appropriate name.

El Farouk:        

It is sometimes burdensome.

Thal:                 

Yeah, I hear you there when the name is like, you know, there is a lot of expectations.

El Farouk:         

Absolutely. It has forced me to always measure my actions or my omissions with this premise that I have this capacity or this ability to distinguish what I’m doing and whether it’s correct or incorrect or appropriate or inappropriate.

Thal:                 

We’d like to start maybe with your early experiences with spirituality and religion, maybe spiritual orientation and childhood, if any. Sort of…how did you end up doing what you’re doing?

El Farouk:         

My family is Muslim and Islam has always been a very important part of our identity as a marker and also as a practice. My family is of Indian origin, but we are from East Africa, so we are … and my family’s historical roots are as a small Shiite community. So we are a minority within a minority, within a minority. So I grew up, I was born and spent the first seven, eight years of my life in east Africa, which is predominantly black. The majority of the black folk were Muslim, are Sunni. So we’re at diasporic, immigrant origin and Brown, Muslim, but not even majority – a Shia minority, Shia community. Maybe at that time I didn’t quite didn’t understand that, but I think over the years we left when I was about eight years old and lived in England, and then moved to Canada and to Vancouver specifically.

 I grew up basically with very limited sort of Muslims around me. You know, if we would go to our places of worship there were Muslims there, but most of them kind of looked like me. My day to day life was really not connected to those people. I grew up with people of all skin colors, all racial backgrounds, and all religious backgrounds. When we first landed in Canada, we were in Toronto for 10 days, and the first religious celebration was at a syngogue. That’s the kind of background that I came from and my family was very open and inclusive when it came to diversity in terms of race and religion. One thing that was always present was this notion of a spirituality.

 That religion wasn’t just about ritual, but it was about spirituality, which I understand as connection and connectivity and often spirituality is understood as a connection between an individual and the divine or to a higher power. I think that for me, part of my evolution has been this notion of spirituality that actually connects you to other human beings and to the rest of creation. The tradition that I grew up in didn’t necessarily embrace that or integrate that. That has also been a fed by my politics, my anti-oppression work, as an activist, as a lawyer who represents refugees, people fleeing persecution. Most of the folks I represent are either queer folk or women fleeing some kind of gender or domestic violence kind of a situation. My notion of spirituality started to evolve that it needed to address all of these injustices. It wasn’t just simply enough just to feel connected to some higher or some divine power, but it had to be transformative. It had to be transformative for me, but it also, someone had to transform my relationship to the world around me. I often call myself the accidental activist because I didn’t often find spaces that I found wholesome like that embraced the fullness of who I was. I would walk into, I would be an activist circles, but they didn’t have the spirituality or you know, you’d walk into political circles and you know they talk the talk but they didn’t really understand intersectionality and so on and so forth. A lot of times, I was in these spaces and going, but there’s more, there’s more, there’s more. And so in 1991, I started Salaam here in Toronto.

Toronto was the first time that I met other Muslims or other people who were Muslim identified and who are also queer and or involved in anti-oppression, social justice and human rights work. Salaam was my attempt to create a social support network for lesbian and gay Muslims because this was back in the nineties and you didn’t really talk about the bi- or the trans- stuff back then. At that time I wasn’t even ready to deal with the theology. I didn’t feel that I had the, the material, the capacity to deal with that. That has been part of my own sort of growth and my journey. I have even come to this conclusion that a lot of our social justice movements and our political movements are unsuccessful because they don’t actually embrace our spirituality and the notion of our own transformation as we are working to transform the world around us.

If you’re starting out as a hollow vessel, how can you fill anything else and so this, entrenched me even further into seeking a spiritual connection that embraced all of these sort of different elements of myself, which includes, you know, being a social activist and a human rights advocate.

Adrian:             

Yeah. Beautiful connection to, we did an episode with Andrew Harvey recently and he coined the term, I believe, sacred activism. And so looking at activism that’s not divorced from a spiritual connection, you know, sort of fueled by spiritual practice in something that is acknowledging the mystery that is also underneath all the great work that’s coming out of the activism but not forgetting that there is that connection that you’re pointing towards. How did the first few years go for you when Salaam was created, I’m really curious, the early challenges, what were some of the big obstacles when you had the idea to actually opening the doors?

El Farouk:         

The challenges were multilayered. Technology was a challenge, right? This was back in the early nineties. Not everybody, there was no cell phones and you know, people had these little answering machines at home that you had to press and play and you couldn’t retrieve them from somewhere else and so on. At one point we had a contact list of about 60 to 80 people and you had to phone each one of them in order to tell them about some activity or some event that you were hosting. There were people with varying degrees of outness and different living situations, you would have a note attached to the phone number as to what you could say and who you could say it to, and you know, you couldn’t leave on the message and so on and so forth.

That was a technological and an outreach. First of all, how do you let people know. What media do you actually use in order to get the word out? How do you keep in contact and how do you inform people, especially people who are sort of scattered and at various sort of different levels of autonomy. People living at home, people not out and all of that sort of stuff. Those were some of the challenges. I think one of the ongoing challenges is the toxicity of institutionalized religion. A lot of people have given up on their spirituality because religion has been such a toxic influence in their life. For me, that never works, I’ve never been able to do that.

 Never wanted to do that and always believed that I didn’t need to do that. Sometimes when you’re organizing these kinds of spaces and you’re reaching out to people and people don’t actually want to know about the space or don’t actually want to even walk into the space because they’ve got so many barriers to it. I think that ends up creating a lot of disconnect like a spiritual schizophrenia, if you will. I think that a lot of our issues that we face are that people have disconnected not just from religion but also from spirituality because often spirituality is vested in a religious tradition or in a religious path. When that spirituality has been stripped away, all your left with is religious toxicity. So even convincing people that this might be a safe space or a healing space for them to try to connect their histories and their stories and that they don’t have to make a choice. It continues to be a challenge even, even now.

Thal:                

 How do you reconcile that … because people who find themselves identifying in sort of alternative identities find themselves either having, especially those who are brought up in the institutional patriarchal and monotheistic traditions find themselves either having to throw the baby with the bath water or become paralyzed in dogma. How, how can they reconcile?

El Farouk:         

Oh dear, that’s a heavy question. I think that’s a journey that everybody has to take. I think that in some traditions there has been some opening up. We see that happening in, and I don’t think it’s just a problem with monotheism because you see it in non-monotheistic traditions as well. Whether you look at Buddhism and Hinduism, they’re also often plagued by dogma and by misogyny. I was in Bali and every Hindu temple had huge signs that prohibited people who menstruated from entering.

You know and I was shocked because despite all of the, the menstro-phobia in Islam or in Muslim communities, I’ve never seen a sign like that on any mosque. Yet, here are these Hindu temples, and we have this notion that Hinduism is so inclusive and so embracing with female gods and so on and so forth that you wouldn’t encounter this and yet, lo and behold, here it is. I think that everybody has to go through that journey. Certainly, like if you look in the West, the geopolitical north or however you wanna define it, certainly some Christian traditions have been grappling with some of the issues around gender and sexual diversity for some time. there are both internal and external influences and pressures in Islam today that tell us that Islam is a monolith. Even the people who have been oppressed by this notion still cling to this notion that there is only a singular ahistorical Islam.

 Which is actually counter-intuitive even to the whole message of the Quran and even to the symbolism in the Quran, right? I mean Allah in the Quran is constantly telling us to look at nature and to the passage of time and to the cycles of nature and the moon and so on and so forth, which integrates change and growth and development as being integral to the religious experience. Yet the religion itself, supposedly we are now being told is unchanging and unresponsive. It doesn’t respond at all. We are supposed to conform to this. Yet who defines what this is? It is certainly not us who defines it.

Adrian:             

I remember you bringing up the term spiritual abuse, spiritual violence. I think it was in a Ted talk you did. Could you elaborate what you mean by that? I love the wording because it seems so appropriate.

El Farouk:         

I heard the expression spiritual activism a few years ago from a friend of mine, a gay man from Jamaica who described him as being a spiritual activist. I went “bing” you know, and ended up talking to him about it and sort of started to sort of identify with that term myself. The notion of spiritual violence for me is how religion or spirituality is actually used as a weapon against certain kinds of people. For those of us who may not conform because of our views around gender or because of our sexual orientation or our gender identities or expression or just our politics.

Right and how religion under the guise of spirituality…and I think, you know, contemporary Islam is kind of really devoid of spirituality. It’s been reduced to a set of do’s and don’ts. And if you do this, then you’re Muslim enough. And if you don’t do this, then you’re not Muslim enough. And that’s violence, right? Because who is determining this…this who is judging this? In the Sufi path and in Islamic tradition we have the 99 most beautiful names of God. God is the judge, not you, not me, not somebody else. There’s a whole body of tradition and literature that dates back to the Prophet that talks even about diversity of opinion and practice even at the time of the Prophet. All of these narratives are, you know, unpopular to the contemporary discourse and so they’re pushed aside, they’re not discussed and they’re marginalized, because they’re just not convenient. The whole idea of spiritual abuse is how religion is used to bludgeon us rather than to liberate our hearts.

Thal:                 

There are so many layers to this. I’m thinking also about the psychological layer. For people to be so complacent and to just download and accept and not question is one layer. Then there is the just the black and white way of thinking. It seems like if there is no spirituality, then people have no sort of direction of growth. There is no spiritual growth, then there is no psychological growth, and so then there’s no emotional growth. I really don’t know where I’m going with this but…it’s it’s paralyzing.

El Farouk:         

There’s a whole notion of being unworthy. I was recently talking to a friend of mine who comes from a South Asian Muslim background and I said, do you celebrate Eid? She said to me I don’t practice and so I don’t think I deserve to celebrate Eid. So I said to celebrate Christmas? What makes you worthy to celebrate that? Right. It’s really so interesting how people compartmentalize, you know, and so she can’t celebrate Eid because she doesn’t fast, but she’s got a Christmas tree and you know,

Thal:                 

Maybe also the notion of the Divine as, you know, someone up there that’s going to zap you. Yeah. You’re not worthy of connecting to that God is also problematic and psychological and spiritual abuse too.

El Farouk:         

Now we get into language around decolonizing and decolonizing our faith tradition because the notion of God anthropomorphized into a male human form is not something that’s actually intrinsic to Islam, right? Even the word Allah has no gender, even though Arabic is such a gendered language. The word itself has no gender. It’s an irregular word formation. The notion of God as male is not something that comes intrinsically from Islamic theology, right? Maybe it’s part of our colonial legacy. Even the way we understand certain words like the word Taqwa, which in the early translation, English translations of the Quran, which all happened during the colonial period. 

Taqwa is translated as God fearing as opposed to God awareness or God consciousness. Right? Yet this notion of fearing God, which may or may not have come from a Christian European sort of paradigm is now so much embraced by people within the Islamic tradition, and I don’t think it’s actually intrinsic to our tradition, but it’s just adopted, embraced, and unquestioned.

Thal:                 

It’s like a tool that’s used for self abuse almost. Speaking of the divine name and gender wasn’t it Ibn Arabi, one of the early Sufi that referred to Allah as ‘hiya’ and you can him “howa”…you can call her or him.

El Farouk:         

He did and within variety of different Muslim traditions over the years, particularly within spiritual explorations the feminine quote unquote aspects of the divine, have often been embraced or talked about and theorized over and so on. Even with the 99 names, the Tao of Islam, is an interesting book. I found it very, very heavy reading. It embraces and explores the notion that the 99 names, and this is an old historical tradition within Islamic history that the 99 names are the names of beauty and the names of majesty and the names of beauty have what we would traditionally describe as more feminine qualities and the names of majesty as more traditionally masculine qualities. We’re projecting our own binary limitations but what it does is open up is this notion that God is not male, and that God has no gender.

That’s at the unity mosque, we’ve made an explicit choice in our English material to refer to God in a diversity of genders. In our format we tend to prefer feminine pronouns for the Divine simply because any pronoun you use is going to be inaccurate and insufficient. Everyone’s insufficient and inadequate in one side, Islam is very big on the ‘mizaan’ and on the balance. We’re just trying to balance it out by using another pronoun, which is equally inadequate.

Thal:                 

Right. I feel that this concept can serve well in the mainstream circles. I think if people open up and embrace these different…uhmm…it’s not even different. It is intrinsic to Islam. Lots of forgiveness will happen.

El Farouk:         

Absolutely, I think that what we have been experiencing is a growing intolerance of diversity within the Islamic tradition. I don’t want to have this sort of rosy image that our precolonial or pre-European colonial because we also have an Arab-colonial history as well, right…that it was all perfect and so on. We can see today, historically, that even today there are all these different traditions, but the dominant face of Islam is one of monolith and patriarchy. I use the examples of the Bamiyan Buddhas in Afghanistan that they survived a thousand years plus of Islam, but they didn’t survive 15 years of the Taliban.

Thal:                 

It is the toxicity of dogma.

El Farouk:         

It’s toxicity of dogma. It’s the same thing with the Sphinx and the pyramids. You know, these are, these are pre-Islamic monuments. These are iconography. There was no intention or desire to destroy any of these. When the Muslims went into India, they didn’t destroy Hindu temples. They didn’t prevent people from practicing their traditions. Yet, the intolerance that we find today for diversity and I actually think that if anything, historically, in the Muslim tradition, Muslims had been more intolerant of non-conformist Muslims and non-Muslims. Even within the Islamic tradition, there has been a notion of embracing diversity. I think that’s being eroded and I think that has been willfully eroded by political forces.

Adrian:             

I think I mean as a non-theist, like not really identifying with any particular religion. I see this pattern show up in places like science, like scientism, right? Where there are certain beliefs and ideologies that are becoming dogmatic and people are using that as a form of control to say, this is the authority who says this is the correct thing to believe in science and this is incorrect or, and so it seems like it’s the church of certainty that people are ascribing to in this modern world.

El Farouk:         

This happens politically too, right? I worked in political staff at Queen’s Park and I’m like, wow, this is their religion and it’s very dogmatic, you know, it can also change very quickly if it’s politically expedient for it to change.

Adrian:             

I think you’re absolutely right when you say it’s the tolerance for diversity, but it seems also for the mystery, for not knowing, to admit the uncertainty that, hey, we might actually not really know what the answer is and to sit in that space and have a capacity for that.

El Farouk:         

Sit with the unknown…but that’s also what drives us, right, is our intellectual and spiritual journeys are driven by wanting to know the unknown. What did somebody say to me, I read somewhere the other day and I thought it was magic is something that science hasn’t found an explanation for yet. I’m a believer of magic and I do.

Thal:                 

That what was very interesting too…when you had mentioned about activism as well, because there’s also dogma within the activist communities and it is almost interesting to see that because activism, I feel, at its heart is sacred work. If you’re asking for justice and pointing at the wrongs that are happening in the world, how can you not work on your inner-self?

El Farouk:         

Well, I think we get swept up with anger. Was it last summer or the summer before, one of the women who was part of the Unity mosque here asked me to speak at a rally and it was like, you know, an anti-racism rally and stuff. I agreed to do that and I went there and I listened to some of the speakers before me and they were all so angry, you know, we’ve got to crush this and we’ve got a crush that with him to stop this and we’re going to stop that, and I just couldn’t do it, you know? I spoke about transforming and building a better future so that all of our kids could live together and have a world to live in and live in harmony with not only each other, but with creation around them and that was the world that we had to create it as activist. I’m not sure how the message went over in a room full of anger, a space full of anger.

Thal:                 

I mean, I can ask you that question. How are you not angry with all those intersections, El Farouk?

El Farouk:         

I do get angry. I do get angry but at the end of the day, my anger is not going to change anything. If you’re empty on the inside or you’re filled with anger on the inside, how do you change something on the outside and what do you change it with? And where do you fill that space with? Right? At the end of the day, the work has to start with yourself. I often speak, the anger is righteous. We have every right to be angry. Now what do we do with it? Right? Where do we go from here? How does that work? And if you’re just stuck in the anger, there’s no movement. There is no transformation. You just replace one structure or one leader or one ruler with another, and then you just keep replicating that same, that same paradigm. 

We’ve seen this in revolution after revolution. We were talking about the Arab spring before we started our formal conversation today and we all had such great hopes. I was talking to some clients of mine who are from Iran and I said to them, you don’t know in Iran before the revolution and the revolution was something that was filled with hope and it brought a million people into the streets of Tehran from a variety of religious and political traditions. It was filled hope, but it got lost and it got lost in religion that became toxic. It didn’t embrace the human condition and it became stripped of spirituality in its need to have political and social control.

Thal:                 

Absolutely.

Adrian:            

I want to ask you, what fuels your work in terms of practices. What sort of daily or regular practices that seemed to really help keep you going? I imagine you’re met with all sorts of resistance and challenges and you need something to keep that energy going.

El Farouk:         

Yeah. I have Zikr playing constantly. I have sacred music playing constantly. Mostly Sufi music and native music that seems to calm my soul. I need to hug more trees.

Thal:                

I recommend that.

El Farouk:         

It’s a little bit difficult when it’s minus 30 outside. I’m a West Coast Kid, right? So that’s what I aspire to. We just came back from Costa Rica and I’m like, I just want to be here, you know. Be at the beach and walk through the forest and look at the birds and the butterflies. That’s not always possible. It is my connection to the sacred and it’s the music and the chanting that really hold myspace for me. Hmm.

Adrian:             

I know you regularly attend Dargah with Hoiking doing some of the Sufi practices. I’ve never actually gone to one. I’m actually curious to hear what’s involved in those meetings and gatherings. And I’m quite interested in the practices themselves.

El Farouk:         

Well, when we were talking earlier, you talked about breath, right? You actually need to be at a Sufi Dargah because breath is so important and all life starts with breath, right? The Koran says that all life starts with water, but creation starts with God’s breath being blown into us. I really like the Dargah space because I end up, like with the unity mosque and other spaces, I often end up being sort of a central to that space. What I like about the Dargah is I can just be a student in that space. Was that your question?

Adrian:            

I was curious to hear you describe what it’s like to attend one for listeners that have not had experience either.

El Farouk:         

The Dargah is basically the school of our teacher. In some Sufi traditions, the teachers is called a Sheikh. In the Rifai tradition, we call our teacher Baba, which means father, and we begin by sitting in a circle and he delivers his sohbet, which is a lesson or a teaching. He always tells us that this is the most important part of the evening because it’s basically where we are toned and brought into common space right through his teaching. Our Baba is fairly informal. Other communities are more formal or more vested in cultural or a ritual and so on and so forth. He’s quite open to people asking questions and we laugh and we, you know, engage in conversation, but he’s the teacher. We are in class and that lasts for about two hours. Then depending on the time of the year it is, we will then say our communal prayer, our ritual prayer, Muslim ritual, prayer and after that we begin Zikr.

Zikr comes from an Arabic word that means remembrance. Allah in the Koran says prayer is good, but remembrance is even better. A dervish is called upon to remember God at all times in all things. To see God manifest in all things all around us. And so the Zikr is the chanting of the Divine names. We chat La Ilaha Illallah, which means there is no god but God and I think essential to that is the understanding that small god is not just an idol or an icon, but the idle and the icons that we hold in our heart.

So whether it’s our money or it’s a person or it’s our job, our art or whatever it is, those are the idols or the icons that we hold in our heart. We have to break those idols and those icons because there is only One reality and that we’re all joined in that reality. That’s the foundational remembrance. There are other remembrances so we chant Allah as the name of God and Hu which Arabic means He, but it is the remembrance of the breath. The sacred name of the Divine that we remember each time we breathe. It’s orchestrated as part of the practice so that it is done in community and ritualized and then we do that for about 90 minutes and then we eat because by then you worked up an appetite. That’s part of my therapy, right? So I find the Unity mosque to be very therapeutic, but because of my position and location within it, it’s a different space for me. Then when I come intothe Dargah where I’m a student and I can just actually sit and just be present without having to be active, you know.

Adrian:             

Does everybody do the whirling or is it just the dervishes that are performing?

El Farouk:         

The whirling is a ritual that’s present in some Sufi traditions and not present in others. Our teacher, our Baba is part of a sacred lineage from two different Sufi traditions, the Rifai and the Jerrahi. The whirling is a ritual, a historical ritual component of the Jerrahi lineage. We used to have whirling, but not very often. So our Baba’s son and his wife, they both whirl, but we didn’t have it very often because we didn’t have a lot of people within our community who were, who knew how to whirl and that’s changing because now there’s more and more people. We get people who go for classes, and they are offered every Saturday before the Dargah. We’re starting to see it happen more within our Zikr ceremonies.

Adrian:             

I’m so curious because to me it seems like the movement practice is like sort of the yoga in other practices where the body and the mind actually there’s a component.

El Farouk:         

So Muslim ritual prayer is yogic, but we don’t recognize it as such. I’ve had friends who practice yoga who’ve come into Muslim space and joined us in prayer and said, this is very familiar. This is not foreign, this is, but Muslims don’t conceptualize our ritualized prayer as being a yogic practice. I think that’s our loss. The practice of the Zikr depending on which community can also have movement and that is combining the body, the spirit, and the mind in movement. The whirling for me is very interesting. Thal you and I were talking about Umrah and Mecca, and when we went in 2011 and we were staying at the hotel and we were overlooking the Haram Sherrif, the mosque in Mecca. There was never a moment in the day when there were people who were not doing their Tawaf. They’re circumambulation of the Kaaba. I remember thinking and because people are wearing a lot of the men are wearing white and some of the women are wearing black and then other colors.

I am a sci-fi fan. I looked at this and it was like Oh My God this is like looking at the Milky Way. It’s like looking at a galaxy that’s constantly whirling, right? It’s whirling around the central point…this black box that’s in the middle. It could be a black hole in the middle of the universe or the middle of the galaxy, and it’s all whirling around that. The Dervishes when they’re whirling, they are whirling around their heart as the center point, because the heart is where God sits. Right? So all of these movements, whether it’s the dervish that’s whirling or the pilgrims that are going around the Kaaba or the earth going around the sun or the galaxy spinning, we’re all turning towards the heart. We’re all turning towards the core. I really see a connection between what’s in the universe out there and the microcosm that is in the Dargah and the further microcosm that’s within each of us and within our bodies.

Adrian:             

That’s beautiful. Spirituality is underneath that is the connection and seeing the connection from all scales, whether it’s the large Cosmos to you as an individual, just even looking at your body as a cosmic representation. In our bodies, and actually Baba often talks about this as well. Our bodies are so complex. They are a universe in and of themselves. We don’t recognize that we take our bodies for granted, abuse it and neglect it and forget it and do all sorts of things with it.

Thal:                

 That’s true. How can you get angry if you think you want all those things?

El Farouk:         

I think anger is part of the human condition. It’s where we allow it to take us and how we bounce back from it.

Thal:                 

Yeah, absolutely. I’m thinking about, you know, who young are Muslim people that identify as Queer and who are really struggling mentally and probably thinking about walking away from the religion because they feel they’re not accepted. I mean, what kind of advice would you give those people?

El Farouk:         

Don’t let other people tell you who you are or what you are? Learn to define it for yourself and embrace your spirituality which is innate to us. Why should we have to choose because it doesn’t fit with somebody else and so I would say to people you know, look within and find your own path because it is possible to do.

Adrian:             

What is your vision for the future of unity mosque and beyond and I guess all the other manifestations that branch out of that.

El Farouk:         

I want to subvert the planet.

Adrian:            

 What’s your master plan?

El Farouk:         

The idea for me of the unity mosque is to transform the face of Islam, not everybody’s going to end up at the Dargah. It’s always been that way. Not everybody has a calling to a center stage, a spiritual connection, right? But everybody has spirituality. Everybody has a need for connection. I don’t think it’s a small coincidence that a small number of people who come to my Dargah actually started coming to Unity mosque first and some of them don’t come to Unity mosque anymore but they found their way from there to the Dargah. My hope for the Unity mosque is that it’s a vision of inclusion and of a shared humanity and a cohesive spirituality is something that continues to be disseminated and that similar spaces start coming up in different places. I’d like to see this as a globalized movement and we’re starting to see more and more spaces like this coming up in different parts of the world. 

Of course, in some parts of the world is not actually safe for these spaces to exist or to exist publicly and it’s not going to be possible, which is also why our sermons, our Friday services are broadcasted through Facebook live and we actually have an international congregation and every Friday there’s people from Kenya, Ireland, and places in the states and across the GTA who for some reason can’t get down to the physical location and so on and so forth, who do access the service and because the service is then…the recording is kept on the Facebook group. I will often go back and check and see that something’s been watched 200 times or 150 times and so on and so forth. It’s my hope that people’s mindset and their understanding is also being transformed. One of the things that I always say to people is that if you want to try to start a community in your own physical location, we’re here to help you start that. The Protestant reformation started with people taking back their Christianity, and so the unity mosque is hopefully a vehicle for people to take back their Islam.

Thal:                 

One of the interesting things that you had mentioned because we attended the Unity mosque prayer last Friday and one of the things that you mentioned that there are a lot of Jewish people that practice too, right?

El Farouk:        

 Not everybody who comes to the unity mosque is Muslim identified. For me it speaks to the potential transformative capacity of a space like the Unity mosque because we are not trying to convert people. I would like people to come and feel better about themselves and find their own connection and if that connection is through Islam, that’s fabulous and if it’s not through Islam then you know, well, Allah in the the Koran says not everybody’s meant to be Muslim and that even religious diversity is part of God’s plan.

Thal:                

 It is mentioned that, “or else I would have created you all just one type of people.”

El Farouk:         

Absolutely. So I don’t actually know when people come to the mosque, whether they’re Muslim or not. Yeah. Unless I happen to know them. Right. Most of them are but some but of them are not, and some of the folks come from a mixed religious backgrounds or mixed families or have Muslims in their extended family. Some of the folks who I spoke about, who come from Jewish backgrounds, some of them are converts to Islam, some of them come from mixed Christian and Jewish homes, and you know, if you come from a mixed Christian and Jewish home, then Islam is really a very good solution.

Thal:                 

It is like the end of the narrative.

El Farouk:         

Because you don’t have to, you don’t want to have to give up Moses and the Torah and you don’t have to give up Jesus. You find them both? You can. Exactly. You know, I said it jokingly, but it’s actually kind of true. Yeah. Yeah. Uh, and it has appeal for people, and remember during the time of the Prophet in Madina, Muslims and Jews used to pray together. Yeah.

Thal:                 

Yeah, there are many stories.

El Farouk:         

We’re not doing anything new. We’re just reclaiming our past that other people have tried to pretend it never existed, and at the same time, move forward. I think this is the element or the essence of Islam that I think the fundamentalists forget that it is organic and it is responsive. Even the history of Islam, the Quran was revealed over a 23 year period to the prophet Mohammed because it was in response. It wasn’t here it is, now conform, which is what we are told Islam is today, but it is not the history of Islam. It is not even how Islam came into the world. It came into the world as a response and a response to the need of people and of society.

Thal:                

 I think people confuse the concept of surrender with conformity.

El Farouk:         

Yeah. Who is the surrender to is the question because usually the people who are telling you that you need to surrender. They’ll tell you to surrender to God as they understand God and to God’s word as they tell you to understand it.

Thal:                 

Whereas, you know, true surrender is a very deep way of being and it’s about a connection with your self, really.

El Farouk:         

Well, if Allah is closer to you than you’re own jugular vein, then you know, you need to look inside as well as outside.

Thal:                 

Any thing that you wanted to talk about that you haven’t had the chance to talk about or any questions that you would have liked to be asked because you’ve always been out in the media for like 20+ years.         

El Farouk:

We talked about psychotherapy and so on. I think that a large part if the crises that we see and the dependencies that we see in the world around us, I think it’s comes from this schizophrenia, this compartmentalization of our physical, sexual, spiritual, and emotional beings. The name for the unity mosque, it is tawheed, it is unity, it is oneness, but Oneness is not sameness.

I think that whether you find it in Islam or you find it through any other tradition. Finding that sense of balance and that connection to yourself and to the world around you, I think is what’s missing for many people and it’s what causes all this dysfunction in the world around us.

Thal:                 

Absolutely.

Adrian:             

Thank you. Beautifully said.

El Farouk:         

Thank you.

Thal:                 

Thank you very much for your time.

Bonus Material: 

El Farouk:

In my work as a refugee lawyer and I primarily represent the majority of the cases that I represent are either based on sexual orientation or gender identity or expression or gender. So everything from, you know, for the gender stuff, it’s forced marriage, domestic violence, a lot of female genital mutilation, but it, over the years of doing this work and listening to people’s stories, and I represented people from about 120 different countries, so from all religious and non-religious and racial backgrounds and so on, is how religion and spirituality are used as, as these weapons to bludgeon people. We talked about that within the Muslim context, but I’ve seen it sort of universally women. I think that, you know, not all gay men are visibly gay, but all, most women are visibly female from birth.

 The way patriarchy, misogyny, and religion intersect as how women’s bodies are controlled and how women, girl children are controlled and limited, and told that they’re not worthy. You’re not worthy to lead prayer. You’re not worthy to be in this space. You don’t have the capacity or the ability, and so this kind of gendered hierarchy is created within our theology and within our religious spaces, and to me, that’s abuse. That’s a form of violence right there to say that you are not worthy, that somehow you need to be confined in a particular space.

Thal:                 

Even women’s voices…

El Farouk:         

Yes, your voice cannot be heard, and so on. To me, even if you don’t recognize this as abuse or ss violence, it is. I just presented a case today, my client is a Muslim woman from West Africa. I remember having this conversation with her because it’s a question I have to ask my female clients who are alleging domestic violence is if they were raped during the marriage and the notion that they can be raped by their husband is actually something that they sort of look at me and go, what? If your husband forced you to have sex against your will, that’s also rape. It’s your body and you have to consent, and yet even within some Muslim theological constructs, there’s no concept of marital rape. To me, that’s a form of violence. These are the kinds of things that sort of have informed me in the development of my own theology and how our relationship to God and to ourselves and to religion and our spirituality has to be transformative and has to liberate because this is violence and surely our spiritual tradition doesn’t teach us violence as a vehicle for closeness to God’s creation.

Thal:                 

Yeah and shouldn’t be a source of pain and separation and trauma. Sort of take away people’s lives, really, not allow people to thrive as human beings.

El Farouk:         

That’s exactly what it does, it suffocates our growth as human beings, and if we are all created in God’s image, then how does this violence allow us to reach our fullest potential? It doesn’t, in fact, it constricts us and confines us and denies us that growth.

Thal:                 

Keeps us small…

El Farouk:         

And separated and the separation is also a separation from ourselves and I think that’s where all the anxieties and depressions and the mental health issues that arise.

Thal:                 

Yeah, not only in the queer communities, it’s everywhere now.

El Farouk:         

Pervasive.

#13: Symbols of Our Times with Jonathan Pageau

In his book “On Writing,” Stephen King says, “Symbolism exists to adorn and enrich, not to create an artificial sense of profundity.” The use of symbols extends beyond the literary world. Whether they are cultural, religious or psychological symbols are objects that are deeply ingrained in our psyche and help assign depth and meaning to our human experience that mere language cannot contain.  

On this episode, we explore symbolism and stories with Jonathan Pageau. Jonathan is a professional icon carver, writer, public speaker and the host of the popular YouTube channel, The Symbolic World. We talk about the role of art and how understanding symbolic language in religious stories, legends as well as blockbuster movies can help us navigate the modern meaning crisis. We dive into Zombies, The Matrix, feminine symbolism and more. Jonathan is the editor and a contributor for the Orthodox Arts Journal. He also teaches weeklong carving classes at the Hexaemeron School of Liturgical Arts.

Highlights:

  • Role of Art in Spirituality
  • Meaning Behind Zombie Stories
  • Symbols in The Matrix and Christianity

Resources:

Listen:

Poem Inspired by This Episode

Full Transcript

Adrian:

All right. Jonathan, welcome to the show.

Jonathan Pageau:

Oh, it’s great to be here. It’s great to meet you.

Adrian:

Thank you. Thank you for coming on. Yeah, it’s my pleasure. Yeah maybe a place to start for us is to just draw the link between our previous conversation we had with John Vervaeke where we talked about cognitive science and spirituality and your name came up. You know, he mentioned that we might want to explore your work in the symbolic world, which is actually perfect timing because, you know, here we are, we have a chance now to go into that world. From an outsider kind of looking at some of your videos, I see that part of your goal is to unpack symbols or hidden patterns within stories. And you seem to do this both with religious stories as well as pop culture stories. And I know there’s lots we can dive into, but maybe as a starting point is to ask when did this start? You know, early on in your childhood, what was sort of your early spiritual life and how did you get into symbolism?

Jonathan Pageau:

I grew up in an evangelical world. My parents were Catholics who converted to the evangelical faith in the 1970s, late sixties, 1970s, in Quebec where I’m from, French Canada. There was a massive shift, you know, we call it the peaceful revolution, the quiet revolution, and a lot of people left the Catholic Church and some of those people, you know, discovered evangelical Christianity and that my parents went on that route. And for them it was really a way to free themselves from a very strict and, and misunderstood aspects of Christianity. But myself then when I was in my twenties, because I had an artistic tendency, I tried to join my faith and my art and it was very difficult to do that. First of all, because in the Protestant Evangelical Church, there is a quiet disdain of art, at least not in the church. Like some people will say, I know art is fine as long as it doesn’t come into the church and there’s no images, there’s nothing. And so I was struggling to find a place for being an artist in the church. But then also I was struggling to join, let’s say my, my faith with contemporary art because contemporary art is extremely cynical and it’s then the way that it represents the world, it’s always representing things. It’s as a commentary upon a commentary upon a commentary. It’s very removed from what it’s doing. Um, and it seemed like I just couldn’t fit it together. And so I finally decided to give up art and to kind of throw it all away. And as I was doing that, I was also looking and searching spiritually because it just felt like there was something missing in the, let’s say in the Christianity that I had learned in the Evangelical Church and you know, through different routes, different kind of… Going around reading all kinds of things, trying to figure out what was, what I was attracted to. I discovered mystical Christianity, Hesychasm, the mystical tradition of the eastern church. And then at the same time, I discovered medieval art and Orthodox iconography, which had a powerful symbolic language within it. And so it was that which kind of started everything. And my brother, um, who is going through similar things as I was, he really went down the route of reading a Jewish text and reading Rabbinical commentary and, uh, and even the Zohar and, and more kind of esoteric texts. And so in our discussions, you know, I was reading the church fathers in discovering all this medieval art and he was reading rabbinical commentary and we had these amazing discussions where we just realized…we realize all the patterns that were in the biblical text. Then how these patterns leaked out into the just the, you know, the architecture, the art, the shape of culture itself. And then finally, when that started to take shape in our mind and, you know, our minds started to be formed in that direction, then we could look at the world in general and see the same patterns within, uh, popular culture or anything. You know, it’s basically the symbolic understanding is basically the pattern which underlies the way we interact with the world. And so they, they, they are patterns, which are there in history which are there in our lives. Um, it’s easier sometimes to see them in stories because they’re so condensed, whereas, but they still, they lay themselves out even in the way we perceive the world. So that’s kind of how everything started and then slowly gaining that insight you could say, um, is what led me on this path.

Adrian:

That’s really cool. I want to ask you, was there a one pattern that stood out early that sort of was maybe more transformative than other ones that kind of sets you on that path?

Jonathan Pageau:

I think so because I guess I’m an artist and I deal in space in terms of what I’m making. I think that the basic pattern of center and periphery would be the basic pattern that then is the one I would hook everything onto. And I still do that today. And so I still tend to see the world in terms of a center. The center being identity, being a name essence, cause all these things. And then the periphery, which is the, uh, let’s say, the question you could say, you could call the center of the answering, you could call the periphery the question which asks, which is constantly asking the identity, you know, do I fit? Do I fit? How do I fit? What, what’s my place? And so understanding that, that, uh, that basic relationship of center and periphery is the pattern that I use. If you watch my videos, you’ll see I’m always using that same trope because you can, you can use analogies for that. We could use masculine and feminine, you can use a heaven and earth, but all those, you know, tend to manifest themselves in the world as this relationship between center and periphery.

Thal:

So, um, according to you, like it’s, this big question is coming to mind. According to you then, what is the role of art? Or what kind of, how does it serve a purpose in our modern world?

Jonathan Pageau:

Yeah you have to repeat the question. Sorry, I, it totally broke up. Go ahead.

Thal:

That’s okay. What is the role of art and how does it serve a purpose in our modern world? Because you said something very important about contemporary art and it being cynical and removed from the source. That’s really an important observation.

Jonathan Pageau:

Well, one of the things that happened, I think as I discovered art and I discovered under a different, a more traditional, you could say, understanding of art is I really attached myself to the medieval, you know, definition of art, which is that art is, we tend to think of art as being, the object. So we say this is art, you know, some, some object in the world. Whereas the traditional definition of art is that art is a skill. And so we still use that word today. We say something like the art of bread making or the art of, you know, the art of painting. But the art is not the object. The art is the, the, there’s a famous saying by Ananda Coomaraswamy, which is “the art always remains in the artist”, right? The art is the skill of the artist has to fit things together in a proper manner. And so in that, in that manner, art itself does not necessarily have a value in itself. And, and I think that once you start to realize that it frees you so much because people argue over what is art and what is not art. And, they somehow have this presupposition that for something to be art means that it would have value in itself, which is absolute nonsense. Uh, and so the way that I view art is that art is a, is an accumulation of skill and knowledge to fit things together. And then what’s important is what you use it for until what is the purpose of the object that you’re making? Um, and so, so once you, once you kind of see that, then all of a sudden a lot of the art that’s, that’s being made today lifted the contemporary art. You have to always ask yourself, what is the, what is the purpose of this art? And the answer for it, the answer that it is art is not enough. It’s not enough of an answer. The fact. And so you realize a lot of contemporary art is actually there to offer prestige. It’s there to, uh, to create an elite, a cultural elite, which understands the hermetic language. And then, you know, the masters don’t understand it. There’s a whole, uh, it also has a, it’s also there for financial speculation to create, uh, you know a pyramid of investments with, uh, with different collectors who, who make their art being be worth more. So all of a sudden the world of art opens up and you see, you ask yourself what the purposes are. And so then you, so for example, then myself, I had to ask myself then what am I going to make? What objects am I going to make? And that’s when the notion of liturgical art kind of opened itself up for me, which is, okay, well what is the highest use of art that could did, I could engage in let’s say, and then liturgical art just appeared as being the highest because it serves the purpose of, first of all, it is there to kind of show you something higher. It’s there to kind of connect you to something that transcends you, uh, connect you to God connects you to the transcendent. But it’s also there to unify a community. And so sacred art is always also very particular. So iconography has a language which is known by the people who are within the church. It is a, it is a communal language. And so engaging in that language is also unifying a community together and participating in the life of a community. Um, so I think that those end up, I would say that those are, in my opinion, the highest forms of art. Art that can show you the patterns, show you something, connect you to something higher, and then can also create a locust, participate in a language that creates a community. Um, to me that’s it,

Thal:

That’s an important question too that I sit with. Um, I like to write poetry and that’s also a form of art and, um, especially mystical poetry really moves me. And so that brings up the question too of yes, the role of art. There are all of the artists, but also, um, the state of the artist and at what state are you producing? Like you said, it’s about the work itself, um, at that state of being present in a specific way and, and, and the material that’s brought that’s being created. What kind of, um, I don’t know what, like we’re limited with language, but what kind of energy or feeling is the receiver getting from that piece of art?

Jonathan Pageau:

Right. No, I, I agree. I think that for sure in terms of ideally I think that we should, art can be a form of meditation in itself. Creating objects can be a way to, uh, you kind of enter into this zone, and you lose yourself in a certain manner in what you’re doing. You become extremely present. Um, and then the object that you make will reflect that. And so I think that that’s definitely let’s say the greatest art, especially like you talked about a mystical poetry or mystical, um, works in general. I think liturgical art in terms of iconography as well can have that same effect. Yeah. If you look at the icons of the trinity by Rublev or just the icons of the Russian icons that were produced in that time, you know, there’s this, you look at them and there’s this just amazing connection to something which is beyond you. And you hope that, that, uh, the state of the also participated in creating that. But I have to be honest though that sometimes it’s not the case. I, I’ve experimented this very particularly myself because as a, as an icon carver, it’s my job. You know, I get up in the morning and I go to the workshop. So some days, you know, everything is great and I’m in the zone and you know, I, I took time in the morning to pray and to meditate and I go there and it’s good. And there are other days where it’s the very opposite. You know, I just had a huge fight with my wife and I went to bed at two in the morning and I’m getting up and I’m all groggy. Uh, and then I, I work on this piece and I’m not there, you know. And the surprising thing is that sometimes it, sometimes it doesn’t matter. And it’s very strange. I’ve had people tell me, Oh, this, this particular icon you made is, you know, it, it really shows something more. It really connects you to something more. And I’m thinking, Oh, if you knew what state I was when I made that, you would not, you would not think that. So, so hopefully I think that sometimes too, artists can act as a, almost as vehicles despite themselves. And I think that, that’s true. And you talked to any, any artists and they know they’ve had that moment where it’s like they know that it’s not them because they’re a wreck of a person, but what comes out of them ends up being, um, being amazing. And so I think that artists can sometimes act as tuning forks to a certain extent, uh, to something which is beyond them.

Thal:

Absolutely. Absolutely. Sometimes I feel that way. Even I’m writing a poem, I’m like, what? Like, what’s going to come out? Sometimes it’s just, it, just the process of writing the poem takes me from a more disheveled state to a somewhat somewhat balanced state. Yeah,

Jonathan Pageau:

That’s wonderful if it can do that, that’s for sure.

Thal:

Yeah. Sometimes.

Adrian:

Jonathan, I want to ask you, um, you made a reference, I think in one of your videos I watched you mentioned story acting as symbolic compression and that kind of, I really like that framing. Um, and in connecting, connecting it to arts like art can have that effect. It’s a compression of, of patterns or symbols. Why is that helpful for someone who doesn’t look at the world that way? If we don’t look at the world symbolically, how might we make a connection to a modern world? Um, we are putting our finger on the crisis of meaning to sort of tie in all those themes.

Jonathan Pageau:

Well first of all, an interesting, an interesting thing is that both the word symbol and the word art have similar etymologies in terms of what they mean. The word art and from Latin means, you know, properly fitted together. That’s what, that’s what it means. And symbol means two things thrown together. And so for example, the, in Greek they used the word symbol to talk about a place where two rivers would come and join into and become one river. And so both of them have this notion of joining together, coming together. And I think that that’s what symbolism does is that it shows you the pattern. That’s what a pattern is. A pattern is a coherent fitting together of something which could be disparate. So you have all these disparate elements and when you look and you see how actually they come together and they become one thing, you know, I always tell people, how do, why do we think that certain things are one thing? It’s because we have, there’s something in us, there’s a capacity. We have to see unity to see a pattern, uh, in anything, even a physical object. I always use the example of a microphone. Like, why do we think that a microphone is one thing? Why do we, why do we contain it in a, in a category? And that’s because it has a purpose and it has a pattern. And it’s the same for everything. And in stories we can, we can see it more clearly because the story, because the story has to have a beginning, has to have an end. You have to know, you have to recognize it as a story. You know, how do we know that something is a story rather than just a bunch of jumbled, uh, information, uh, put next to each other and it’s because it has a pattern. And so that that recognition is there to help us view the patterns. Now the problem we have today is that we are, we are in this crisis, this meaning crisis. And the way to understand that in terms of the symbolic structure is that we are in the rim. We’re in the periphery, we are in the margin and we use those, those, those words. You can just listen to culture. And you’ll see that we always talk about is the exception. The margin, the uh, you know, the, the, the peripheral, um, the strange, the bizarre, the monstrous, all these, all these images are the ones that are taking over our discourse. And it’s because that’s where we are in the pattern of the story. We are, we are on the edge. You know, we are on the end and so does it in means that we are the, we are at the end of something? I don’t know what we’re at the end of a, of a, of a, of a cycle of civilization where at the end of something, um, now my trick, the way that I’ve been trying to help people to be able to see the pattern is to help them see those, the patterns of the margin. Because the problem, most symbolic writing or most mystical writing has been trying to get you to see the heart, to try to lead you to the heart. Uh, and so trying to talk about the heart as the, the garden of delight as, uh, as you know, the oyster and the pearl as all these, all this type of imagery, which is there to help you understand, you know, the, the top of a mountain, the, the or, or using sexual imagery in terms of the union of masculine and feminine. All of these, the, these symbolic structures are there to bring you into that central space. But the problem is that we’re so far from it that we can’t even recognize those images. And so what I’ve been trying to do is start with the monster. Start with helping people understand where we are. Why do we have all this imagery around us? Why do we have, why, you know, why are we obsessed with ugliness? Why are we obsessed with exceptions, with, uh, with things that don’t fit? Why is that? Why are those the things we talk about? Because those are part of the pattern too. You know, that part of the pattern is also that which doesn’t fit in the pattern. That’s part of the bigger pattern you could say. And so helping people understand that that’s where we are. I think that that’s the, that to me, that has been the way to then point back and say, okay, well now how can we understand that? Understand the role of the periphery of the margin because it has a role. But then how can we then move towards now back towards that sacred space? How can we recognize, the bars of the ladder that will bring us back into, back into the heart, let’s say. Um, so that’s been the way, and I think that it’s, it’s been successful in the sense that I see that people recognize that they can see when you point to it, then you point to the analogies between monsters and zombies and, and uh, and, and all this other stuff that’s going on. And also the confusion that we’re bound in. They can see, okay, yeah. That’s where we are. So now what do I do with that?

Adrian:

Can you, can you help unpack that a little bit? So, yeah. Using this Zombie as a perfect example, I know John, there’s a bit of convergence there too with, for Vervaeke and him writing the book about zombies and the meaning crisis. Um, but how is it a symbol of the contemporary nihilism that I’ve heard heard you speak about?

Thal:

Also in connection with that question, when you talk about center, I’m thinking heart and just the zombies. Are they creatures that have a heart?

Jonathan Pageau:

Right. That’s the idea. The whole idea of a, of a Zombie is that he doesn’t, that he doesn’t have a heart and not a hard, of course, not in the in a physical sense, but the word heart is just means center. You know, and, and when you read in text, when he talks about the heart, it’s talking about the center of the person, both physically because that’s where we feel our life is here, right in the, in the chest. That’s kind of where we experience breath. That’s where we experience, uh, emotion. Uh, all those things happen in that, in that space. But it’s also the center of the person in a more, let’s say, metaphysical manner, you know, the place where meaning and body meet and all that stuff. Um, and I think that that’s the Zombie is very fascinating because the Zombie is a, is one of the only modern monsters. Uh, it’s an, there’s the extra terrestrial is one of them, but the Zombie is really a modern monster. He, he appears in the 60s, you know, with a, with Ramero, although there were hints of what zombies of zombies before. The modern Zombie, the way we understand it as this decomposing, um, you know, walking dead figure really comes from the 1960s and it makes sense because that’s when the 1960s is when the meaning crisis started to accelerate. Um, and when people, you know, when things started to break apart, when faction started to fight over meaning over identity over also, um, let’s say we developed a pleasure culture, a culture that is based on our own passions where we were to give into your passion. That’s the purpose of life. And now we’re seeing the end of that. We’re seeing kind of the gutting of that myth that that giving into your passion or giving into pleasure or you know, living a life which is based on those values is going to provide meaning it doesn’t, it leads you into emptiness. And the Zombie is the, is the perfect example of that because the Zombie is pure desire and, and it’s reduced desire to the, the essence of what desire ends up being, you know, which is basically that the desire to eat life like to devour life and also to devour, um, the, the other person. Because when we give into our just pleasure, when we give it only to pleasure, we always objectify the person who is there to, to serve us our pleasure. Whatever it is, when, when our purpose is pleasure, uh, whether it’s in sexuality or whether it’s just, you know, buying things at the store or whether it’s getting what you want, uh, when you reduce it to pleasure, you’re objectifying the person in front of you, then that person is not a full person, is just a tool to get you what you want. And that the Zombie is the ultimate, you know, the, the, the radical example of that, you know, where human beings become food for this ravenous desire that they have. So that’s just one aspect. But there are many aspects of the Zombie. The fact that it’s decomposing the fact that it’s idiosyncratic. Um, you know, the Zombie, the ultimate punk rocker is a Zombie because, you know, every Zombie is different because they’re decomposing and so they, they, they’ll decompose in a different manner, but at the same time, the strangely are all also this giant mass. So it’s like these two opposites seem to coexist where each Zombie is idiosyncratic, but it’s also, there’s just this giant, you know, like massive wave of death that is coming towards you. So it’s every, almost every single aspect of the Zombie is there to show us the world, the world that we’re living in right now.

Adrian:

Yeah. It seems like, even if we don’t think we’re looking at things symbolically, there’s probably an intuition, which is why these films and these images are so attractive. You know, people love these TV shows and movies and, um, they really sort of resonate seemingly on an unconscious level.

Thal:

And it’s like, it’s, it’s an image of us really. When you said monster, like other monsters are just different alien images, but the Zombie is, is us basically.

Jonathan Pageau:

Yeah. Yeah. Well, I mean all the day. Yeah. All the monsters are somehow are both, you know, the, the, they kind of represent the edges of, the problem with the edge is that, did the edge is always tends to be… On the edge is also the other, right. When you get to the edge and you, you reach a place where it’s not you anymore. It’s like it’s something else. It’s, it’s this, it’s this other, it’s a, it’s either your enemy or your neighbour or your, or the unknown, you know, the stranger, all those, all those images are there to… The monster tends to manifest all of those ideas we have about the, this, this stranger, the idea of the strange in general. Um, but the Zombie, like you said, it somehow comes closer to quite a bit because the characters in the story, you know, in the story, the characters will become zombies. Most of them, you know, almost in every Zombie movie, the idea is always like, okay, so who’s going to get bitten and who’s not, you know, and, and so many stories end with almost everybody, you know, turning. And so, like you said, it’s a, it’s a monster story which shows us, which comes much closer to us, where it’s like, it’s, it’s potentially us. Who are these monsters more than anything else? More than like, you know, the, let’s say the lizard man or the wolf man or all these kind of these dark creatures or you know, a vampire. Well, the vampire also has a little bit of that too. Um, but in a different manner.

Adrian:

Do you have personal views of how this all will end? I mean, just going off what you just mentioned, like most Zombie movies kind of in the same way, it’s that you don’t beat em. You can’t beat the monsters [laughing].

Jonathan Pageau:

The Zombie story is frightening. Exactly because it is shows the problem of the ending. Um, in terms of this problem that we have, the meaning crisis, you know, there’s a, uh, there’s a trope in video games for awhile where, I don’t know if they still exist. I’m not, I’m not a Gamer, but I saw it when people were playing that they had, um, every game had like a Zombie mode where basically all it was was just wave after wave of zombies coming at you. And you can never win. You can’t, you can’t win all you need to do the, the way you, the further you go, like you, you survive how long you survive, but you can’t beat the game. It’s impossible. The zombies will just get more and more and more until you and until you die. And so it’s very dark. It’s a very dark image. Uh, but in terms of the Zombie story, you know, some friends and I, we’ve actually worked on a solution to a Zombie story and it was very existential for a friend of mine, someone that, uh, someone that reached out to me in, he was having horrible nightmares about zombies, you know, just over, over and over. He would have nightmares, a nightmare then. So he was really an existential thing for him to, to deal with that. And you wanted to to, to deal with the zombies. And so he wrote me and he, he also, he’s the one who actually told me about John Vervaeke’s book because he said, oh here you’re talking about zombies. I’m, yeah cause he was online looking for Zombie. He’s like, I’m looking for solutions to his problem. And uh, he said that he said that the Zombie that John Vervaeke’s book helped him to get rid of the nightmares but not completely. And the solution to the nightmare came in a discussion that we had and the solution was the idea of a Zombie who would a person who would, who would somehow accept to become a Zombie to save others. Um, and then the idea of a Zombie waking up. We’ve never seen a story about that. I seems like that would be the best story. And I’m surprised no one has done it yet. Where within the horde of zombies, like one Zombie wakes up from their, from their situation. Um, so that, that seems to be the idea of waking up in death. I mean, obviously that’s it. That’s the Christian story of the resurrection. And we, I think that that’s the only solution. I don’t know in terms of a society how it’s gonna play out. I don’t, I have to admit that I don’t have the greatest hope for how this, how the social narrative is going to play out. It seems to be getting worse. Um, especially with social media, it seems to, it seems to make things worse because it seems to exacerbate a lot of the conflicts that we have in our, in our culture. And the conflict is exactly an extreme of the, of center and periphery. It’s actually a fight between people who want to, who, who see identity as dangerous, um, and who want to, who want to deconstruct identity and those who see that identity is necessary for the world, but then go too far and want to, you know, you know, um, let’s say declare their identity as being, you know, the one that, that, that you need to hold onto and know that they’ll fight for their identity. And so it’s, it’s a very, it’s a very disturbing, it’s very disturbing way for things to be setting themselves up. And I don’t see, uh, to me the solution to me, the solution is a hierarchy. Um, and I know a lot of people hate that word because it has such negative connotations. But the thing, the thing about a proper hierarchy is that a hierarchy shows you, let’s say, shows you the distance you have from the center.

Thal:

It’s like a roadmap.

Jonathan Pageau:

But it also, exactly, the hierarchy also gives you the steps you need in order to go into the center and so to be able to understand where you are. But also to have, so it’s not, it’s not an opposition between center and periphery, but it’s rather like a ladder that connects the two together, like or radius that connects the center to the periphery. And it’s a path that you can follow and, and kind of move in. And so I think that that, that re-understanding hierarchy, uh, in a proper manner, uh, not, not just not necessarily hierarchies of power, which is the only ones we understand, but let’s say a spiritual hierarchy. That I think is the only solution. So, so that’s why if you listen to my talks, you’ll see that I am always talking about hierarchy and I’m always, always trying to also show the positive and negative aspects of all sides. And so show the negative aspects of the center, how the center can become tyrannical, but then also show the positive aspects of the periphery. How do we also need that question? We need that, that doubt in order, you know, for the world to exist in a normal, in a normal manner. So I think that that’s, to me, that’s the only, it seems like that’s the solution. But in terms of the society, I don’t see it coming on before a major crisis. Uh, sorry. [laughing]

Thal:

It sounds to me like hierarchy is part of that symbolic world that it, the symbolic world is the, is like the paradox or the bridge between the center and the periphery. And when you’re talking about center and periphery, I, um, for me, I’m thinking about the form and the formless, um, and just, you know, um, that it doesn’t have to be that or that, that it’s, it’s really, it’s reconciling both sides and that it’s, what we’re stuck in right now is dualities, which are illusory essentially.

Jonathan Pageau:

Yeah. Yeah. I agree. Especially when we don’t see how the duality comes together into something higher. You know, people often misunderstand or see a very limited image of the story of Adam and eve in the garden. And one of the understandings of that story is that when Adam and Eve ate the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, what was happening to them is that they were giving into duality and they were entering into a world of duality without unity. And that really then becomes the massive problem that’d becomes the, uh, the, the problem of the problem of everything. Uh, you know, and, and in Christianity, that’s why it’s kind of solved by love. Love becomes the manner in which both unity and multiplicity can coexist together. You know, because love does not, love, does not abolish difference. Um, it celebrates difference, but it also celebrates unity. It celebrates how difference can come together and be, be really one at the same time.

Adrian:

I love, I love to…this is all connecting and beautifully.

Thal: This is amazing.

Adrian:

I love your, um, your sequel to the Zombie story because, I’m thinking about the Matrix, right? So when you talked about waking up, and I think that’s sort of, uh, you know, uh, easily recognizable story that a lot of people know are familiar with. And, um, about an individual waking up to sort of a real, more real reality or you know, or differentiating what is simulation and what is what is truly real. And, but then also it brings the dualism, right, that duality that, that is perpetuated in that, in that movie. Um, would you care to, to, to unpack a little bit of symbolism in the Matrix. I know that was one of one of the videos I really enjoyed watching and seeing sort of the hidden patterns that are, um, they seem to do a good job of pointing towards.

Jonathan Pageau:

Yeah. Well I think that the the yeah, the Matrix is very fascinating because they really do set up an opposition. The Matrix is actually, at least the first movie, the second and third movie are such a jumble. It’s actually kind of hard to, to know what’s going on in those. He does, they do try to finish the whole, um, story with that kind of non dualistic finale where Neo joins himself to the source and then, you know, he, he tries to create a non dual, let’s say solution, but it’s difficult because it’s so jumbled. The stories are so chaotic and the second and third one, but in the first one for sure, there is really is a setup of a duality and it’s also an inverse hierarchy. People, it’s so funny how in the Matrix people tend to see, they tended to see spiritual symbolism in a way. I think they purposefully did put spiritual symbolism, but it’s an upside down spiritual symbolism because what’s real in the matrix is the body. That’s what’s real. What’s real is the, uh, this kind of nitty gritty, uh, existence of the flesh. And you know, everything related to the mind, everything related to two spirit is that’s the illusion, right? The illusion is the is the mind is the, uh, is the, let’s say the patterns of the world. Those are all illusions. And what’s real is, is the, uh, is the body. And so it’s an actually, it’s an upside down. It’s a revolutionary story and it’s presented as revolutionary in the, in the movie. It’s a revolution of the body against the, the mind. That’s what the Matrix is about. And that’s kind of, that’s what the modern world has been about, you know, especially since the, the 1960s. And I think that although I think that there are some interesting things in the matrix that that can help us to, uh, to understand some of the patterns. Most of it, most of the patterning is, is upside down. And I have to sadly say.

Adrian:

Perhaps it’s like an embodied spirituality. That’s kind of funny. I never even consider that. But like the flesh you world as, um, sort of a potential path, right? So, you know, it’s maybe not necessarily, um, just giving into passion. So you talked about, you know, the, the hedonistic way of living, but then just maybe celebrating, um, the somatic way of living. You know, cause we are often stuck in sort of left brain thinking modes. And we are disembodied, uh, yeah. In, in sort of a Zombie sense, but reconnecting with, with flesh and being reminded that we are walking around with these vessels and, you know, yeah.

Jonathan Pageau:

But I think that I, that that’s really, at least the Christian story, that’s what it’s, it ends up being all about the incarnation is really about finding the place, the reality of body, um, and the reality of body coming through it’s connection to that which transcend it. And that’s really the, in Christianity, we do not, we don’t view the body, the, you know, the world of phenomena as maya or as illusion. Um, but we, for it to be real, it has to be connected to the transcendent. That’s how it becomes real. And so it’s a, it’s a bit of a different, it’s been different from a lot of the eastern, or at least the, the, let’s say the cliche of eastern thinking that we, that we have in, in the west. Um, but in terms of the Matrix, I always tell people there’s the one scene that helps you to understand the difference between, I think real spirituality and the matrix is that when Neo resurrect at the end of the movie and he, he stands up, you know, and he looks out and he’s, you know, he’s, he’s kind of, he’s kind of full of what he’s going to be. It’s kind of attained this spiritual height that he’s going to attain. The only word that he says is “No”, that’s what he says. And I think that that’s really the difference between true spirituality, which says yes and, and the revolutionary spirituality of the Matrix was which who’s answered to kind of reaching enlightenment is to say no. Uh, so I think that that’s a way to see the difference. I think. Yeah,

Adrian:

There was another one. Um, we actually, it was so hard to select where like, oh, what are some pop culture references that I think people will really resonate. And another one for me was Moana [laughing]. It was actually, when you did a really cool, yeah, symbolic understanding of Moana, which I did not see it all. I mean, I really enjoyed the movie, but the moment you start pointing at those things, I got to rewatch it now and I feel like, yeah. Um, could you share a little bit about that trope that seems to be really popular about replacing the masculine with the feminine character? And I think you did that beautifully.

Jonathan Pageau:

Yeah, I think there’s, I think we have, there’s a very kind of sad trope in our culture, which is that we’ve recognized… let’s say we have these recognized patterns of masculinity and femininity. And at first it felt like, let’s say the feminist way of thinking was we need to get rid of these tropes. Like we need to everybody. Everybody is just a person, you know, like, we, we, everybody can do anything, that kind of thing. Um, but, but now it seems like there’s a, let’s say a one track, which is rather to take all the masculine tropes of a hero and just put a feminine body on the masculine tropes. And it’s, it’s very disturbing because what ends up happening is actually in a lot of movies what ends up happening, it, it looks like it’s actually a degrading of the masculine because in the stories you often see then the feminine character who, who is, has this, this role, you know, degrading a masculine character, you see it, you know, actually quite often. But what ends up happening in the end is that we’ve, we lose the value of the feminine. We use, we lose of the traditionally feminine, you could call it, you know, which is this whole idea of, of the question, this whole idea of, of, uh, of being the one who, the notion of the secret, this notion of the private, this notion of the, the, the hidden, all these, these, these important aspects that are part of symbolism, part of stories, you know, the mysterious, all these aspects are super important. Um, uh, and then, but then it’s like, we, we don’t, we’re almost degrading that by creating these characters that are just basically men with, with breast, uh, you know, cutting people’s heads off. I don’t, I don’t, I don’t totally, and, and it’s actually, it’s an interesting because it’s actually a sign of the times because in almost in all of western culture, there was this idea that on the edge of the world, you know, there existed these, uh, synchronistic nations, you could call them, synchronistic people and part of the synchronistic people were the Amazons, right? Like the Amazons where an upside down world where, you know, the, the, where all the women were warriors and they were fighting and usually there are no men or the men were just used to it to make babies and then they were kind of thrown out. Um, and so it’s very strange that we’ve come at a place where somehow we would, we would kind of glorify the, the, the image of that we would… at the same time, degrade the image of a strong man who would be a hero, but then elevate the same image with a feminine body. To me it’s such a weird contradiction. It’s like a, it, it’s such a jumble that it, it runs the risk of really confusing us in terms of our normal values in a society. I don’t know if that makes sense.

Thal:

It makes sense to me because, um, that’s something that I constantly think about. Um, especially with, uh, what’s going on right now. Like everything is, um, we’re living in a very charged times and um, it is important to situate feminism in a way where there is, um, we bring back the sacred and that’s where I feel like it will be the answer. One of the answers towards the meaning crisis. And we’ve had in the, uh, in our podcast, Jean Shinoda Bolen who, you know, wrote a lot around, um, the, the goddess mythology and that being a way of, of, um, or using the symbolic language to you know, portray the feminine in a more balanced way, the feminine and the masculine, not contradicting each other. Um, and to heal the feminine where you really is to heal the masculine and bringing both of, yet there is no separation. And, and, and your, your description of you know, how, again, limited by language, but how modern feminism or whatever, um, brings back the again, words, toxic masculinity and just dress it with a female body I think is for me as a woman and a woman of color is not the right answer.

Jonathan Pageau:

Oh, I mean, I, I definitely agree. I think that one of the things that I made my mission to do is to help people understand feminine symbolism in the most positive manner that is possible. And so, you know, I’ve done, I’ve written several articles on let’s say, the feminine and Christianity. I’ve done some talks on the mother of God on, on Mary and her role and her and the vision of her in the Christian story. Um, and also let’s say the role of the church itself as, as feminine. All of that is something that I’ve, that I’ve been trying to talk about because I do believe that one of the big problems that has happened is that the enlightenment, you know, for all the good that it has, it was a very masculine movement was, it was, it was in, uh, you know, it was a emphasis on reason, an emphasis on the public sphere, an emphasis on technological advancement. All that stuff was part of, let’s say from the 17th to the 19th century. And it led to the 20th century, led to the maniacal 20th century of totalitarian governments. And so I think that one of the things that have been lost has been a proper balance between the masculine and feminine. And so we need to look for ways to help to restore that, you know, help to restore the place of the, of the feminine. And, and I think that, I think a lot of people intuitively understand that. And I think that a lot of let’s say feminists movements intuitively see that and have a desire to find a way to kind of rectify that problem. Um, and, but I think they did often happens in a, in a confused and angry manner. And, and so it ends up not accomplishing what would we hope that it would accomplish. You know? And, and it ends up taking on that, that strange trope of, you know, a woman can do anything a man can do. And you’re like, oh, so you’re saying that that’s what’s valuable, right? You’re, you’re reaffirming that the only valuable thing is what a man can do. And then you’re saying a woman can do it. A woman can do it. Instead of saying, instead of looking at, at the feminine and looking at, at the wonderful aspects of, of, uh, of femininity and to, and valuing that and saying, this is extremely valuable, you know, uh, that the private, everything that’s related to the private sphere, everything’s related to the mystery, the secret, you know? Uh, you know, and, and also even the, the whole image of, I mean the mother is the most important thing in the world. If we didn’t have mothers, we have no, we would have no, we could actually probably we could, you know, theoretically dispense with pretty much with fathers and we would still, you know, for awhile have human beings. But without mothers there’s nothing.

Thal:

Mother is the heart, is the centre!

Jonathan Pageau:

And so, so I think, I think I, I think that that’s, you know, helping people really understand and relive feminine symbolism I think is, is a very important aspect of what I’m trying to do. That’s for sure.

Thal:

Yeah. And I was, as you’re talking about this, I was just thinking also about hagiography and the stories of saints and that’s something also that’s in the Sufi culture where there are many female Sufi saints that were leaders and had male students and a lot of them really, um, um, broke away and broke the rules, sort of, um, like hundreds and hundreds of years ago, which we see that as something modern. But really it has been going on for a long time. And I wonder how, yeah, and how is that connected to the Christian mystical tradition?

Jonathan Pageau:

Yeah, well, for sure there are many stories of Christian mystics, especially as, as coming, you know, as having immense authority no matter what their gender is. The perfect example is Catherine of Sienna, who was so powerful, you know, she basically decided who the pope was when there was a conflict between different popes. It’s like, oh, well let’s ask Catherine of Sienna to see and to help us decide who the, the legitimate pope is. And so there is, there is a sense, uh, but, but it’s, uh, usually the, let’s say the power that women play is usually a, a whispering like, uh, it’s like, it’s a, it’s a very, it’s a very powerful, it’s kind of, okay. So here’s a, here’s a, a text that I wrote. If people are interested, I wrote an article about this, I think I called it “Sacred Art and the Power of Women”. And so there’s a trope in Christianity in the history of Christianity, which is that the, the woman always converts first. Uh, and so you see that in terms of all the important changes in the story of Christianity. So for example, you know, the mother of Constantine was a Christian before Constantine, you know, uh, the first, uh, Frankish emperor, the first Frankish king who converted his wife was a Christian. Vladimir of Kiev though converter of the Russians, his mother was a Christian and it’s systematic, you know, and not only that, but the great saints. So Saint Augustine’s mother was a Christian, uh, the Cappadocian St Basil and, uh, Saint Gregory, their sister was a Christian before them. And so there is this notion of this secret entering into this, entering into the secret place first, right? This entering into, uh, into a place secretly, first, and then a kind of calling. Uh, and then it kind of called let’s say a secret whisper, and then the world changes, the world moves and then the men start to publicly move around that, you know, and that starts right away in the story of Christ were the first person to come to the empty grave are the women, the first person who sees the resurrected Christ is Saint Mary Magdalene. And then she goes, she sees the resurrected Christ and then she goes back and then she tells the disciples, you know, he’s risen. And so it’s like, it’s right there, right at the beginning of the Christian story. And then the whole history of Christianity follows that, that, um, that pattern, which is this, this kind of this secret entering into somewhere by a woman and then kind of public, a later public coming out, let’s say, of of the, the official, let’s say masculine, uh, king or whatever. Uh, so, so I think that that’s something that people are interested in, that it’s definitely something worth looking into because it, it shows us also what the power of the feminine to invite or to frame. That’s the way that I represented in my, in my article is that because the feminine is a question, it actually frames the answer. It’s like, you know, the mother of God, there’s a story where the first time that Christ does a public act, which is to change water into wine, his mother goes up to him and she says, there’s no wine. And in Christ, the answer of Christ, the answer is, you know, like, why are you tempting me? It’s not my time yet. And it’s like, what? Like what? Very strange answer. He’s basically saying, I’m not ready to die yet. But she’s asking him to just telling them that there’s not enough, that there’s no wine. And so what she’s doing is she’s saying, here’s the problem. Now you have to, you answer, you answer this problem. But she’s the one who’s framing the problem. And so that’s always the, that’s always, that’s the power of the feminine is to ask the right question. And then the, let’s say the masculine answer is within that frame and that if you think about it for a little while, you’ll, you’ll see how powerful that is. It’s actually, it’s actually very, very, it’s more powerful than then we would think at first glance because you know, you don’t answer something that you’re not asked. Uh, you don’t, you, you answer within the question.

Adrian:

For me, a powerful symbol actually was sticking to the image of the moon and the sun using sort of solar consciousness to represent what we commonly consider masculine traits, clarity, height, ascension, um, and the lunar side, right? The moon reflecting perhaps more feminine qualities. You mentioned mystery and question, you know, being able to navigate the darkness, right? The shadows. Yeah.

Jonathan Pageau:

Yeah and veiling and unveiling for sure the moon avails and unveils herself.

Adrian:

And, and yeah, just the idea of a complete human perhaps is also the idea of having a complete day requiring both the day Sun as well as the night. And yeah, it was helpful for me to stay away from the polemics right. To move away from sort of that fraught territory of identity politics and getting caught up with words, you know, offending people. It’s you know, sort of pointing towards, yeah, I need to work on both my solar characteristics as well as my lunar characteristics and, um, and, and sort of treat it that way as opposed to even using the word masculine or feminine because it can be, can be triggering.

Jonathan Pageau:

It can trigger people. Yeah. Yeah. Do whatever works, you know. But I agree. A full, a full person is an androgen is like the, the ultimate person is androgynous. And I think that that’s, that’s inevitable. And, and it’s represented very much in Christian symbolism in terms of Christ himself or Christ is, is a masculine character. But he’s often described as the total man as being, uh, androgynous and Androgyny we have to be careful because we have a weird idea of androgyny. Androgyny is not, is not confusion of the genders. It’s not, it’s not a kind of weird, uh, you know thing where you’re not sure that that’s, there’s a difference between an androgyny and the Hermaphrodite you could say. The androgynous one and the hermaphrodite one. And so the, the Androgynous person is someone who is fully what they are but is also also contains the other side. And so it’s like Christ is fully a man, but he also has within itself all that is feminine as well. And so he doesn’t appear as a confused being, but he rather appears as one that has integrated they’re opposite into themselves. I don’t know if that makes sense.

Thal:

It does. Yeah. And I want to connect it back to what Adrian was saying and also bringing in, um, sort of the Jungian language where there’s the solar consciousness, lunar consciousness and Christ Consciousness is probably the, the marriage of both in a way.

Adrian:

Yeah. Yeah. Unity or nondual. Right. Sort of a non dual state. So you’re not one or the other. It’s sort of a blend of both.

Jonathan Pageau:

Yeah. And I think with, I think that right now it’s interesting because the whole, the whole question of nonduality, I think it’s very important. I for sure, I think it’s extremely important, but when we’re in the margin, we really have to be careful not to confuse nonduality with confusion, like confusion and mixture is not the same as nonduality. And so that’s very, it’s very important to make that difference because we, you’ll meet a, you’ll meet a nihilistic, you know, totally scattered punk rock person who talks about nonduality. But what they really mean is that they’re nothing. And in the negative sense, right? They have no focus. They had no center. They’re scattered. They’re there. Then it’s like, like, yeah, you’re not dual because you’re just a mess. It’s like being a mess is not the same as, as ecstatic mystical non-dualism.

Thal:

That’s a very important distinction. [laughing]

Jonathan Pageau:

Well, especially with the new age, a lot of new age thinking, you know, sometimes that becomes confused and uh, and you meet extremely destroyed people who have become so in the desire to, to become non dual. Uh, and so, so we have to be careful.

Thal:

That’s very important. Yes. A lot of new age type of thinking unfortunately is just narcissistic wounding repeating itself over and over again. And, and that could be, um, yeah, dangerous place to go to. Yeah, absolutely.

Adrian:

Jonathan, do you have any, uh, any favorite myths, um, just as somebody who devotes a lot of time, you know, studying stories and sharing, you know, patterns within them. Is there one sort of, you mentioned the center and the periphery. I guess that’s one theme or one pattern that has kept resonating for you, but is there a story? Yeah. Is there a story that stands out?

Jonathan Pageau:

Yeah, I mean for sure. In terms of stories, you know, I mean, I think that my two favorite stories as they kind of play up against each other is really the story of the creation in the Bible up to the fall. Um, and maybe even up to Noah, let’s say that, that, that like slide, I think that that contains so much, there’s so much in that story and then the story of Christ as an answer to that. So you have these two stories that kind of play off against each other. I would say that if you listen to my talks, you’ll see that I’m constantly going into the story in genesis into the story of creation and the fall and then then going into the story of Christ and trying to show how they relate to each other. Um, but in terms of, um, that’s the, in terms of, of a secular stories, I definitely really enjoy fairy tales. I love to think about fairytales because a lot of them sometimes are, are so strange, you know, they’re so weird, you know, like the story, I did a video on puss in boots for example. You know, that story is so odd. There’s, when you see it on the surface, it just looks so weird and uh, but somehow it’s survived until today. And so it means that there must be deeper in it. And so what I love to do is to take the fairy tales and to break them down to show how they’re symbolically coherent and that that’s been kind of a favorite thing of mine where you see something. So like Rapunzel, I did a video on Rapunzel just recently where it’s like, what does that story of why does she have long hair and why she, you know, she’s up in the tower, which has this weird long hair and, and you know, the, the prince climbs up, but then she gets her hair cut and until it’s like it. And then also she wanders into the wilderness and we don’t even hear you often in the story about how the, how the, witch died. It doesn’t really matter. But you know, then she cries on him and he restores his sight. And it’s so strange, but it makes total sense. It’s completely coherent in terms of, uh, in terms of its symbolic structure. It just, it just seems odd to us at first glance. So that’s something that I love to do is to dive into those types of stories.

Adrian:

All right. Just to close. Is there anything you can suggest listeners as far as, um, maybe sharpening this faculty this ability to see things perhaps in a more symbolic way outside of just merely sort of studying the story? Are there any practices maybe you engage in that are, that are helpful for that reframing or shifting our perspective?

Jonathan Pageau:

Well, I think that being part of an actual tradition is important because you know, when you’re, let’s say I’m, I’m eastern Orthodox and, and there is a coherence which sets itself up not only in the stories but then also in the liturgical year. So what we celebrate during the year, how it follows the pattern of the year, and then what we will sing during those years, what icons we use during the feast. And so what it does is it really creates, and also the architecture of the church and how the images in the church fit with all of that. So what it does is it creates a puzzle, which is bigger than just a bunch of stories that are disconnected. It’s actually a coherent world. You know how we talk about people who write, talk about world building, you know, where you need to have this kind of coherent world where let’s say the liturgical year and everything that comes with it, all the, all the art is a, is this coherent world. And so you can, you can get a lot of insight by meditating on, on that and also being within it instead of just looking at it from the outside. It’s very different when you’re just looking at a story from the outside. Um, it’s different when you’re in the story and you’ve actually taken on the story as your own and you’re participating in it physically. So I think that that’s something that I definitely think is important in terms of, of understanding symbolism. But then, you know, there, there are some, there are some books that you can read. I think there are some church fathers you can, you can also read some of the church fathers. My brother, I told you a little bit about my brother. He wrote a book called the Language of Creation last year. And, uh, I would say it’s probably in my, I mean, I’m not objective obviously because he’s my brother, but I, I think that it really is a very beautiful, concise book that can help you understand symbolic structures and, uh, and he uses the Bible as the, as the core, but he’s actually really talking about cosmic and psychological structure so you can, uh, it can help you to understand all kinds of stories when you, when you read his book, so..

Thal:

Yeah, what you’re saying is making me think about how, how we can view our life as a journey and that we are the hero or the heroine and we’re on a journey and that the symbols we’re not looking at them objectively through a microscope, that it’s within us and it’s around us. And that’s how we can hopefully create some type of meaning.

Jonathan Pageau:

Yeah, I agree. And the meaning, you know, once you engage in that way, no, you’re surprised to see the patterns, like you said, in your own life. It’s not just in the stories outside, but you start to notice in your relationships, you know, in the way that things manifest themselves to you, let’s say you start to see that they do so in patterns as well, and that you’re also part of a story. And so that’s something that’s actually, I mean, it’s, it’s wonderful when that happens, when things kind of come together and everything fits.

Thal:

And that unfolds really regardless of what tradition the person decides to follow, it just unfolds naturally.

Jonathan Pageau:

Yeah. I mean, for sure. We are all here. We all are in those patterns, no matter where we are in, no matter where we do, uh, you know, the question is where in the pattern we are and hopefully we can move towards the heart. That’s what, at least the hope.

Thal:

Absolutely. That’s amazing. Yeah. Thank you,

Adrian:

Jonathan. That was a pleasure. Thank you so much.

Jonathan Pageau:

Okay. Yeah, it was great to talk to you guys. I wish you wish you all the best with your podcast as well. I hope that, uh, it’ll, it’ll, uh, it’ll continue.